Class 1 appeals dominate the Land and Environment Court’s caseload. Many of these are commenced against the ‘deemed refusal’ of a development application. This occurs when the consent authority fails to determine the application within the assessment period prescribed by the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (the Act) and the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000 (the Regulation). It is therefore important that applicants and consent authorities understand the correct approach to calculating when a ‘deemed refusal’ will occur, and also know how to extend the development assessment period where necessary. This essential guide will look at when the development assessment clock stops and what events will restart it.
Under the Regulation consent authorities have 40, 60 or 90 days to determine a development application, depending on what type of application it is. This is known as the assessment period. ‘Days’ in this context means all days – not just business days. If the consent authority does not determine the application within the assessment period then the application is deemed to have been refused. The applicant then has the right to seek review of that decision in the NSW Land and Environment Court within six months of that date.
When calculating the length of the assessment period, the day on which the development application is lodged, as well as the following day, are not included. This is to allow the consent authority time to register and check the application for compliance with the requirements of Schedule 1 of the Regulation before the merits assessment is commenced.
If the application does not identify all relevant integrated development approvals or concurrence requirements then the consent authority might take longer than the two days to check the application. To allow for this, for integrated development or development requiring concurrence, the assessment period starts at the earlier of 14 days after the development application is lodged or the date the application is referred to the relevant concurrence authority or approvals body.
The assessment period ‘clock’ can be stopped by:
How these two processes operate to stop the assessment clock is set out below.
It is common during the development assessment process for a decision maker to require additional information in order to properly consider an application. The assessment ‘clock’ can be ‘stopped’ if:
In practice, the relevant period in which a request for further information can be made that will have the effect of stopping the assessment clock is 27 days (because of the additional two days allowed under clause 106(c) of the Regulation) unless the application is for integrated development or development which requires concurrence or an approval from another body. If the consent authority asks for additional information in this period then the assessment period clock stops on the day of the request. If a concurrence or approvals body makes the request, then the assessment clock stops on the day that the consent authority receives the request from the concurrence or approvals body. If more than one request for additional information is made while the assessment clock is stopped then the clock stays stopped until all requests have been addressed.
The assessment clock can also be stopped if, in relation to integrated development which requires consent under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, the Chief Executive of the Office of Environment and Heritage is of the opinion that it necessary to consult with an Aboriginal person, land council or other organisation before a decision concerning the general terms of approval can be made and the consultation commences within 25 days after the date on which the development application is forwarded to the Secretary of the Office of Environment and Heritage In this case the clock is paused for the consultation period, provided this is not longer than 46 days from the date on which the development application was lodged with the consent authority.
To be effective, the request for additional information must be made in writing , must inform the applicant that the clock has stopped and must be made within the time allowed in the Regulation. It may also specify a reasonable period within which the information must be provided.
An authority can ask for additional information outside the period described above; however, this will not have the effect of ‘stopping the clock’ and will not extend the assessment period or delay the deemed refusal date.
Amending a development application under clause 55 of the Regulation can also have the effect of resetting the ‘clock’ for the assessment period. Whilst this in itself is no longer controversial, it can be difficult to determine whether and when a particular development application has been amended.
This issue was considered in two recent Land and Environment Court decisions: Australian Consulting Architects Pty Ltd v Liverpool City Council  NSWLEC 129 and Lateral Estate Pty Ltd v The Council of the City of Sydney  NSWLEC 6. In both cases the applicant argued that an exchange of correspondence between the applicant and council constituted an amendment of the development application such as to restart the assessment period and push back the deemed refusal date to a date within 6 months of the commencement of the appeal. In each case the Court found that the ‘dribs and drabs’ approach to making changes to the application was insufficient to constitute an amendment to the development application for the purpose of clause 55, and did not restart the clock for assessing the application. In Australian Consulting Architects the Court clarified that, for this to occur, it would be necessary for the applicant to put a settled, composite proposal to the consent authority and for this to be accepted by the authority for assessment and determination.
The assessment period clock restarts when the applicant:
If the request for additional information came from a concurrence authority or referral body, then the assessment clock restarts 2 days after the consent authority refers the requested information to that entity (or notifies it that the information will not be provided).
When identifying when the assessment periods ends, it is also important to remember that s 36 of the Interpretation Act 1987 prevents any assessment period from ending on a Saturday, Sunday, or public holiday. In these cases the next working day is taken to be the last day of the assessment period.
It may be difficult to work out whether the clocks have restarted where:
If the information provided in response to a request for additional information is inadequate, or if further additional information is required, the consent authority can stop the assessment ‘clock’ again and request further information. If the new request is made within the relevant 27 day period then this subsequent request can also ‘stop the clock’. In calculating the 27 day period in which any subsequent request for additional information may be made, any days for which the assessment clock has already been stopped are not counted.
As noted above, if an applicant does not provide the information within the time specified in the request for additional information/the stop the clock notice, then the clock will generally restart after that date has passed. However, the time for the provision of the additional information can be deemed to have been extended by the authority in certain circumstances.
This situation arose in Corbett Constructions P/L v Wollondilly Shire Council  NSWLEC 135. In that case the Council had asked the applicant to provide a substantial amount of additional information within 28 days in relation to a development application for a large medium-density residential development. After the deadline had passed an exchange of emails took place between the applicant and the Council in which the applicant indicated that the additional information would be provided “in the coming weeks” and the Council acknowledged and appeared to accept the delay. The Land and Environment Court found that the Council’s actions effectively amounted to an implied extension of time for the provision of the additional information, thus delaying the restarting of the assessment clock and the date on which the 6 month appeal period started. To avoid this uncertainty, any extensions of time for the provision of the additional information should be given formally in writing by the Council and expressly state that the stop the clock provisions remain in effect.
It is important for a development applicant and consent authority to know the date when an application must be determined or will otherwise be deemed to be refused. To be able to do this it is necessary to consider whether, when and for how long the assessment clock was ‘stopped’ in accordance with the principles set out above.
The content contained in this guide is, of course, general commentary only. It is not legal advice. Readers should contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them.
 Land and Environment Court ‘Class 1: Environmental Planning and Protection Appeals – Fast Facts’ at http://www.lec.justice.nsw.gov.au/Pages/types_of_disputes/class_1/class_1.aspx accessed at 9 March 2018
 Section 8.11 of the Act
 Section 8.10 of the Act.
 Clause 107 of the Regulation
 Clause 108 of the Regulation
 Clause 109 of the Regulation
 Clause 110 of the Regulation
 For those applications, the assessment period starts at the earlier of 14 days after the development application is lodged or the date the application is referred to the relevant concurrence authority or approvals body: clause 108 of the Regulation
 Clause 111 of the Regulation
 Clause 54(2)(a) of the Regulation
 Clause 112 of the Regulation
 Clause 54(2)(b) of the Regulation
 Clauses 54 and 109 of the RegulationRead more
This month, guest speaker, Lauren Sayers – Deputy HR Manager at the ANU spoke about the importance of developing a wellbeing program for the workplace, and some tips on how to implement one successfully.
Lauren is an ACT Australian HR Institute (AHRI) Council member & forum convenor and has 15+ years of management and HR experience across Hospitality, Telecommunications and Tertiary Education sectors. Lauren spoke about:
Employee health and wellness programs can include activities that promote good employee health, identify health-related risks in the employee population, and
look to support any potential health-related problems present in the employee population.
Employers should work to create a healthy workplace for a few broad strategic reasons:
A further example of reasons to invest in employee health and wellbeing and the relationship between employee healthand engagement.
The following examples can be used to build a workplace wellbeing program.
The HR Breakfast Club runs on the third Friday of every month at BAL Lawyers. If you would like to be added to the invite list, please contact us. The next HR Breakfast club will be held of 20 April 2018 – for more details, please click here.Read more
This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed the changes to the Privacy Act which introduced a mandatory notification procedure for eligible data breaches. BAL Director, Katie Innes shared some of her insights on the new responsibilities surrounding information and Privacy law. Katie touched on:
An eligible data breach is either:
Notification relating to an eligible data breach is a written statement to the individuals affected by the breach and the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner and must include:
In certain circumstances, the Commissioner may declare that notification and a written statement about the eligible data breach is not necessary. The Commissioner may make this determination having considered factors such as the public interest, advice given to the Commissioner by an enforcement body or any other matters the Commissioner considers relevant.
If you follow one of the above steps, then you may not be required to notify the individual affected by the data breach.
A. Where the breach has occurred by one or more other entities, only one entity is required to undertake the process of investigation and notification. Essentially, compliance by one is compliance by all. You will need to determine how to allocate responsibility for compliance, and establish who has the most direct relationship with the individuals at risk to take the lead in investigation.
A. In certain circumstances, yes. Organisations that hold personal information about an individual can only use or disclose the information for the purpose or purposes for which it was collected (known as the ‘primary purpose’ of collection). However you can use the information for a ‘secondary purpose’ if:
(a) the individual has consented; or
(b) the individual would reasonably expect you to use the information for the secondary purpose and the secondary purpose is:
(i) directly related to the primary purpose (if it is sensitive information); or
(ii) related to the primary purpose (if it is any other personal information).
(c) the use or disclosure is required by law or a Court; or
(d) a general permitted situation exists.
In respect of mailing lists, individuals have the right to update their preferences, by asking the organisation to correct their information or “opt out” of the mailing list entirely.
A. No. The recent changes to the Privacy Act focus on the obligation to notify the OAIC or the individuals affected if there is an “eligible data breach”. Individuals remain entitled to access their own personal information through Australian Privacy Principle 12 (and could exercise that right through a lawyer).
If the organisation disclosed information to a third party (without consent or without the legislative obligation to) then it could be considered a data breach and, depending on the potential risk to the individual affected, may be an eligible data breach.Read more
Aluminium Composite Panelling, also known as ‘cladding,’ fuelled the devastating Melbourne “Lacrosse” building fire in November 2014 and the Grenfell Tower fire in London in June 2017. Cladding can be combustible when it uses flammable aluminium composite panels with a highly flammable polyethylene core. The polyethylene core is comparable to pouring petrol on a fire – the result is the devastating spread and severity of a fire.
Combustible cladding has been used on thousands of commercial buildings, shopping centres, government buildings and a number of residential buildings throughout Australia, including the ACT.
Private building certifiers currently regulate builders, architects and suppliers in the ACT. They determine and regulate the safety of buildings and as such, the approval process is assessed on a case by case basis that is not regulated by the ACT Government. The result has been, at times, a failure by the building industry to self-regulate.
The Building Products (Safety) Bill 2017 was introduced in NSW to help prevent the use of dangerous building products such as dangerous cladding. This Bill delegates power to the Commissioner of Fair Trading to ban building products that may create safety risks in the event of fire. The objective of the Bill is to prohibit builders, building product suppliers, manufactures and importers from using dangerous products by imposing heavy penalties if they do not produce their records of building materials following a request by Fair Trading. The Bill also empowers Councils to order buildings be rectified if dangerous cladding is identified or if banned products have been used.
At the Federal level, the Customs Amendment (Safer Cladding) Bill 2017 was introduced in September 2017. It set out in its explanatory memorandum that ‘the cladding issue is a most serious public safety issue that requires urgent action’. The Bill prohibits the ‘importation into Australia of polyethylene core aluminium composite panels’. The Bill was introduced on an urgent basis due to the Federal and State failure to adequately respond to the requirement for safer cladding. Although it prevents the importation of polyethylene core aluminium panels, it does not prevent the use of polyethylene which has already been imported to Australia or is already used in buildings.
Combustible cladding has been found on a number of buildings. But what does this mean for someone who has purchased a unit in one of these buildings or is a potential purchaser? Two recent cases in the High Court have shown that a builder does not owe a duty of care to the owners corporation or a subsequent buyer for a latent and previously unknown defect in a building. A latent defect is a defect in the property that could not have been discovered by a reasonably thorough inspection. The question of whether dangerous cladding is a latent defect has yet to be considered by the Courts.
The consequences of the decision of the High Court are that if you discover your building is affected by dangerous cladding, you may not be able to make a claim against the builder, architect or suppliers for the costs of the removal or any damage caused by the dangerous cladding, such as a fire. As such, combustible cladding not only poses a serious health and safety hazard to its occupants but may also expose subsequent buyers and owners corporations to serious liability and costs.
If you are purchasing a new unit or property which uses cladding, we recommend you make an appointment with one of our specialist Real Estate lawyers. Due to the complicated nature of contract negotiation and our extensive experience representing buyers in new developments, we are able to assist you in negotiating the terms of your contract to include warranties that protect you from the risks associated with dangerous cladding.
For more information or how to protect yourself and your property against dangerous cladding, please contact George Kordis, Special Counsel.Read more
In order to prevent children from falling from windows, new requirements for window safety devices to be installed on windows in strata schemes are set to come into force in NSW.
Safety devices must be installed by 13 March 2018. NSW Fair Trading advises that non-compliant Owners Corporations may face fines if safety devices are not installed on all relevant windows by the 13 March deadline.
Owners Corporations may be able to pass the cost onto individual unit owners for installing the safety devices. We recommend you contact BAL Lawyers for advice on applicable scenarios.
The new requirements apply to any strata building containing Lots used for residential purposes.
Safety devices must be installed on any openable windows where the floor inside is more than 2m above the ground outside and the lowest part of the window is less than 1.7m above the floor inside. This applies to windows in individual residential units, as well as on Common Property.
Safety devices must be capable of limiting the maximum opening of the window to be less than 12.5cm and be capable of withstanding a certain amount of force (250 Newtons).
Yes, the safety devices can be temporarily disengaged and windows fully opened, if residents choose.
If you require advice on your strata law matters, contact BAL Lawyers.Read more
Gone are the days when someone’s assets consisted of their house, a car and some black and white photos. A whopping 3.431 billion people are plugged into the internet worldwide as of August 2016 and most clients we see have some form of Digital Assets – that is, anything you own or have certain rights over that exists online or are stored on computers or other digital technology.
Take a moment to consider your digital technology, which may include any one (or perhaps all) of the following:
Now take a moment to consider what would happen to your digital technology once you die. Specifically, consider:
A proper Estate Plan therefore requires a consideration of the rights to the asset and/or intellectual property as well as the policies with regard to the service or host provider.
Let’s run through some of the most commonly used platforms and assets:
Social Media eg Facebook , Instagram, Youtube – the basis of most social media sites is to provide free content hosting in exchange for the user granting the site a licence to use the content. The Terms of Service set out the terms of the licence.
It is a well-known fact these days that a Facebook user for example, has no ownership in the content of the material they upload onto their social media account. The Facebook Statement of Rights and Responsibilities specifically states that “you grant us (Facebook) a non-exclusive, transferable, sub-licensable, royalty free, worldwide licence to use any IP content that you post on or in connection with Facebook”.
If the user does not “own” the content posted on these social media sites, neither does their executor of their estate. Using the example of Facebook, once you die, a friend, family member, or your executor can request to have your user account memorialised or permanently removed from Facebook. Even if an account is permanently deleted, Facebook is entitled to retain the rights and sublicense to everything that has ever been uploaded onto the user account.
Apple ID Account – The Apple Media Services Terms and Conditions generally states that once media is downloaded, you do not actually own or obtain legal title to the media – you simply obtain a licence to use the media. Licences are generally not transferable to your executor or beneficiaries. Generally speaking therefore, your Apple ID account and downloaded content will not form part of the estate. There is the option however with family sharing to transfer material from one computer to the next, and therefore that might be the solution to ensuring the digital library is accessible after death.
Google Account – your Google Account is perhaps the most important account to access after you die. Google offers a number of online services including Gmail, Google Drive, Picasa and Google Plus. The Google Terms of Service that’s that the user retains ownership in the intellectual property, but (similar to most social media sites) when content is uploaded onto any Google product, google is given a worldwide licence to use the content and that licence continues indefinitely.
If your Executor wants access to your Google Account, they will need to contact Google administrators and seek access, which may not always be granted (as per the Terms of Service).
Cryptocurrencies – Cryptocurrencies are not backed by any government regulator. Instead people often store their Bitcoins in an encrypted “digital wallet”, usually via an app on their phone or laptop. Digital wallets often use two keys to allow the owner access – a public key that anyone can see and a private key. If your Executor or Beneficiaries do not know this key, there is almost no way they can access your Bitcoin. On the other hand, providing this information to your Executors or Beneficiaries during your lifetime may compromise the security of the Cryptocurrency.
Once our digital assets are identified, they are treated much the same as any other asset. From a practical sense, what should you do to assist your family, next of kin or executor in dealing with or even erasing your “digital footprint” once you have died?
This question is very personal and specific to many. In some cases, it would be appropriate to leave a list of your usernames, passwords and “keys” to the online assets so they can be dealt with. But perhaps not always.
A holistic review of your Estate Plan should involve a consideration of your digital assets, Intellectual Property laws, an understanding of common platforms and a sensible approach in managing these assets after you are gone. To create or review your will and estate plan, please contact us.Read more
Assignments of lease are common, but even experienced landlords might be caught by surprise by the strict timeframes legislation imposes for responding to a request for assignment. The process for dealing with a request for consent to the assignment of a lease contains many potential pitfalls for a landlord, and failure to address such a request properly can have dire consequences.
Assignments of Lease in the ACT
A tenant wishing to assign its lease under the Leases (Commercial and Retail) Act 2001 (ACT) (LCRA) must first provide a disclosure statement to the prospective assignee and then make a request in writing for the landlord’s consent to the assignment.
Once the tenant has requested consent, the landlord has 14 days to request further information. The LCRA limits the information that can be requested, however it includes information about the financial standing of the assignee and/or guarantor, a certificate of occupancy for the premises, information about the business skills of the prospective assignee, information about the proposed use of the premises by the assignee and references relating to the ability of the prospective assignee to operate the business on the premises.
The landlord must respond to the tenant’s request by either providing or withholding consent within 28 days after receiving the request, or within 21 days of receiving any information requested. If the landlord does not provide a response within that timeframe, the landlord is deemed to have consented to the assignment.
A landlord can only withhold consent to an assignment of the lease where it is reasonable in all the circumstances to do so. There are certain grounds where refusal is taken to be reasonable, such as if the proposed use of the premises is for a purpose not allowed under the lease or if the proposed use of the premises will not be compatible with other tenants in the building or if the existing tenant is in breach, but otherwise the landlord has the burden of proving it was reasonable. The reasonableness of a decision to withhold consent can be difficult to determine. Under the LCRA a landlord may recover the legal costs of making the decision about whether to consent, so it is worth seeking professional advice.
Assignment of Leases in NSW
In NSW the governing legislation is the Retail Leases Act 1994 (NSW) (RLA). The request for landlord consent must be made in writing and the tenant must first provide the assignee with an up to date disclosure statement.
The tenant must also provide the landlord with such information as the landlord may reasonably require about the finances and retail skills of the assignee. Unlike the ACT however, there are not clear timeframes for seeking and providing this information.
The landlord must deal with a request “expeditiously” and if the landlord has not responded within 28 days, the landlord is deemed to have given consent.
A landlord may, in the provisions of the lease, reserve the right to refuse to consent to the tenant assigning the lease. However, absent of any specific provision in the lease, a landlord may only withhold consent in specific circumstances, including if the assignee proposes to change the use of the premises, has inferior finances or retail skills to the tenant, or the tenant has not complied with the legislated process for assignment, including providing requested information.
Disputes often arise in the course of a request for consent to assignment of a lease, particularly over whether information has been requested in time, whether adequate information has been provided, and whether the request for information conforms to the legislation. If a landlord mistakenly believed it was waiting on further information on the proposed assignee and failed to respond to the tenant’s request within 28 days, the landlord would be deemed to have consented to the assignment. In such a situation, not only would the landlord have a new tenant it may not have wanted, but the lease will no longer be enforceable against the original tenant should any issues arise (s.103 LCRA and s.41A RLA).
The key lesson is being aware of timeframes for responding to requests for assignment of a lease and understanding the complexity surrounding requests for further information and grounds for refusal. Correctly responding to a request for consent to assignment of a lease is a process that requires expert guidance. Failure to respond in the correct time period can result in a landlord being deemed to have consented to a transfer. In order to reduce the risk, landlords should contact their legal advisors as soon as they receive a request for assignment.
If you require expert advice in your commercial leasing matters, contact BAL Lawyers.Read more
Following on from our introduction to the Agreement for Lease (AFL), there are a number of matters that prospective landlords and tenants need to watch out for when negotiating an AFL. We provide the following tips so that you can know your rights and the associated risks, to ensure your agreements reflect your interests.
As we have noted, an AFL is often more complicated that the eventual Lease, and negotiations for both these documents can last upwards of several months, depending on the complexities. An option that parties often turn to is entering into a shorter, less formal document setting out their agreement in brief terms. This is often referred to as a Heads of Agreement (HOA).
A distinct advantage of an AFL is that it is enforceable, including by way of specific performance. A party disadvantaged by a non-complying party can seek relief by way of Court orders that the other party perform their side of the bargain. However, does a HOA give rise to the same level of protection?
This depends. The Court will seek to uphold the bargain reached by the parties, so the first issue it faces is to work out what the parties actually intended. The options for parties when negotiating an AFL are to enter into a HOA that will:
Ideally, your AFL will contain a greater amount of detail than a HOA; however, both documents may be enforceable provided agreement is reached on the following fundamental criteria:
Beyond the “four P’s” above, a Court may imply standard terms required to make an AFL and Lease, particularly if there is evidence as to the parties’ intentions (for example, a reference to entry into a landlord’s standard leasing documents). In this case, a detailed HOA may contain enough agreed terms to operate as an AFL.
If the four Ps are not agreed, there is insufficient certainty for a HOA or AFL to be enforced.
Consider your needs carefully. Is the property/tenant a rare opportunity, such that you are willing to enter into an immediately binding agreement, notwithstanding the fact that your negotiations are not finalised? In circumstances where parties agree to be immediately bound, a Court will enforce that agreement by determining (where possible) additional terms required for performance.
Alternatively, you may wish to secure the property for a period of time, without yet locking yourself into an AFL and a binding commitment to enter into a lease. In this case, you have the option of agreeing to continue negotiations in an exclusive dealing period, without a binding obligation to enter into an AFL.
There are risks regardless of whether or not you choose to be bound at this preliminary stage. If you are unsure as to the most suitable option for you, we recommend that you seek advice. In all respects, remember that whether or not a binding agreement exists depends on the intention of the parties, as can be inferred from the agreement itself. Whether you are negotiating a HOA or an AFL, ensure that it clearly sets out what you understand to be the agreement, and what you are willing to perform.Read more
You would assume that a Vendor who agrees to complete works on a Property prior to completion of the Contract is required to do so prior to the agreed completion date specified in the Auction Contract, especially if the Contract required them to do so. You may equally assume that, if a Vendor fails to complete such works prior to the completion date, the Purchaser would be entitled to terminate the Contract. However, as shown by the NSW Court of Appeal case of Namrood v Ebedeh-Ahvazi  NSWWCA 310, nothing in the world of Contract law can be so readily assumed.
Mr Namrood (the Purchaser) was the successful bidder at auction to purchase a vacant residential block of land from Mr Ebedeh-Alwah (the Vendor). The Purchaser only became aware of the auction on the auction date and did not seek legal advice on the terms of the auction contract. The Contract entered into between the parties contained a special condition under which the Vendor undertook to remove loads of soil and restore the level of the Property in accordance with a Council Notice issued to the Vendor prior to ‘Completion’ (the Vendor Works). The Council Notice made non-compliance an offence open to prosecution.
The ‘Completion Date’ in the Contract was 20 June 2015. By this date, the Vendor had not completed the Vendor Works. After protracted correspondence between the parties, the Purchaser purported to terminate the Contract due to the Vendor’s non-compliance. The Vendor did not agree that the Purchaser had validly terminated the Contract and continued to complete the Vendor Works; following which the Vendor sought to compel the Purchaser to complete the Contract. When the Purchaser refused to complete, the Vendor sought to terminate the Contract and keep the deposit.
The NSW Court of Appeal determined there was a clear distinction in the Contract between the terms ‘Completion” and “Completion Date”. The Completion Date was defined as 20 June 2015. The term Completion, however, meant the date on which title to the Property was actually transferred. This date (as would be the case) was not necessarily 20 June 2015.
As the parties had chosen ‘Completion’ and not the ‘Completion Date’ as the time by which the Vendor was required to complete the Vendor Works, the Vendor was not required to do so prior to 20 June 2015. Rather the Vendor was only required to complete the Vendor Works prior to the date on which the Contract was actually completed. This meant the Vendor was not in breach when the Purchaser purported to terminate the Contract and, as the Contract remained on foot, had later validly terminated the Contract. This Vendor was therefore entitled to retain the 10% Deposit.
The ruling in Namrood v Ebedeh-Ahvazi may seem like a strange result. However, it emphasises the importance courts place on the specific drafting of contractual clauses. Those entering into property deals must be sure to obtain legal advice on the specific terms of the Contract and should not assume that the meaning of any contract clause is clear and unambiguous.
This is difficult with auction contracts, which are disclosed to would be purchasers a short time before the auction or even at the point of signing. Make sure you obtain a copy of the auction contract as early as possible before the auction date and seek legal advice on the terms of the Contract before bidding at auction. Otherwise you can be caught out in the most unexpected of circumstances.
For advice on auction contracts, please contact us.Read more
The focus of Australian labour law continues to move beyond securing core industrial rights regarding wages, towards issues surrounding wellbeing, mental health, reputation and workplace privacy. Speaking on workplace privacy and surveillance, Rebecca’s presentation focused on:
Q: We share so much of our lives online these days, how can people expect to have privacy in the workplace? What are employers supposed to do when sensitive information is disclosed outside the workplace (for example, on Facebook) and is subsequently the topic of discussion among employees?
A: These days a lot of individuals are willing to share their private lives on social media – but not in their workplaces. It is important that employers comply with the relevant privacy legislation when it comes to information they receive from the employee. Two employees discussing a colleague’s broken leg (after seeing a picture of it shared on Instagram) is not equivalent to an employer discussing an employee’s medical certificate at morning tea.
Q: What constitutes a ‘health record’ for the purposes of the Health Records (Privacy and Access) Act 1997 (ACT)?
A: A ‘health record’ is any ‘record’ which contains ‘personal health information’.
Personal health information is any information:
A Record is a record in documentary or electronic form that consists of personal health information. Examples of records are:
This answer is, of course, general commentary only. It is not legal advice. Readers must contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them before acting or refraining from acting.
For more information about workplace privacy, please contact Rebecca Richardson.Read more
This month at Business Breakfast Club, we discussed the crowd funding regime including the current legislation that applies to public companies and the proposed bill to extend that regime to proprietary companies. BAL Director, Katie Innes shared some of her insights on the topic. Katie touched on:
Raising funds to kick start a business is a central concern of all business entrepreneurs. Traditionally, the two methods used to raise those funds include taking out a loan or raising capital through selling shares.
Amendments to the Corporations Act in 2017 were designed to support innovation and entrepreneurship (by simplifying the capital raising provisions of the Act and reducing compliance costs) while balancing and protecting the interests of retail investors.
Currently only public companies can access crowd sourced funding but they must only do so through an approved intermediary who holds a specific type of AFSL. Only seven entities are currently approved for these types of AFSLs. Like the previous capital raising provisions, there are a number of similar disclosures that must be made by a public company in its offer document, so whether the legislation actually delivers a practical reduction in compliance costs is yet to be seen.
Proprietary companies cannot access the crowd sourced funding regime as they were intended to be “closely-held”, i.e. shareholders who have a direct connection to (or rights to appoint) management. Under the Corporations Act there are currently two restrictions on proprietary companies which hinders their ability to raise funds:
A bill is before Parliament to amend the legislation and extend the regime to propriety companies.
If the Bill is passed, proprietary companies would be able to access crowd sourced funding but their structure and reporting obligations will change. Such changes would include:
Generally, the crowd funding regime is going to benefit established companies whose products have already been tested and where there is a desire to expand those businesses.
The regime will also benefit retail investors by providing them with access to new types of share offerings that were previously off limits under the Corporations Act, allowing them to diversify their investments in equity other than in ASX listed shares.
Early-stage companies could access the crowd funding regime and there is the potential for higher returns for investors but with that is the potential for higher risk. Investors may be reluctant to invest where the financial statements or business plan in the offer document is lacking.
The Business Breakfast Club is held on the second Friday of each month. If you would like to attend, please contact us to be added to the invite list.Read more
The process of acquiring land or an in interest in land, such as an easement, is underpinned by the Land Acquisition (Just Terms Compensation Act) Act 1991 (the Act). Whilst the NSW State Government has published a number of resources to guide stakeholders through the acquisition process, this brief commentary will discuss the key steps involved and provide some practical guidance for council staff.
There are two main processes by which a council may acquire land: by a private agreement (by contract or deed) or compulsory acquisition. Another method, less frequently adopted, is where the parties agree that the acquisition is to occur via the compulsory process.
The most common method of land acquisition is by negotiation and agreement. In this situation, the council and the landowner agree on the price to be paid for the land and the transaction takes place just as it would if the land was being purchased by an ordinary person.
To improve fairness and transparency in the land acquisition process, NSW State government policy requires the council, when first notifying a landowner that their land is required for a public purpose, to approach the landowner in person (except in exceptional circumstances) and to appoint a designated person to coordinate all interactions between it and the affected landowner. The council must also provide the landowner with a copy of the NSW Government’s ‘Land Acquisition Information Guide’ or an equivalent document.
When contact is established with the landowner, the terms of the acquisition can then be negotiated to suit the specific needs of the parties.
The ultimate decision to acquire land needs to be made by a resolution of the council as this is not a decision that can be delegated. However, an in-principle agreement may be negotiated with a landowner prior to a council resolution provided that the ‘agreement’ is then subject to the passing of a council resolution approving the purchase. It is important for the person conducting the negotiations to ensure that the landowner understands that any offer is subject to approval by the council.
Except in certain specified circumstances, the Act requires councils to make genuine attempts, for at least 6 months, to acquire land by agreement before any action is taken to compulsorily acquire the land. The specified circumstances include where agreement is reached before the end of the 6 month period, as well as where the affected owner refuses to negotiate, cannot be located, or agrees to a shorter timeframe. The 6 month negotiation period also does not apply to the acquisition of Crown land or land below the surface.
If a private agreement cannot be reached, the acquisition can occur via the compulsory process, subject to the Minister and the Governor’s approval. The decision to apply for the Minister and Governor’s approval needs to be made by a council resolution. The application should then be prepared in accordance with the NSW Office of Local Government’s guidelines.
If the council’s application is approved, the compulsory acquisition can then occur in accordance with the procedures set out in the Act. This will involve the service of a ‘Proposed Acquisition Notice’ on relevant land interest holder(s), notifying the NSW Registrar General, and notifying the NSW Valuer-General.
After the period of notice (usually 90 days) has expired, the land is acquired by the publication of an ‘Acquisition Notice’ in the Government Gazette. A copy of the Acquisition Notice must also be published in at least one newspaper circulating in the local area or on a website that the council believes is appropriate to bring the acquisition to the notice of people in the local area.
This process involves the council and the landowner agreeing that the acquisition is to occur via the compulsory acquisition process described in (2) above. In our experience this method is preferred by the NSW Department of Crown Lands when the land to be acquired by the council is Crown land.
Council staff should conduct a title search of the land designated for acquisition early in the process to identify any relevant encumbrances and stakeholders. If the land is subject to a caveat, mortgage or lease, a landowner may need to procure the consent of any third parties for the acquisition to occur by agreement.
If the council is not proposing to acquire an entire lot in a deposited plan, it will need to engage a surveyor to prepare a survey plan of the land to be acquired. The type of plan required will depend on the nature of the interest being acquired and whether the land is to be acquired privately or via the compulsory process.
If the council applies for the acquisition to occur via the compulsory process, a plan of acquisition identifying the land will need to be registered at the NSW Land Registry Service before the NSW Office of Local Government will process the council’s compulsory acquisition application on behalf of the Minister.
Each landowner affected by an acquisition is entitled to be compensated ‘on just terms’ in accordance with the Act. The Act contains a statutory guarantee that the compensation will not be less than the market value of the land assessed in accordance with the Act and unaffected by the proposal for acquisition.
The Act specifies the matters which need to be taken into consideration when determining the value of the compensation payable. These matters include not only the market value of the land to be acquired, but also disturbance costs of the landowner, including their reasonable legal and valuation fees, financial costs (such as fees imposed by their mortgagee), any special value of the land and any disadvantage resulting from relocating a person’s residence (if relocation is necessary).
The matters which need to be taken into consideration when land is being acquired by compulsory acquisition must also be taken into account when land is being acquired by negotiation and agreement, unless the land is available for public sale . The land is available for public sale if the landowner holds it out as being for sale.
Briefing a qualified valuer early in the negotiation process will assist the parties to reach agreement on the compensation payable.
If no agreement is reached and the acquisition occurs via the compulsory process, the compensation will be determined by the NSW Valuer-General, at the council’s cost.
When the compensation is determined by the Valuer-General the council must offer that amount to the landowner in a ‘compensation notice’. If the landowner objects to the amount offered they may lodge their objection with the Land and Environment Court of NSW and the Court will determine the amount of compensation. If this occurs it is open to the council to argue in the Court proceedings that a lower compensation amount should be payable rather than the amount which was determined by the Valuer-General.
The acquisition of land, or an interest in land, is often undertaken for the purposes of constructing public infrastructure that is the subject of a specific funding grant and which will be carried out by contractors. When procuring contractors and estimating project delivery timeframes, council staff should keep in mind the following matters, as they can significantly delay delivery of a public infrastructure project:
While the acquisition of land can appear to be straight forward process, there can be numerous issues that can add complications and delay. Keeping the matters outlined in this short guide in mind will assist you to plan and acquire land effectively and efficiently.
The content contained in this guide is, of course, general commentary only. It is not legal advice. Readers should contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them.
 Local Government Act 1993, section 377(1)(h).
 Section 10A.
 Local Government Act 1993, section 377(1)(s).
 Section 11.
 Section 17.
 Section 18.
 Sections 19(1) and 20(1).
 Section 19(2).
 Section 10.
 Section 55.
 Section 38.
 Section 47.
 Section 42.
 Section 66.
 Section 10A.
 Section 13.Read more
“Granny flat” arrangements are becoming increasingly popular. Too often however a granny flat arrangement will fail to deliver what the parties were expecting. On many occasions the arrangement leads to family disputes or even to litigation.
There are a number of key considerations that family members need to take into account when entering into a granny flat arrangement.
This article focuses on those key considerations and includes a checklist for practitioners to follow when considering a granny flat arrangement for their clients.
The following article focuses on “granny flat arrangements” that involve the grant of a “granny flat interest” as the term is defined in the Social Security Act 1991 (Cth). The elements of this definition are noted below.
It is also relevant to note that the phrase “granny flat” has its own meaning in a real estate context being a self-contained living area that is part of an existing residential dwelling.
Although a granny flat interest will often relate to a separate living area, it does not have to. A granny flat interest can be created where there is no separate living area.
A granny flat interest is where the person resides in a private home and acquires for valuable consideration, or has retained a right to accommodation for life, in the residence or acquires (or has retained) a life interest in the residence.
Importantly, the payment made or the consideration provided by the person (invariably the parent) is generally an “exempt asset” for social security purposes. Therefore the deprivation or gifting rules do not apply. The rationale for this approach was described by Centrelink as follows:
We don’t use market value to work out how much a granny flat interest is worth. Instead, we value it at the same value as the assets you transferred or paid if you are:
[Provided you pay in one of these ways and do not transfer additional assets as well, no deprivation will occur.]
If an additional payment or consideration is provided, Centrelink will apply the “reasonableness test”. This test is based on the combined partnered rate of the annual pension and is multiplied by the age-related factor. If the payment or consideration being provided exceeds the reasonableness amount, then there will be a reduction in the pension.
The typical situation is where the parent transfers the home to their child or where the parent pays for renovation of the house on the child’s property to create a self-contained living area.
Where the parent is a self-funded retiree who is not reliant on the Commonwealth pension, options other than the creation of a granny flat interest would be preferred. Those options would include the parent being registered as a co-owner (either as a joint tenant or as tenants in common). This option may have stamp duty and taxation implication for the parties.
The most common and problematical situation is where the parent is a pensioner so is subject to Centrelink rules including the deprivation (gifting) rules. As indicated above, in certain cases there is a specific exemption of those rules to the grant of a granny flat interest.
The challenge when advising in these situations is evident, especially when acting for the parent. It will be critical for the exemption to apply and for a granny flat interest to be created. This is because the parent will need to continue to receive the pension and will need their pension to be unaffected by the gifting rules.
To achieve that result it necessarily means that the parent is restricted to receiving a life tenancy or life interest in the property. Although this life interest can be transferred to any replacement property, the level of faith being placed by the parent in the arrangement is significant.
Importantly the granny flat interest cannot be revoked by the child as the owner of the property just because they want to sell. The child can either transfer the life tenancy or interest to another property or compensate the parent financially for losing the granny flat interest. The property can also be sold subject to the life tenancy or life interest but such a sale will be unlikely where the purchaser is an unrelated party.
Despite these protections, the parent transferring their property to a child for simply the grant of life interest or tenancy is taking a step that assumes that the life tenancy or interest will deliver important personal benefits for them.
As described by one commentator,  there is an element of counter intuitive regulation with these rules. The situation is that there is a transfer of property by the parent for no payment and the only right obtained by the parent is a right of residence in the property. Such a situation is at odds with the well-established equitable principles in relation to constructive trusts and resulting trusts.
An adviser for the parent must recognise the context and carefully address the risks for the parent who is making the gift in exchange for the right of residence or life tenancy.
There are situations when the question of a granny flat interest will be appropriate.
The following are circumstances that will reinforce the suitability of the arrangement:
Ideally there would have already been a history of having recently resided in the same residence, thereby confirming such living arrangements can work for both parties.
If the factual context is consistent with the above, then a granny flat arrangement could well be appropriate. If the situation being considered does not include the above elements, there will need to be a close assessment as to the desirability of the parties entering into a granny flat arrangement.
If the parties proceed with the granny flat arrangement, it is critical that the arrangement be documented. To cover the required issues, the relevant deed of family arrangement will be quite detailed.
It is also critical that each party receive independent advice, both legal and financial. Clearly financial advice for the parent will be critical but financial advice for the child will often be just as important. For instance where the child is likely to also be a pensioner or social security benefit recipient in the short term, the transfer of the parent’s home may have an impact on those benefits as a result of the assets test.
The following aspects should be covered in some detail in the deed:
If the parties reach the stage of finalising a deed of family arrangement one of the important additional aspects to consider is the impact that the deed will have on their estate planning. A granny flat arrangement will have significant implications on the estate planning for both parties.
In essence, the parent is disposing of a significant asset during their lifetime which results in their estate being significantly depleted. In relation to the child, they are receiving a significant asset as part of their inheritance in advance.
There is likely to be some interest and perhaps concerns from any siblings of the carer/child that received the benefit from their parent. The recommendation is that any other siblings be informed and consulted in relation to the option of arranging a granny flat interest.
It is clear that the granting of a granny flat interest can also achieve the parent’s objective of providing specific and significant support for one of their children.
It may also be that there are concerns of the parent that if the benefit was provided to the child under the will, that provision could be the subject of a claim for further provision by any other child that is not party to the deed of family arrangement. If the parties have a connection with New South Wales, the entry into a granny flat arrangement is likely to be relevant under the notional estate provisions.
Whilst this objective of providing a benefit to a particular child may well be a sought after outcome of creating the granny flat interest, it would only be in the very rare circumstances (if at all) that this estate planning objective should be the determinative factor in entering into the arrangement. The important matters referred to above would also need to be considered.
For granny flat arrangements to be workable for both parties and for the review of the arrangement to be kept out of the courts, there will need to be some serious assessment and consideration of whether or not the arrangement is appropriate for the particular clients.
Even where appropriate, the arrangement would need to deal with a possibility of there being a change in circumstances for the parties.
In the right context and after thorough and careful advice, a granny flat arrangement can achieve significant and beneficial outcomes for the parties. The benefit of a parent being able to live in a family home for as long as possible has both significant financial and personal benefits. The child/carer receives a significant financial benefit but in return they have also taken on a significant care responsibility. There is also an important sense of fulfilling a common personal goal that allows their parent to receive care in the preferred place of a family home.
To achieve these outcomes advisers will need to walk the parties carefully through a proposed granny flat arrangement to ensure that these objectives are achieved.
To learn more about if a granny flat arrangement is right for you and your family, contact our estates team.
 Section 12A.
 Department of Human Services, Granny Flat Interest, 27 August 2017, www.humanservices.gov.au/individuals/enablers/granny-flat-interest
 R McCullagh, The tangled web of granny flats, 22 August 2015.Read more
From 22 February 2018 amendments to the Privacy Act 1988 will take effect and introduce a mandatory notification procedure for data breaches. Currently, there are no requirements to notify individuals affected by a data breach.
All entities which are bound by the Australian Privacy Principles will have new reporting obligations if there is an “eligible data breach”. Those entities will need to notify the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner (OAIC) and any parties who are “at risk” because of the breach.
An “eligible data breach” is either:
To determine whether an individual is at risk of serious harm you will need to consider factors such as the sensitivity of the information, whether the information is protected by one or more security measures, the kind of persons who could obtain the information and the nature of the harm.
If you suspect there has been a data breach but you are not aware of the circumstances or whether it is actually an “eligible” data breach then you must carry out a reasonable and expeditious assessment within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach.
If there are reasonable grounds to believe there has been an eligible data breach then you need to notify the OAIC and the individuals whose data was affected or individuals who are at risk with:
In some circumstances if you take action in response to the breach before any disclosure or serious harm occurs then the Act provides that it may not be an “eligible” data breach and you do not need to go through the notification steps.
Failure to abide by the investigation and notification regime will be an ‘interference with an individual’s privacy’ and therefore a breach of the Privacy Act. The OAIC may investigate, make a determination and pursue civil penalties against you for such a breach.
So what should you be doing?
For advice on the changes to the Privacy Act or to update your privacy policies please contact us.Read more
This month, we discussed the tricky minefield which is workplace psychological injuries, how they arise, and when they are compensable. Bill McCarthy, BAL Special Counsel who has extensive experience in workers compensation and insurance law, shared some of his insights on the topic. Bill touched on:
A psychological injury is only compensable if it arises out of or in the course of employment. The employment must have been a significant, material, substantial or the major contributing factor to the injury. However, psychological injuries that have arisen out of ‘reasonable action’ taken by the employer are not compensable. For example, if an employee develops anxiety or depression as a result of a (fair) poor performance review, it is unlikely that that injury will be compensable.
This answer is, of course, general commentary only. It is not legal advice. Readers must contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them before acting or refraining from acting.
If you would like to join the HR Breakfast club, it runs on the third Friday of every month, please get in contact.
An agreement for lease (AFL) is quite simply an agreement between two parties to enter into a lease in the future. Unlike a lease, it does not create an immediate legal right to take possession of the land, however it does create enforceable rights between the parties.
An AFL can be vital when a landlord and potential tenant want to create a binding legal relationship for the leasing of property, but when a final lease cannot be entered into right away.
There are many reasons why a lease might not be able to be entered into immediately:
Where both a landlord and potential tenant are relying on a lease being entered into in the future, but have no legal agreement recording that, each is exposed to risk if the other should pull out. Particularly, in circumstances involving premises being refurbished or fitted out for the specific needs of a particular tenant, both parties are taking on a significant amount of risk. The landlord may be spending a substantial amount of money on the premises and could be left out of pocket if the tenant does not end up moving in. On the other hand, a tenant may be forced to pay extra if it needs to find alternative premises in a hurry because a prospective landlord does not complete the required fitout or rents it to someone else.
It is to mitigate these risks to both parties that it would be wise to enter into a formal AFL. An AFL provides clarity around important issues, such as time frames for completion of works and when the lease is to commence. An AFL also provides enforceable obligations on both parties in the event that the lease falls through, which can reduce the loss suffered.
An AFL needs to cover all the issues which may arise prior to a lease being entered into, as well as the form of the lease that will eventually be in place. Among the things that may need to be covered are:
Due to the wide range of issues that need to be covered, AFLs can actually be larger and more complicated than the leases that arise out of them.
If you need an Agreement for Lease, contact Penelope Coffey to help you prepare an AFL to ensure that your complex leasing arrangements run with a minimum of risk.Read more
Clause 4.1 of the standard instrument local environmental plan provides that the size of any lot resulting from a subdivision of land must not be less than the minimum lot size for the land shown on the Lot Size Map. Does the same minimum lot size apply if the proposed lots are to be created by the registration of a strata plan?
This question was considered by the Land and Environment Court in a decision handed down on 11 December 2017.
In DM & Longbow Pty Ltd v Willoughby City Council  NSWLEC 173, the applicant sought development consent for the conversion of an existing dwelling to a dual occupancy and the strata subdivision of the land into 2 lots (one for each unit) and one common lot.
The Council originally refused development consent for both developments but ultimately agreed that the dual occupancy development was acceptable. However, it maintained its opposition to the approval of the strata subdivision of the dual occupancy.
The Council argued that the lots proposed to be created were less than the minimum lot size for the land shown on the Lot Size Map and that the development standard setting the minimum lot size for the land was specified in clause 4.6 of the LEP as one that could not be varied. The applicant argued that the minimum lot size did not apply to the subdivision because of clause 4.1(4). That clause provides that clause 4.1 does not apply to the subdivision of individual lots in a strata plan or community title scheme.
The Council was successful before Commissioner Dixon who held that the subdivision was not capable of being approved. The applicant appealed arguing that clause 4.1(4) applied to all strata subdivisions, not only the subdivision of individual lots in an existing strata plan but also the creation of individual lots in a new strata plan, saying this was “the most obvious reading” of the phrase “the subdivision of lots in a strata plan” as that phrase is used in clause 4.1(4).
Preston CJ, however, preferred the Council’s interpretation of the provision. The Council had argued that clause 4.1(4) applied only to the subdivision of individual lots in an existing strata plan and not the subdivision of a lot to create a new strata plan. His Honour observed that the basic rules of statutory construction required the language of clause 4.1(4) to be read in context and having regard to the objective it was designed to promote, but that the primary focus must remain upon the text. His Honour found that the text of clause 4.1(4) was “clear and unambiguous” and that:
“The object of the action of subdivision is the ‘individual lots in a strata plan’. The subdivision is ‘of’ those lots. Those ‘individual lots’ must be ‘in a strata plan’. A ‘strata plan’ is ‘a plan that is registered as a strata plan’… It is a strata plan that is already in existence. If there is no strata plan yet in existence, there can be no individual lots ‘in a strata plan’ that can be subdivided.”
The Court held that the applicant’s proposed subdivision was not of land in an existing strata plan (it was land under the Real Property Act 1900) and that the subdivision was therefore not capable of being approved as the size of the lots to be created was less than the minimum lot size for the land specified on the Lot Size Map.
This decision highlights the need for Councils to consider whether different lot sizes should be specified in their local environmental plan for lots in strata plans. Not doing so will result in the general minimum lot size applying whether or not land is being subdivided by registration of a plan of subdivision or a strata plan.
If you need advice about strata subdivision, or would like to know more, please contact Alan Bradbury.Read more
An economic tort is a curious beast. The field is infrequently litigated, partly because these common law actions have had their utility curtailed by legislation, and beset by jurisprudential uncertainty. The situation is not improved by the patchwork quilt of distinct claims within this category, ongoing disagreement about unifying threads and the divergent approaches taken by courts in Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom.
While a practitioner might therefore approach this topic with hesitancy, it is imperative that lawyers — particularly those in employment and commercial practices — have a firm grasp of the topic.
At their essence, the torts permit a loss-suffering party to seek damages from the true wrongdoer, even where a third party stands in the middle and is seemingly responsible for the loss. Since the tort of inducing breach of contract was first promulgated in Britain in 1853, the action and its siblings have arisen in a diverse range of contexts. Opera impresarios, milkmen and the organisation behind World Series Cricket have all sought to take advantage of these torts, with mixed success. Their utility ranges from a helpful adjunct alongside other claims to a “useful measure of last resort”, and the spectre of these actions can also help ensure contractual relations are respected.
It has been suggested that these separate torts — among them inducement to breach contract, unlawful interference with trade, intimidation and conspiracy — may flow from a common source. The prospect of a general tort of causing economic loss by unlawful means has been mooted; Lord Denning MR suggested that “if one person, without just cause or excuse, deliberately interferes with the trade or business of another, and does so by unlawful means … then he is acting unlawfully.”
The High Court of Australia has similarly proposed that “independently of trespass, negligence or nuisance, but by an action for damages upon the case, a person who suffers harm or loss as the inevitable consequence of the unlawful, intentional and positive acts of another, is entitled to recover damages from that other.”
This article will focus on the tort of inducing breach of contract, given its foremost relevancy in the employment law context. David Howarth has estimated that 40 per cent of British cases involving the tort concern industrial relations (predominantly strikes), 20 per cent arising in other employment disputes and the remainder in commercial settings. The article will begin with a discussion of the seminal case of Lumley v Gye, before outlining each element of the tort’s modern incarnation and the relevant remedies. The article will conclude with a brief discussion of the reformoriented criticisms levelled against the action.
165 years after it escalated into the British courts, a competition between two rival London theatres for the services of a star German opera singer has enduring relevance for private law across the common law world.
A much sought-after singer in the early 1850s, Johanna Wagner, was lured to London by Benjamin Lumley of Her Majesty’s Theatre in Haymarket on an exclusive singing contract. Before she arrived in Britain, Wagner’s services were poached by Frederick Gye of the Royal Italian Opera in Covent Garden. The day before her much anticipated debut for Gye, Lumley secured an ex parte
injunction to prevent her performance.
The ensuing litigation had two strands; the first, Lumley v Wagner, remains the starting point today for equitable injunctions enforcing negative covenants — Wagner was prevented from performing for a short period in London other than for Lumley’s company. The second, Lumley v Gye, gave birth to the tort of inducing breach of contract.
In the end, Wagner sang for neither theatre and Lumley’s victory against Gye was pyrrhic — he won the legal claim on demurrer but lost an action for damages. As one legal historian observes, “in the end Lumley, Gye, Wagner and the opera-going public — everyone in fact except the lawyers — were all losers.”
To understand the outcome in Lumley v Gye and its ramifications, it is necessary to briefly backtrack to an earlier opera-related case.
In 1847, another famous singer of the era broke her contract with Drury Lane Theatre to sing for Lumley at Her Majesty’s Theatre. The resulting litigation between Drury Lane and the singer, Jenny Lind, ultimately settled for £2,000. Despite indemnifying Ms Lind and paying her handsomely, Lumley was still able to recoup a considerable profit from his new singer. SM Waddams thus suggests that Lind’s case, which demonstrated “that the ordinary remedy … was ineffective … and that the real dispute was between the rival employers, must almost certainly have been in the minds of the judges when they came to deal with Lumley’s cases against Wagner and Gye”.
And so, with the shoe on the other foot, Lumley brought proceedings against Gye for £30,000. In a creatively-framed claim, Lumley argued that his rival had “wrongfully and maliciously enticed and procured” Lumley’s breach of contract. Standing against Lumley was the contractual principle of privity — counsel for Gye responded that “the breach of contract is a wrong between the plaintiff and Johanna Wagner alone, and against her he may maintain an action on the contract, but not of tort.”
By a 3:1 majority, the Court of Queen’s Bench held for Lumley and thereby established a new tort that endures today. The comments of Crompton J are particularly illuminating. “[T]he servant or
contractor,” he wrote, “may be utterly unable to pay anything like the amount of the damages sustained entirely from the wrongful act of the defendant: and it would seem unjust, and contrary to the general principles of law, if such wrongdoer were not responsible for the damage caused by his wrongful and malicious acts.”
Lumley v Gye was not entirely novel. Since the 1500s, it had been accepted that an action arose where a master’s servant was enticed or harboured by another. But this tort was grounded on a master’s proprietary right to the servant (a concept which seems unthinkable today), and was distinguished by Coleridge J in dissent. His Honour chastised: “I should be glad to know how any treatise on the law of contract could be complete without a chapter on this [tort], or how it happens that we have no decisions upon it.” Yet while Lumley v Gye would go untouched for almost three
decades, the tort it created has since become firmly established across the common law world.
Despite one commentator suggesting that the tort today “is almost unrecognisable as a descendant of its ancestor”, Lumley v Gye still provides the essential foundation for the modern action. A helpful statement of the tort was offered in Crofter Hand-Woven Harris Tweed v Veitch:
[I]f A has an existing contract with B and C and is aware of it, and if C persuades or induces A to break the contract with resulting damage to B, this is generally speaking, a tortious act for which C will be liable to B for the injury he has done him. In some cases, C may be able to justify his procuring of the breach of contract.
The elements of 1) a contract between A and B; 2) C’s knowledge thereof; 3) C’s persuasion or inducement for A to breach the contract with B; 4) resulting damage; and 5) the defence of justification will be considered in turn.
There must be a contract on foot; inducing someone not to enter into a contract is not actionable. The contract must be valid, enforceable and not voidable or otherwise defective — cases involving mistake, a lack of capacity and contracts invalid for being contrary to public policy did not give rise to the tort.Read more
Some areas of the profession are likely more attuned to these requirements. Certainly, practitioners acting in wills and estates will very familiar with the requirements surrounding capacity and issues that may arise in respect of same. However, it is incumbent upon every solicitor to ensure that, when taking instructions, they can be reasonably satisfied that their client has the requisite mental capacity to give and understand the instructions that they are intending to convey. If not so satisfied, the solicitor must not act for or represent the client. As has been found recently, a failure to be alert to issues of incapacity has the potential to generate liability in negligence on the part of solicitors.
As a starting point, it is a presumption at common law that every adult person is competent to make their own decisions and, accordingly, has the capacity to provide proper instructions. This is the basis on which the majority of solicitors act for their clients, as questions regarding mental capacity and fitness to give instructions will not ordinarily arise (aside from in particular areas such as practitioners working in with persons under the age of eighteen or suffering from obvious or know mental health diseases).
However, importantly this presumption can be displaced. Characteristics such as old age, incapacity, mental infirmity, suspicion of undue influence or fraud or the inability to communicate are stated as those which can displace the presumption. In the first instance, it is for the solicitor to determine whether there is some question regarding the client’s capacity to give proper instructions. If they consider that there is, an obligation arises for the solicitor to carry out further investigation before they may act for the client.
Understandably, in the rush of receiving client instructions and ensuring that the work gets done, it can often be difficult to take the proper time to consider whether a client has capacity to give instructions. Solicitors also are not, or at least not by virtue of that legal ramification, medical practitioners, which can be an understandable point of unease for (particularly junior) solicitors in purporting to evaluate their client’s mental capacity. In relation to these issues, the ACT Solicitors Conduct Rules refer to a guide drafted by the Law Society of NSW “When a Client’s Mental Capacity is in Doubt: A Practical Guide for Solicitors”, which contains practical advice for solicitors to refer to when their client’s capacity is in doubt. It also includes a list of red flags, which if present ought to at least raise further investigation on the part of the solicitor before commencing to act.
Some red flags include:
The standard of capacity has been stipulated in Gibbons v Wright. This case emphasises that there is no fixed standard of capacity that will be applicable in all interactions. Rather, the determination of capacity is whether a party can understand the nature of the legal consequence of their actions and decisions.
The English authority of Masterman-Lister v Brutton and Co, Jewell and Home Counties Dairies, which has been widely followed in Australia, puts forward two propositions: the mental capacity required is capacity in relation to the transaction to be effected, and what is required is the capacity to understand the nature of that transaction.
The position is quite clear: the client must understand the nature of any instructions they give in relation to the transaction, including an understanding of the legal consequences of those instructions. Capacity is directly referable to the particular transaction concerned. What is important to note is that the ultimate decision reached, even if it is a poor one (in the opinion of the practitioner), is almost irrelevant. What is important is that the client fully understands the decision-making process and, accordingly, the decision and its consequences.
Where a client’s mental capacity is in any doubt whatsoever, it is crucial that the solicitor take thorough and contemporaneous file notes of any interactions with the client. This becomes especially important in circumstances where proceedings may be commenced at a later date when the question of mental capacity may be raised. One example of this is where the validity of a will is later challenged. A contemporaneous record of events can help to resolve this argument.
While solicitors may be in some position to determine whether a client can adequately give instructions, they are generally not experts when it comes to determining the mental health or otherwise of a person. As stated above, the concern is with the client’s capacity to understand and make the legal decisions which will affect them, and consequently receiving the opinions of qualified medical and psychiatric experts can be of great assistance in reinforcing, or alternatively changing, a solicitor’s preliminary view regarding capacity.
Raising this matter with the client can be a delicate affair, and questions regarding proper capacity have the potential to lead to distress. However, framing it in terms of a legal need to ensure that the client can give proper instructions so that the decisions they make will stand up under future scrutiny can make this an easier process.
No matter how necessary a solicitor may consider an expert assessment, it should only occur where the client has given fully informed consent. In order to give informed consent, the client must understand the benefits and risks, likely outcomes, and the potential impacts on the client’s control over other aspects of their lives (financial and business affairs) of undertaking the expert assessment. Where a client does not give their consent but their solicitor remains in doubt as to their capacity to give instructions, the solicitor must be cautious in how to proceed. In the event the solicitor is not confident the client has the capacity to provide instructions, the assessment should be recommended again. Without this, the solicitor may not be able to continue acting.
In the realities of a busy practice, there will undoubtedly be occasions where it does not seem as if a solicitor has time to properly consider questions regarding a client’s capacity, for instance in litigation where the hearing of a matter is unfolding before the court in real time. However, and in spite of the protections offered by the advocate’s immunity (touched on below), where an issue regarding capacity is raised about a party to court proceedings, the proper course is for the proceedings to be adjourned so that the question of that party’s capacity can be determined by the court, one way or the other.
While this may seem an inconvenience and contrary to the intention of a swift resolution of court proceedings, it is critically important to resolve any issue regarding capacity before proceedings can be continued. Where a person is found to not possess capacity, it would be an abuse of process, and likely negligence by the solicitor acting, for proceedings to continue. Indeed, were the issue to be raised by the solicitors for the other party, and it was found that the first party lacked proper mental capacity, proceedings would likely be stayed on that basis. Questions of costs may also arise (including against solicitors personally) if an opposing side later objects to the incurring of costs where a client without mental capacity is unable to meet a costs order but, in all likelihood, never understood the consequences of being involved in litigation.
A case which examines the legal principles surrounding mental capacity and also the consequences for what Bell J termed “capacity negligence” is Goddard Elliott (a firm) v Fritsch  VSC 87. The case goes into great detail regarding the standard of capacity required, and the consequences where a solicitor acts on the instructions of a client which are invalid.
In this case, Mr Fritsch was sued by his solicitors, Goddard Elliott, for outstanding legal fees owed for work done in settling a Family Court matter regarding the property settlement resulting from his divorce. He counter-claimed against the firm, his argument being that he would never have settled his case had he been in proper mental health and that Goddard Elliott were negligent in acting on his instructions when he did not have the capacity to give them, a fact of which they ought to have been aware.
Bell J went to great lengths to discuss the principles surrounding the area of a client’s capacity to give instructions, including the responsibilities of a solicitor and how proceedings in those circumstances should be managed. Many of those principles are those discussed above. His Honour found that Goddard Elliott had been negligent in acting on Mr Fritsch’s instructions to settle the case in circumstances where they should have been aware that he did not have the mental capacity to give those instructions.
Despite Bell J’s findings regarding the negligence of Goddard Elliott, His Honour ultimately held that Goddard Elliott was not liable to Mr Fritsch, despite the finding of negligence, due to the advocate’s immunity. The firm was not held liable to Mr Fritsch because the instructions to settle was work which was intimately connected with the conduct of a case in court and thereby protected by the advocate’s immunity.
His Honour found this conclusion “deeply troubling”, yet felt forced to it by authority. While in this instance the advocate’s immunity did protect the negligent solicitors, there is clearly a risk that the concerns raised by His Honour will ultimately lead to a situation in which solicitors cannot rely on the advocate’s immunity where they take instructions from clients who do not have the capacity to give them. Furthermore, solicitors taking instructions in non-litigious matters will not be afforded the protection of advocate’s immunity.
It is thus fundamentally important that practitioners in all areas are aware of their requirements and duties regarding a client’s capacity and take all appropriate steps that are required to ascertain whether a client can competently give instructions. Not only does this serve the client’s best interests, but where it is subsequently found that a client lacks capacity and their solicitor continued acting regardless (and Goddard Elliott v Fritsch makes clear that this is a matter for determination by a court), the solicitor may well be exposed to personal liability.
The consequences for breach of these principles can be severe, even where there has been no impropriety. From a financial standpoint, the solicitor may be liable to have indemnity costs awarded against them (if in the conduct of proceedings), and may also be liable for any damages caused by the negligence. Depending on the damage caused, this could be significant, with the solicitors in Goddard Elliott v Fritsch facing a claimed sum of near $1,000,000.
From a professional standpoint, negligence such as this could well lead to findings of unsatisfactory professional conduct or professional misconduct. In the most serious of situations, it is easy to see an occasion where a solicitor could be struck off the roll for their negligence. The warning is clear: the matter of a client’s capacity is not something to be taken lightly.
Because the question of a client’s mental health is undoubtedly a serious topic, it is a topic with which all practitioners should be very familiar. Where you hold concerns in a particular situation, remember that there are a wide range of resources you may turn to, including our Law Society, the NSW Law Society guide mentioned above, as well as fellow and more senior practitioners and/or medical experts.
With today’s advances in mental health awareness, practitioners should ensure that their clients are capable of providing instructions at all times. With ever-present obligations and an often stressful work life, solicitors should also be encouraged to take steps maintain their own personal mental health as well. The support systems identified above are available for you personally as well, should you require. By protecting your own mental health, you assist not only yourself but your clients and the wider community.
 Goddard Elliott (a firm) v Fritsch  VSC 87
 Kantor v Vosahlo  VSCA 235.
 (1954) 91 CLR 423.
  1 WLR 1511.Read more
This month at HR Breakfast Club, we had a Christmas themed discussion around some of the notable Employment Law cases that have occurred recently at this time of year.
One of the most notable was that of Keenan v Leighton Boral Amey NSW Pty Ltd  FWC 3156.
A work Christmas function took place in a hotel where employees had unlimited access to alcohol.
The employee consumed 10 beers at the function. During the function, he told a member of the board to “f*#! off” and asked a female colleague “who the f*#! are you?” The employee also tried to obtain a female colleague’s phone number.
After the function ended at 10pm, a group of employees moved to a public bar where they purchased their own drinks. At this stage of the evening, the employees touched a female colleague’s chin, said to another “I used to think you were a stuck up b*+#! ”, kissed a third on the mouth without warning and told her “I’m going to go home and dream about you tonight”.
This behaviour continued while en route to another venue with colleagues, where he told a fourth female colleague that it was his mission that night to find out the colour of her undergarments.
Subsequent to the employee’s behaviour that night, a number of complaints were made, there was an investigation and the employee was dismissed. He then commenced a claim for unfair dismissal.
Lessons for employers:
Q: Who still gets annual leave loading? Why does it still exist?
A: Today, annual leave loading still applies to a number of modern awards and workplace agreements. Employees across a wide range of industries benefit from the standard 17.5% prescription, although this percentage can vary (e.g. Clerks (17.5%), banking sector (17.5%), fast food industry (17.5%), hair and beauty industry (17.5%), architects (17.5%), aged care (17.5%), building/construction (17.5%), teachers (17.5%), ACT public sector (17.5%) Australian Government Industry Award (no annual leave loading, paid at the employee’s ordinary hourly rate).)
The key arguments in favour of annual leave loading are firstly that a holiday bonus is “necessary in order to allow the employee to meet the additional expenses involved in travelling to a holiday location and enjoying a break from ordinary lifestyle.” Secondly, it is argued that a loading “would compensate for the lack of earnings above the award rate which many employees would regularly receive, such as overtime payments, shift allowances and other disability payments” and other opportunities to earn additional income. Logically, the annual leave loading attempts to address the problem of people trying to fund a (potentially family) holiday on wages substantially lower than usual or at a minimum wage level.
This answer is, of course, general commentary only. It is not legal advice. Readers must contact us and receive our specific advice on the particular situation that concerns them before acting or refraining from acting.
If you have a question about behaviour at your office Christmas party, or would like to attend HR Breakfast Club, please contact us.Read more
I first wrote about this issue earlier this year, in a column titled “Government hypocrisy on display again in the Fair Work Commission“. In response, Public Service Commissioner John Lloyd emailed me to say my article was “potentially misleading” and that the commission’s decision I had discussed was “correct”. Lloyd invited me to approach his commission “before publishing future articles about matters within the remit of this agency”. Respectfully, I have no intention of doing so – although I [and the Informant‘s editor] invite him to publish a response if he wishes.
To recap: the Fair Work Act, which governs almost all employment arrangements in this country, prevents lawyers from appearing for parties in disputes unless they receive permission from the Fair Work Commission. The policy intent was, according to the act’s explanatory memorandum, because the commission is “intended to operate efficiently and informally and, where appropriate, in a non-adversarial manner”.
This rationale has strength and, while experienced lawyers are more often than not invaluable in resolving workplace disputes efficiently, I can nonetheless accept that, in certain cases, there can be merit to keeping lawyers at a distance.
This year, the commission issued several decisions concerning when permission will be granted and the scope of exceptions to the act’s limitation. The jurisprudence has diverged considerably, to the benefit of the federal government and to the disadvantage of everyone else.
Until recently, it was common practice for AGS lawyers to seek permission to appear. However, earlier this year, lawyers at the Attorney-General’s Department offshoot took the contrary view that, because they are government employees, they satisfy the in-house exception in the Fair Work Act. This interpretation of the AGS’s position was upheld in Gibbens v Commonwealth of Australia.
Whatever one’s legal view of the decision, there can be little denying that it has considerably tilted the playing field in the government’s favour. Despite:
the Fair Work Commission has permitted the AGS to bypass the considered policy judgment of the act. Given the manifold benefits that the public service already enjoys in disputes against its employees, the desirability of this development is dubious.
While Gibbens and Woolworths involve distinct legal points, they are logically inconsistent. The former allowed more government lawyers to appear before the commission, while the latter and its progeny make it far harder for employers to be represented or otherwise receive legal aid. Much has been written about the potentially negative effects of Woolworths, while far less has been said about Gibbens. But the adverse consequences for public servants of allowing the government unfettered access to experienced legal representation in employment disputes are considerable, and deserve attention – possibility in the form of legislative clarification.
Gibbens also presents, at least in theory, a considerable challenge for private law firms in obtaining permission to represent government clients before the commission. Why would the commission ever grant a private firm permission to represent a government agency when there are plenty of individuals experienced in workplace-relations advocacy among the hundreds of AGS lawyers who can appear as of right? This is especially the case one criterion for granting permission is that “it would be unfair not to allow the person [here, the government] to be represented because the person is unable to represent … itself effectively”.
The issues raised above may seem trivial to some. But the level of representation involved in employment disputes, when emotions are high and jobs are on the line, requires a delicate policy decision. Until change eventuates, public servants can only hope they don’t find themselves legally outgunned before the commission. Surely that is the real access-to-justice concern here.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks his colleague Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article.Read more
Amid numerous recent findings of corruption and misconduct by public officials, the public service and federal politicians are under increasing pressure to maintain the confidence of the public they collectively serve. It is not surprising, then, that the call for a federal anti-corruption commission (ICAC) is becoming louder and louder. The tone of an event organised by The Australia Institute earlier this year was telling – the question was no longer whether, but how.
That does not mean there is consensus. Professor Adam Graycar told a parliamentary committee last year that the proponents of a federal ICAC were not even sure of the problems they were trying to solve, let alone how to solve them. What, then, is necessary to ensure such an institution can effectively curb corruption in the political and bureaucratic spheres?
Three main areas of concern have been identified, which will be considered here in turn:
Firstly, the boundaries of the federal ICAC’s jurisdiction must be clear to ensure the definition of corruption is not brought into question. In the 2015 case of ICAC v Cunneen, NSW Deputy Senior Crown Prosecutor Margaret Cunneen was accused of perverting the course of justice. The High Court ruled that her actions did not constitute “corrupt conduct”, nor did it adversely affect the police investigators’ ability to exercise their official functions, as those terms are defined in the NSW legislation. The bench concluded that applying this narrow interpretation would allow the ICAC Act to operate as it was intended to, and avoid overtly criminal acts falling within the scope of the NSW ICAC’s investigative powers.
However, a narrow interpretation may prove more problematic in a federal setting, where crimes such as tax evasion may not be construed as an attempt to pervert the course of justice, and would therefore not fall within reach of the federal ICAC. Establishing such an institution without causing conflict with already-existing regulatory bodies would require “a genius in legislative artistry.”
Secondly, it has been proposed that the federal ICAC would be supplemented by a misconduct register, modelled on the one being established in South Australia. In that state, the register forms a repository for the findings of the SA ICAC, with a database on public officers who have been dismissed from public employment. The repository will also include allegations that never advanced to investigation, to ensure that records are created on those who resign before investigations commence.
But there are concerns about misuse of such a register. Misconduct findings are administrative, not judicial decisions, and for a range of reasons many never proceed beyond the initial decision. The 2016/17 APSC Annual Report indicated that only 93 of the 223 cases brought to the Merit Protection Commissioner as a second tier of review ended up being reconsidered. It may be, therefore, that these findings are ultimately given unjustifiable weight in future employment decisions as a result of the register.
Former Senator Zhenya Wang, prior Chair of the Select Committee into the Establishment of a National Integrity Commission, has voiced similar concerns. “A dedicated [federal ICAC] would threaten the legal rights of individuals, as well as potentially unfairly tarnish the reputation of individuals investigated, even when they are later found not to have engaged in corrupt conduct,” said Wang. Elevating the weight of an internal administrative finding to a permanent stain on someone’s record has troubling implications.
Finally, the Rule of Law Institute of Australia has argued that introducing a federal ICAC may create a new system of justice without the legal safeguards entrenched in the existing one. The risk has been articulated as that of a “parallel system of justice to the traditional criminal court system initially with all the credibility of a court, but without any of the protections that have been built up around the court system over many generations.” Principles such as the presumption of innocence, the standard of proof beyond reasonable doubt and the privilege against self-incrimination may not be embedded in this new system.
Yet none of these flaws are fatal. With proper design and a nuanced appreciation of need to balance institutional concerns with personal liberty issues, a federal ICAC can effectively address corruption and misfeasance at the Commonwealth level without unduly imposing on the rights of affected individuals. That is not to understate the challenging task facing the creators of such a body; rather, it is to accept that these concerns are real and deserve consideration, but do not represent overwhelming obstacles.
It may be, as detractors are quick to point out, that the risk of corruption is already lowered at the federal level. There are more pre-existing mechanisms for transparency and accountability, and the spheres administered by federal public servants are potentially less susceptible to the development-related corruption exposed in NSW.
But there are many benefits to restoring public confidence in the federal bureaucracy through a nationwide anti-corruption commission. Like the common response to climate-change deniers (what is the detriment of a cleaner planet in any event?), if politics and administration at a federal-level are indeed free from corruption, then what harm would the added-level of accountability brought by a federal ICAC do?
Yet the creation of such an institution is attended by risks. The establishment and subsequent failure of a federal ICAC may even prove counterproductive in the fight against corruption. Unless its implementation is carefully considered and thoughtfully executed, we may end up patching a bullet wound with a band-aid.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. His colleague Zoe Zhang assisted in preparing this article.Read more
In every Australian State and Territory, “Family Provision” legislation exists to allow a natural child to bring a claim for provision (or further provision) from the estate of their deceased parent. At the very core of the Family Provision legislation is the recognition of a moral duty that a parent owes to their child.
Whilst the Law recognises that a parent owes a moral duty to their child, it also recognises that the moral duty will be impacted based on the nature of the relationship between the parent and the child. This moral factor must be weighed against the Applicant child’s financial need for provision from an estate.
But what if the relationship between the parent and child had been a strained one? Perhaps for a few years, or a few decades? What if the child or the parent had done something (or failed to do something) which caused a breakdown in the relationship? There is a vast array of case law which looks at “the character and conduct” of applicants, at “disentitling conduct” and “estrangement” between parent and child, and unfortunately, the case law can often be ad hoc and sometimes inconsistent.
What is consistent among the case law however is that the nature of the relationship between a child and their deceased parent is always taken into account by the Court and may serve to reduce or even deny a claim for provision in circumstances that may otherwise have presented a compelling case.
Let’s focus just on “estrangement” between a parent and their child.
We know from the case law that the cause of the estrangement is relevant. Estrangement that is caused entirely by a deceased parent’s unreasonable conduct or beliefs alone cannot amount to disentitling conduct on the part of an Applicant child. The Court therefore engages in a forensic analysis of the conduct and attitude of the deceased judged by prevailing community standards. As we know, moral standards are always changing and what was considered reasonable 30 years ago, may not be considered reasonable today.
Nonetheless, the cause of the estrangement is one factor. The period of estrangement is another factor – naturally, a longer period of estrangement may justify a lesser moral duty on behalf of the parent towards their child. Of course, moral duty needs to be weighed against other competing claims (e.g. the moral claim of a testator’s children may lose priority to those of the testator’s spouse (for example, the case of Temple v Cowell SASC 20).
It should be noted however that issues of fault within family relationships are inherently complex, and often relationship breakdowns have causes that are not exclusive to one party (as recognised by Young J in Walker v Walker)
More recently, in the case of Larkin v Leech-Larkin (judgement being delivered in October 2017), the NSW Supreme Court came across yet another case involving the estrangement between a mother and her son, Julian.
The mother had 4 sons and had left her entire estate to her second son Lucien. Two of her other sons had not made a claim against their mother’s estate. One son however ( Julian) decided to make a claim.
The Court recognised that Julian had a strained relationship with his mother caused predominantly by (a) Julian continuing to have a relationship with his father following his mother and father’s divorce and (b) Julian failing to have any meaningful contact with his mother over the past 40 years of her life, and no contact within the last 8 years of her life.
The Court also recognised that the other son, Lucien, who was the sole beneficiary of his mother’s estate, had a much closer relationship. They had a shared common interest (being their property in the Blue Mountains), and the Court also found that Lucien had spent a great deal of his own wealth towards this property.
The estate was worth approximately $680,000 and the Court ultimately dismissed the application by the estranged some Julian.
Does this case add anything further to the case law on estrangement and moral duty (and the principles in Keep v Bourke and Andrew v Andrew)? The short answer is “not really”.
The take-away point from this case is that we consistently see the Courts at the very least, having regard to the following:
It’s only natural (for some) to try to pin things down in writing. This is particularly true for those in the people management business, and especially for those among them who are exposed to bureaucracy. That way everyone knows where they stand – right?
And so the drafting of the HR policy manual begins. Cutting and pasting from here and there while adding their lashings of common sense, the drafters of an HR policy manual do their best to spell out all manner of things relating to work. What is the social media policy? What is the organisational policy on the Christmas shutdown? Where are the tea towels kept? Then the CEO and the Board add in a few of their pet peccadillos, and a HR policy manual is born.
Sooner or later the original drafters leave the organisation. Eventually, the new policy person gets around to looking at the HR policy manual. They notice a gap in coverage, and add a few more policies, drawing from their previous workplace experience and their own brand of common sense. The new CEO and Board members do likewise. The cycle repeats itself.
Within a few years, the manual has grown to 5 times its original size. The policies overlap. Inconsistencies emerge between the ‘grievance policy’, the ‘dispute resolution policy’ and the ‘Code of Conduct’ and nobody knows which policies to apply when an intra-staff spat breaks out. In fact, the CEO isn’t even sure if the staff concerned know of the existence of the updated policies, since the version published on the intranet isn’t the version that was included in the employee induction pack. Plus one of the staff members involved in the spat is out in the field and doesn’t have access to the intranet anyway.
Policies are just that – policies. That is: a document drafted by the organisation for the benefit of that organisation. Unless a policy is serving that purpose, it should be ditched.
For a start, this means policies should be clear, and internally consistent. If they aren’t, the organisation should change them so that they are. Make sure all your staff know where to find the policies, and make sure any updated versions are clearly published to everyone.
Secondly, policies should not duplicate or, worse, be inconsistent with employee entitlements located elsewhere (for example, in the employee’s contract, the relevant Modern Award, the Enterprise Agreement or the Fair Work Act). This just asks for trouble. While this all sounds terribly obvious, in my practice it is routine to see (for both NFP’s and FP’s alike) HR policy manuals including substantive entitlements (to, say, redundancy and termination of employment) that are different to the entitlements in the employee’s contract or Award. This can have unintended consequences for everyone and is particularly hard to watch given it was a wholly avoidable situation in the first place.
Thirdly, the promises (if any) made in the HR manual must be achievable. Courts will not allow clear policy statements to act as a ‘cruel hoax’ on employees. Also, on a common sense level, it just upsets staff when their employer doesn’t follow its own rules. So, if the policies proclaim that the organisation ‘will investigate all grievances within 48 hours’, the organisation must be able to deliver on that – in all cases. If it can’t (and, let’s face it, who wants to be pinned down to that anyway?) then the policy should be recast in more aspirational terms. For example: ‘where appropriate, the organisation will investigate grievances within the earliest practicable timeframe.’ Workers are people, and no two people (or situations) are exactly alike. Policies must be drafted to give your organisation the ‘wiggle room’ it is going to need to respond fairly and reasonably to every workplace situation.
Finally, give some thought to whether the policy should even exist at all by asking yourself “do we really need to write this down?” Remember, the only HR policies that should exist are the ones that are necessary. Specifically, the ones that:
HR policies that seek to go beyond this list need to be carefully contained and justified. While NFP’s have some compliance obligations they cannot avoid, they are not the public service. This means that if you look carefully at HR policies, you may well find that less is more.
 Nikolich v Goldman Sachs J B Were Services Pty Ltd  FCA 784, .Read more
Young children are at higher risk of injuries as they are often incapable of having the necessary foresight of the consequences of their conduct and need to be protected from injuring themselves.
The purpose of this paper is to show how the law of negligence operates within a school environment.
A child is to be judged, not by the standards of an adult, but according to what could be reasonably expected of a child of their age.
The cases establish that the law employs a sliding scale of responsibility where the safety and well being of children is involved, sliding down according to their age:
“It is obvious that a child is less capable of taking care of its own safety than a normal adult and the younger the child the less the capacity until a stage is reached at which there is none.”
The relationship between the school authority, teachers and students give rise to a duty of care of general supervision to the students concerning their physical safety. The High Court of Australia has summarised the extent of teachers’ duty of care to students:
“Children stand in need of care and supervision and this their parents cannot effectively provide when children are attending school; instead it is those then in charge of them, their teachers, who must provide it.
The duty of the school authority to its students is a duty to ensure that reasonable care is taken of them whilst they are on school premises during hours when the school is open for attendance. The duty was expressed by the High Court as follows:
“…the duty is not discharged by merely appointing competent teaching staff and leaving it to the staff to take appropriate steps for the care of the children. It is a duty to ensure that reasonable steps are taken for the safety of the children, a duty the performance of which cannot be delegated.”
To be successful in a negligence claim, it must be established, on the balance of probabilities, that:
The fact that a duty of care exists does not mean that a school authority will be liable for an injury sustained by a student. In order for the student to succeed in a negligence claim, all of these elements must be established.
To establish a duty of care, the student must prove that the school authority or teacher ought to have foreseen that the negligent act or omission of the school authority or teacher might endanger the student. It is not enough to establish that the school authority or teacher knew or ought to have known of the potential hazard. It must be shown that a reasonable person in the position of the school authority or teacher would have foreseen that the situation constituted a real risk to the student.
This duty of care is not absolute and only extends to protection from harm where the risk of injury is reasonably foreseeable. The higher the risk or potential for harm, the greater the duty imposed on the school authority and the teacher.
In many cases where a student has failed to prove their case, the school authority or teacher have acted reasonably in the circumstances rather than the injury not being foreseeable.
In the Australian Capital Territory for a student to establish a breach of duty of care, three elements need to be satisfied:
The court in determining the liability of a school or teacher establishes whether the risk of injury was foreseeable, what the school or teacher could have done to reduce that risk being mindful of factors such as the magnitude of the risk, the age and experience of the student, and the cost of eliminating the risk.
To establish negligence, you must show that the act or omission caused the injury. The High Court has noted:
“…it is of course necessary that the breach of duty of care must be causally related to the injury received…[students] have often failed because they have been unable to prove that the exercise of an appropriate degree of supervision would have prevented the particular injury in question.”
Once the breach of duty of care has been established, it is often relatively easy to find that the breach caused the injury suffered by the student so long as the risk of injury is ‘not insignificant’.
The student may suffer physical, psychological (nervous shock or other recognisable psychiatric disorder) injury or financial damage.
Teachers and school authorities need to recognise their legal responsibilities to students. Whether as a teacher in the classroom, on the playing field or on a school excursion, a duty of care is owed to students. This manifests itself as a duty to protect students from injuries that are reasonably foreseeable. To avoid injuries that are reasonably foreseeable, teachers and school authorities should at all times maintain an acceptable standard of care given the circumstances. The consequences for failing to meet this standard and in the event a student suffers injury, the teacher and/or school authority could face an action in negligence.
 Cotton v Commissioner for Road Transport (1942) 43 SR (NSW) 66; Jordan CJ at 69
 Geyer v Downs (1977) 138 CLR 91 at 93;
 Commonwealth v Introvigne (1981) 150 CLR 258; at 270
 Section 43, Civil Law (Wrongs) Act 2002 (ACT)
 Geyer v Downs (1977) at p102
For more information about negligence and duty of care with children on site, please contact Bill McCarthy.Read more
Australia is, by and large, a secular country. Australians have a constitutionally-entrenched freedom of religion, and anti-discrimination laws prohibit discrimination based on religion in a range of spheres. Yet as the furore surrounding the marriage equality survey demonstrated, religious issues sometimes intrude into the workplace. Companies large and small took vocal positions for and against marriage equality; in September a contractor in Canberra was terminated for expressing her religiously-motivated intention to vote no.
The intersection between religion and employment is vexed. Drawing the boundaries between private and public life, determining reasonable concessions for religious observance in the workplace and exempting religious organisations from general law require delicate judicial and legislative policy judgments. This topic is also inevitably a controversial one. What to an atheist might represent a reasonable compromise between religion and employment would likely be entirely different for a devoutly religious person.
Religion has tended to intrude on the contract of employment in two distinct contexts. Firstly, spiritual motives may prevent a contract existing due to the absence of an intention to create legal relations. Alternatively, where a contract is on foot, religious law may be incorporated within that relationship.
The mutual intention to create legal relations is an essential requirement in the formation of a contract (Australian Woollen Mills Pty Ltd v Commonwealth (1954) 92 CLR 424, 457). Traditionally, it was considered that family, religious and community settings gave rise to a presumption against the existence of such intentions.
The Australian position was altered in the seminal case of Ermogenous v Greek Orthodox Community of SA Inc (2002) 209 CLR 95 (‘Ermogenous’) in which the High Court highlighted the dangers of such presumptions. The Court held that the proper inquiry requires an ‘objective assessment of the state of affairs between the parties’ (at 105). Accordingly, ‘to say that a minister of religion serves God and those to whom he or she ministers may be right, but that is a description of the minister’s spiritual duties. It leaves open the possibility that the minister has been engaged to do this under a contract of employment’ (at 110).
Of course, Ermogenous did not say that a religious worker necessarily has a contract of employment with the relevant religious organisation. While in that case the question was remitted to a lower court, which upheld the existence of a valid contract (2002) 223 LSJS 459), subsequent judgments have retained the view that typically no legal relationship arises in the religious context. In Redeemer Baptist School Ltd v Glossop  NSWSC 1201, for example, the Supreme Court of NSW held that teachers at a particular religious school provided their services ‘as volunteers in response to a calling to serve God’ (at ).
As these varied outcomes demonstrate, whether or not an intention to create legal relations exists will be a fact-dependent inquiry. In some religious contexts, the manner of appointment and on- going relationship will support the existence of an enforceable agreement; in others it will remain in the realm of a ‘consensual compact … based on religious, spiritual and mystical ideas’ (Scandrett v Dowling (1992) 27 NSWLR 483, 513).
Written by John Wilson, managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law, and Kieran Pender. First published in the Law Society Journal.Read more
An uncertain condition of development consent can be a nightmare for developers, councils and prospective purchasers when trying to understand what the condition requires. While the starting point must always be the text of the condition, what do you do when the text is itself unclear? What if someone suggests that a document, not in existence at the time the consent was issued, changes the way the condition should be understood? What effect do the plans and specifications approved by a construction certificate have on the plans approved by the development consent?
These questions were answered recently by the Court of Appeal in Bunderra Holdings Pty Ltd v Pasminco Cockle Creek Smelter Pty Ltd (subject to Deed of Company Arrangement)  NSWCA 263.
The dispute between (our client) Bunderra Holdings Pty Ltd (Bunderra) and Pasminco Cockle Creek Smelter Pty Ltd (subject to a Deed of Company Arrangement) (Pasminco) concerned the ultimate responsibility to construct a stormwater pipe due to an ‘awkwardly drafted condition’ of a development consent issued by Lake Macquarie City Council (the Council).
The land the subject of the development consent, known as the Tripad site, originally formed part of a larger holding of land owned by Pasminco. Pasminco sold the Tripad site to Bunderra after the Council had granted Pasminco development consent for a residential subdivision on the Tripad land. The Tripad site was below the Pasminco site.
The consent required the subdivision to occur in accordance with stormwater strategies which had been prepared on behalf of Pasminco. These contemplated the construction of a pipe under a road that divided the two sites to carry stormwater from the Pasminco site through the Tripad site. A condition of consent required the applicant to demonstrate that stormwater could safely flow from the Pasminco land through the Tripad site and required plans and calculations for these stormwater controls to be submitted to the Council prior to the issue of a construction certificate for the residential subdivision.
After the consent was issued, Pasminco submitted a further stormwater strategy to the Council. This was said to be in response to the consent condition referred to above, and expressly required the pipe to be built as part of the Tripad site subdivision works, ie, by Bunderra.
Bunderra obtained construction certificates from the Council for all required civil works and carried out those works. The Council issued certificates of practical completion for all of those works. The plans approved by the construction certificates did not provide for the construction of the pipe.
A dispute then arose between Pasminco and Bunderra over who was responsible for the construction of the pipe. This culminated in Pasminco bringing class 4 proceedings in the Land and Environment Court to restrain the Council from granting a subdivision certificate for the development until after the pipe had been constructed.
Pasminco succeeded at first instance. Robson J held that:
The Court of Appeal reversed Robson J’s decision and, in doing so, gave some important guidance on the interpretation of development consents.
Development consents are to be construed to achieve practical results
The Court reaffirmed the principle that development consents are to be interpreted to achieve practical results. In doing so, it pointed out that development consents are drafted by planners and not lawyers, and should therefore be given a liberal construction.
The retrospective incorporation of the later stormwater strategy.
The Court found that the stormwater strategy given to the Council after the development consent had been granted could not be retrospectively incorporated into the consent for the purpose of interpreting the consent conditions. In doing so, the Court reinforced the principle that, because a development consent enures for the benefit of subsequent land owners, it is of fundamental importance that people are able to determine with precision what the consent requires by reference to the text of the consent and any documents incorporated into the consent either expressly or “by necessary implication”. A document that does not come into existence until after the consent has been granted cannot be used to determine the meaning of the conditions of consent.
The effect of the construction certificate
The Court confirmed that the plans and specifications approved by a construction certificate prevail over the plans and specifications the subject of development consent to the extent of any inconsistency between them.
In Bunderra’s case, the Court concluded that the construction certificates issued by the Council imposed no requirement to construct the pipe and held that these must prevail over any inconsistent provisions of the development consent plans.
There are two key lessons to be learned from this case:
To learn more about this case, please contact Andrew Brickhill.Read more
The rule against bias has a storied history. Australian academic Simon Young recently cited the 800-year-old Magna Carta as providing a basis for the principle, which he described as having “a uniquely long pedigree in Western legal thinking”. The rule is simultaneously simple and plagued by complexity. At its essence, a decision-maker must bring a fair and open mind to any decision.
Of course, complainants do not need to be aware of this legal history to cry bias. The law is dense, in a state of flux and can deliver harsh outcomes from time to time. It is unsurprising, then, that affected individuals often mistake a dislikeable decision for one tainted by bias. But bias does occur, and distinguishing between unsupported complaints and legitimate grievances is not always easy.
Particularly in the employment law context, where emotions run high and personal relationships are firmly relevant, there can be a considerable risk of bias. In the public service, employment disputes typically tread a well-worn path. First, an investigator will investigate the disputed conduct. Second, a decision-maker will decide whether the allegations were substantiated and whether the wrongdoer should be sanctioned. Finally, a distressed public servant has avenues for appeal – whether internally, through industrial tribunals or in court. At all three stages, issues of bias can arise.
Before considering each in turn, a more elaborate definition is required. The Macquarie Dictionary defines bias as “a particular tendency or inclination, especially one which prevents unprejudiced consideration of a question”. Essentially, bias occurs when a factor influences a decision where that factor has no reasonable and rational connection with the decision. If I have an irrational dislike of people with red hair, and I fire an employee because they have red hair, my decision-making would be tainted by my bias against redheads.
But the law is concerned not just with this actual bias; it extends to what can be described as an apprehension of bias. If my dislike of red-headed people is well-known, and I sanction an employee who happens to have red hair for misconduct, there is a risk that bystanders may apprehend I was biased in my decision-making regardless of whether the sanction was in fact influenced by bias. This is because our justice system is concerned not only with justice being done, but also with justice being seen to be done.
One of the most common complaints in employment disputes is that a workplace investigation was tainted by biased. In Francis v Patrick Stevedores Holdings, Fair Work Commission Deputy President Peter Sams found an investigation “was biased, incomplete and totally one-sided” because the investigator chose not to investigate counter-allegations of harassment. In another case, the commission found an apprehension of bias where an investigator was required to investigate his own conduct.
However, a finding of bias in the investigation will not necessarily result in compensation for the affected employee, nor reinstatement if they have been terminated. In Dent v Halliburton Australia, the commissioner, Susan Booth, held that an investigation did not need to be “flawless” provided the ultimate decision is reasonable. This places the focus on the final decision, rather than the investigation process, when determining possible remedies in unfair dismissal cases. That said, any finding of bias in the investigation will certainly help an employee in their attempt to overturn the decision or its consequences.
After the investigation, a decision-maker typically makes a finding of fact (for example, whether the allegations were proven) and determines the appropriate sanction. Here, the decision-maker can find themselves between a rock and a hard place. If they simply adopt the investigation report without independently assessing the evidence presented, their decision may be infected by bias – as was the case in Francis. But if they take the inverse approach and disagree with the (typically independent) investigator, they may also be labelled as biased and accused of harbouring ulterior motives.
The Fair Work Commission comes to the aid of decision-makers here, with several decisions accepting that reasonable minds can differ and therefore a decision-maker is not obliged to follow an investigator’s conclusions. The test remains whether the decision was reached reasonably and without bias.
Finally, there are typically avenues for appeal once a decision is made. Two forms of bias are sometimes alleged against courts and industrial tribunals. The first occurs where one party has communicated with the institution without informing the other party. In CFMEU v LCR Group, a union applied for Senior Deputy President Peter Richards to recuse himself on the basis of his private emails with the other party’s legal representatives. The full bench acknowledged that unilateral communications could give rise to a reasonable apprehension of bias, but held that there was no logical connection between the procedural discussions in the email chain and Richards’ ability to bring an impartial mind to the particular case. Accordingly, the application was refused.
Allegations of bias have also arisen (unsuccessfully) where a decision-maker has previously expressed an opinion on the legal question to arise in the case. The High Court’s comments in a 1986 case are apt: “[bias] flows from a reasonable apprehension that the judge might not decide the case impartially, rather than that [they] will decide the case adversely to a party”.
The resounding message from both cases is that proving bias against a judicial or quasi-judicial officer is extremely difficult. This is for obvious reasons: the overwhelming majority of judges are highly professional and take their responsibility of impartiality seriously. Yet this has not stopped such allegations, even from within their own ranks. In February, Fair Work Commission Vice-President Graeme Watson sensationally resigned over his concerns that the institution was biased towards employees in unfair-dismissal cases.
Bias is a common complaint during workplace investigations and the processes that follow. When emotions run high, it can be an allegation which is easy to hurl yet difficult to substantiate. To avoid the risk of bias grounding a successful appeal, public servants should adhere to proper processes, manage conflicts of interest and utilise independent decision-makers wherever possible.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks his colleagues Robert Allen and Kieran Pender for their help in preparing this article. First published in the Canberra Times.Read more
A new State Environmental Planning Policy has changed the circumstances in which Council approval is required for the removal of trees in non-rural areas.
The State Environmental Planning Policy (Vegetation in Non-Rural Areas) 2017 commenced on 25 August 2017. The SEPP is part of an extensive overhaul of native vegetation clearing laws in NSW and requires a Council permit to clear any vegetation below the Biodiversity Offset Scheme threshold, to which Part 3 of the SEPP applies. The SEPP also provides for an appeal to the Land and Environment Court against a Council’s refusal to grant such a permit.
The SEPP applies to vegetation in ‘non-rural’ areas. Non-rural areas are defined as being land in the local government areas in metropolitan Sydney and Newcastle and land within a wide range of specified ‘urban’ zones.
However, Part 3 of the SEPP applies only to vegetation that is declared by a development control plan to be vegetation to which the SEPP applies. Where a development control plan doesn’t contain such a declaration, urban trees in the Council’s area may be unprotected.
There is a savings provisions in clause 26 of the SEPP. This saves the application of vegetation removal provisions in development control plans which were in force at the time the vegetation SEPP commenced.
But there is a catch. If a Council’s development control plan did not prescribe the vegetation to be protected under the former clause 5.9 of the Standard Instrument (and this may be more common that you might think), Part 3 of the new SEPP will simply not apply.
The Department of Planning and Environment is developing a model development control plan. However, this is not yet available. All Councils should therefore check that their development control plan contains a list of vegetation to be protected by the SEPP. Any existing list prepared under the former clause 5.9 of the Standard Instrument will carry over to the SEPP but, if your development control plan doesn’t contain such a list, the trees in your urban areas may be without any legal protection. It goes without saying that, if this is the case, your development control plan should be amended urgently to include a declaration of the vegetation to which the SEPP will apply.
For more information, please contact us.Read more
In all Australian States and Territories, a person with an interest in the estate has the ability to lodge a Caveat seeking to halt proceedings in respect of a Grant of Probate. In some jurisdictions (including the Australian Capital Territory) a Caveat can even be lodged to prevent the distribution of assets in an estate (assuming the whole estate has not been distributed).
Lodging a Caveat can be critical in giving a Caveator (the person who lodged the Caveat) time to make further enquiries to determine and ultimately establish their grounds of challenge.
Each State and Territory has different requirements that a Caveator must be aware of. For example, in the Australian Capital Territory, a caveat may be:
All jurisdictions however (in some form or another) require that a caveator have sufficient grounds in order to lodge a valid Caveat and often, “sufficient grounds” is held to be present if the Caveator has a material interest that is affected by the application to prove the last Will of the testator (Re Seymour VLR 136 and Poulos v Pellicer  NSWSC 504).
Sufficient grounds for objection might include where the Caveator has reasonable grounds to believe:
In the ACT, once the Caveat is prepared and lodged with the Court, it must be served as soon as practicable (but no later than 7 days from the date of filing) on the relevant person, which could be the person applying for the Grant or the Administrator or Executor seeking to distribute the estate. The Caveat will then remain in force for 6 months unless it is set aside or withdrawn.
Lodging a Caveat against a Grant or requiring proof of the Will in Solemn Form would often mean the propounder of the Will (the person proving the Will) has the burden of proving the validity of the Will that they are seeking a Grant be issued by the Court.
Of course the evidence necessary to successfully challenge a Will will vary in each case. For example, challenging a Will on the basis that the testator lacked testamentary capacity could require a series of affidavits from the solicitor or the person who prepared the Will, the attesting witnesses, the testator’s treating medical specialists, expert medical witnesses, people who knew the deceased – the list could go on.
Lodging a Caveat should not be taken lightly. A Caveat which is lodged without sufficient grounds could present a cost risk to a Caveator if it is not withdrawn. In some instances, once lodged it cannot be withdrawn without the leave of the Court, potentially presenting further costs to the Caveator or the estate.
While the registration costs of lodging a Caveat may be relatively inexpensive (actually, it does not cost anything in the ACT), the subsequent costs implications could mean that a Caveator without sufficient grounds suffers hefty penalties for prematurely acting to prevent a Grant of Probate or Letters of Administration being issued by the court.
The key point to remember when you are considering lodging a Caveat is to be very careful, always seek legal advice as to the strengths of your case and consider the possible implications.
If you are considering lodging a Caveat, contact us to speak to one of our specialist estates lawyers.Read more
With the rapid advances of technology come equally rapid changes in the way we interact and communicate with one another. Where once correspondence was sent by post and negotiations were drawn out over a number of weeks or months, it is now often resolved by email in a matter of days. The acceptance or agreement of contract terms by signature used on an electronic document (electronic signatures) is no exception and will often be considered binding.
Though the concept of electronic signatures is not new and the preference (at least amongst the legal profession) appears to remain with ‘wet ink’ signatures, the trend and popularity towards an electronic form of execution seems to be growing.
The legal framework for the electronic signature has been in place for some time under the Electronic Transactions Act 1999 (Cth) which has been adopted generally in the Australian Capital Territory under the Electronic Transactions Act 2001 (ACT) (Act).
Where an electronic signature is to be used, Section 9 requires that:
Subject to the electronic signature complying with the above, the validity of the document cannot be denied on the basis it had been signed electronically.
It should be noted however, that the requirements set out under Section 9 are intentionally non-specific and have the obvious downfall of allowing for the method of electronic signature to be legally challenged. There is further uncertainty in that the validity or reliability of the method of electronic signature will also depend upon the type of document or the circumstances in which the document is being signed. The Explanatory Memorandum to the Act states that the intention was to resolve the Act having to be revised to take into account technological changes.
Caution should also be taken when signing electronically as there are specific Territory laws which may prevent this method of execution. For instance, Section 219 of the Civil Law (Property Act) 2006 (ACT)
requires that there be at least one witness to the execution of a deed. Due to the very nature of an electronic signature (there is no witness), such provisions cannot be satisfied electronically.
If you would like more information about using electronic signatures within the ACT, please contact us.Read more
The tiny house movement is a social phenomenon advocating living in so called ‘tiny houses’, commonly defined as detached, usually wheeled, dwellings under 40m2 in area. Tiny houses are becoming increasingly popular in Australia, however potential buyers or builders in the ACT should exercise caution.
Housing affordability is a major driver of the popularity of tiny houses in Australia. Fans of tiny houses often attribute their appeal to a desire to own a home without the mortgage stress of a larger building, as well as a desire for greater environmental sustainability and more conscious consumption. Although tiny houses can be permanent structures, mobile tiny houses mounted on trailers are far more popular, in part because this separates ownership of the house from the expense of the land it stands on, and in part as an attempt to escape local building codes by being regulated as caravans instead.
Housing development in the ACT is regulated by legislation, such as the Planning and Development Act 2007 (ACT), and the Crown Leasehold system. The Territory government owns most residential land in the ACT and leases it to the public under a Crown Lease, typically for a period of 99 years and subject to certain conditions. Common conditions (although not exclusive) for residential land include requirements to build a dwelling, sometimes of a certain size or value, within a set period of time (typically 24-36 months).
Mobile homes used for long term habitation are categorised as buildings under s.7 of the Building Act 2004 (ACT) and therefore might be able to satisfy the development covenants in a Crown Lease. However, the tiny house in this situation would need to satisfy any requirements as to size or value in the Crown Lease, as well as comply with planning and building regulations. This could also raise ownership issues if the tiny house and the land belonged to different people, since property law typically treats structures on land as ‘fixtures’ belonging to the landowner. Therefore, tiny houses may work best as standalone dwellings on land when the tiny house owner also owns the land.
Another way ACT law may accommodate tiny houses is as ‘secondary residences’, familiar to Australians as ‘granny flats’. In addition to the Crown Lease and planning and building regulations, secondary residences must comply with specific requirements under the Residential Zones Development Code and the Single Dwelling Housing Development Code. These include meeting accessibility standards and being no smaller than 40m2, hardly ‘tiny’ by the standards of the tiny house movement. As for ownership, secondary residences must be built in association with a primary residence and can’t be subdivided or sold separately. As a result, tiny houses may work best as secondary residences when there is a family relationship between the landowner and tiny house owner, such as a child saving up to purchase their own home or an elderly parent wanting to retain some independence.
For those looking to lease land on which to park their tiny house, the situation may be more difficult. Section 309 of the Planning and Development Act 2007 (ACT) states that a parcel of land may be sublet separately from the remainder of the land for the purpose of siting a mobile home but only if the Crown Lease for the land authorises the land to be used as a mobile home park. This essentially limits the tiny house owner to a few caravan parks.
Although sometimes touted as a potential solution to Australia’s housing affordability crisis, tiny houses remain a niche market. Part of the reason for this may be the incompatibility of the tiny house model imported from the United States with Australian laws and regulations. Legislation and the requirements of Crown Leases mean that the construction or siting of tiny houses in the ACT can be complicated.
Anyone interested in buying or building a tiny house should seek legal advice to ensure that their tiny house dream does not lead to headaches later.
If you are interested in buying a tiny house, or have any questions about them, please contact us.Read more
In certain circumstances, a request for additional information will ‘stop the clock’: that is, the time for lodging an appeal ceases to run until either the information is provided within the time specified by the Council or the applicant tells the Council that it doesn’t intend to provide the information.
However, failing to provide the information within the time specified by the Council may not result in the clock restarting.
In a decision handed down earlier this week, the Land and Environment Court held that a Council’s actions following the end of the period within which the additional information was required to be provided effectively amounted to an extension of time for the provision of the information: Corbett Constructions P/L v Wollondilly Shire Council  NSWLEC 135 (9 October 2017).
In that case the Council had requested a substantial amount of additional information in relation to a development application for a large medium-density residential development. The additional information included a residential flat building architectural design verification; a new BASIX statement; a ‘phase 1’ contaminated site assessment; a flood impact assessment and various other pieces of information. The request for information was made 10 days after the DA was lodged and therefore complied with the requirement that such requests be made within 25 days from the date of lodgement of the DA: reg 109(2). The request required that this information be made available within 28 days and indicated that if the information was not received, the application may be determined on the basis of the current information.
The deadline for the provision of the additional information passed, and sometime later, an exchange of emails took place between the applicant and the Council in which the applicant indicated that the additional information would be provided “in the coming weeks”. This was followed by a letter from the Council noting that the requested information had not been provided and warning that if the information was not provided within the following 7 days, it would be assumed that the applicant wished to have the DA determined on the information previously submitted. When the additional information had still not been provided, the assessing officer emailed the applicant noting that “I have previously provided until 18 October for the provision of the outstanding information” and indicating that if the information was not provided by the end of the week, the assessment report would be prepared without it. The requested information was provided that day.
When the DA remained undetermined some months later, the applicant lodged an appeal to the Land and Environment Court against the “deemed refusal” of the application. The Council applied to strike out the appeal on the basis that the appeal was required to be commenced within 6 months from the date on which the application was deemed to be refused (ss. 82 and 97(1)(b)), and that this period had already expired.
The issue for the Court was whether the Council’s request for additional information had stopped the clock only for the 28 day period specified in the Council’s letter requesting the information, or until the ultimate deadline nominated in the assessment officer’s email of 18 October. The appeal was only within time if the clock had been stopped until 18 October.
The Council argued that, because there had been no information provided in answer to the Council’s letter within the 28 day period specified, time began to run again once the 28 day period had expired. This meant that the appeal had commenced more than 6 months after the date on which it was deemed to have been refused.
The Applicant referred to the requirement in reg 54(2)(b) that the request for additional information specify a reasonable period for the provision of the additional information and argued that the 28 day period specified by the Council was, having regard to the nature of the additional information requested, unreasonable. In fact, the Applicant described the task of providing the information to the Council in the specified timeframe as so onerous that it was “mission impossible”. In any event, the Applicant argued that the Council had extended the time for the provision of the information, and the information had been provided prior to the expiration of the extended deadline.
As indicated above, the Court accepted the Applicant’s argument that the Council had in fact extended the time for the provision of the additional information, the information was provided within that extended period and the clock had been stopped until that time. In coming to this conclusion the Court found that a consent authority was not restricted to allowing a further period of time for the provision of additional information only before the expiry of any period specified in the request for further information. Rather, it is open to the consent authority, after the expiry of that period, to re-assess the situation and provide the applicant with further time to provide the information requested.
These findings meant that it was unnecessary for the Court to determine whether the initial 28 day period specified by the Council was reasonable in the circumstances of the development application. Nevertheless the Court went on the make some useful comments on what the requirement for the specification of a reasonable period entails. Those comments may be summarised as follows:
For more information about this decision, please contact us.Read more
The ACT Supreme Court has recently delivered judgement in a case involving Section 12A (Rectification) of the Wills Act 1968. This was the first time Section 12A was considered by the ACT Supreme Court, so pracititioners have finally been provided with judicial guidance on the application of the rectification provisions in the Wills Act.
The case involved a Will executed by Mr Rummer on 20 August 2015. Mr Rummer’s Will made provision for his half-sister, a close friend and gave the residue of his estate to his friend Judith, who was also the defendant in the proceedings.
Mr Rummer subsequently dictated some amendments to his 2015 Will to his nominated executor, who was the Plaintiff in the proceedings, while the executor was at his bedside. Handwritten amendments were made to the 2015 Will which were signed by Mr Rummer in the presence of a registered nurse. The handwritten amendments constituted a Codicil to the 2015 Will.
Among the changes were the following:
Sadly, Mr Rummer died on the same day he signed the “Codicil”.
The Plaintiff sought rectification of Codicil seeking an order that the residue clause be amended to replace the words “most of the rest and residue” with “one-half of the rest and residue”. Based on conversations that the Plaintiff had with Mr Rummer, the Plaintiff’s position was that Mr Rummer meant to give the Defendant only one-half of the residue of his estate and that the other half was meant to be divided between friends Pat and Peter.
The task before the Court was to consider the proper construction of the following words, and to consider the application for rectification by the Plaintiff:
The Court ultimately held that:
With regard to the words “most of the rest and residue”, the Court stated the following:
“I reject the plaintiff’s submission that the word ‘most’ should be construed to mean ‘half’, for a number of reasons.
First, the express words of the Codicil dictated by the testator are ‘most’ of the residue. The ordinary meaning of that word is ‘in the greatest quantity, amount, measure, degree, or number’ (Macquarie Dictionary, 7th ed). It denotes a quantity greater than ‘more’. The plain meaning of the word is not ‘half’.
The word ‘most’, in my view, reflects the non-legal thinking of a dying man that he needed to replace the word ‘ALL’ in the Will (that had been drafted by a solicitor) with a different word, as he was now allocating some of the money that would previously have formed part of the residue to two other people”
With regard to the words “amounts as directed to my executor to my friends Pat….and Peter”, the Court’s reasoning was interesting.
The Court disagreed with comments in Charles Rowlands publication “The Construction or Rectification of Wills” which state that “It would not be enough that the testator’s actual or probable intentions are known exclusively from external sources”.
The Court disagreed with the above comment, indeed drawing from external sources and saying that “had the testator known the lack of stipulation of an amount or a mechanism for calculation of an amount would have the effect of the gifts to his two friends failing for uncertainty, he would have stated a sum for each”.
In determining the amount to award each of Pat and Peter, the Court had regard to a range of factors and principles, including the “armchair principle” rule of construction.
This case sets the precedent for cases involving section 12A in the ACT and sheds light on the legislative of“probable intention”. It is a well written and seemingly well-reasoned judgement highlighting key principles of construction and rectification of Wills.
If you are involved in a will dispute, or have any questions about rectification provisions, please contact us.Read more
Before the Safety, Rehabilitation and Compensation Act (the “Comcare Act”) commenced, if a federal public servant was injured at work, they could either file a general workers’ compensation claim or sue the Commonwealth in negligence. To succeed with the latter, the employee needed to establish fault on the part of the Australian Public Service, which made proceedings invariably costly and inefficient.
To address this mischief, Parliament passed the Comcare Act in 1988, which extinguished the right to sue the Commonwealth in negligence and replaced it with a more generous workers’ compensation scheme administered by a government authority.
his substitution of rights is enshrined in section 44 of the act, which relevantly reads: “an action or other proceeding for damages does not lie against the Commonwealth in respect of an injury sustained by an employee in the course of their employment”. In effect, it precludes a public servant from suing the Commonwealth following a workplace injury and, in return, they receive the right to ample compensation granted by the remainder of the act. However, the section’s wording does not restrict its application to negligence claims alone, but rather any action for damages “in respect of an injury”.
This brings us to the four federal discrimination acts (the Racial Discrimination Act, Sex Discrimination Act, Disability Discrimination Act and Age Discrimination Act), which are intended to eliminate discrimination against vulnerable members of society. They expressly apply to the Commonwealth as an employer.
Under these discrimination acts, an aggrieved public servant can sue the Commonwealth for unlawful discrimination and, if they succeed, the court can make “any order it thinks fit”, which would generally include damages. There are two broad heads of damages: compensation for economic loss (such as lost wages) and compensation for non-economic loss, known as “general damages”. The latter takes the form of a sum of money the court determines would adequately compensate for the hurt, humiliation, distress and loss of enjoyment of life caused by the person’s experience of unlawful discrimination.
In the landmark 2014 decision of Richardson v Oracle, the full Federal Court flexed its muscle by substantially increasing the general damages that could be awarded under the discrimination acts. Rebecca Richardson had been sexually harassed by a colleague, causing her to develop anxiety and depression. At first instance, Richardson was awarded just $18,000 in general damages; on appeal, the full Federal Court increased this to $100,000. Richardson was hailed as the start of a new era, giving teeth to discrimination law.
However, if she had worked for the Commonwealth, the outcome of her claim might have been different: her employer might have claimed that section 44 of the Comcare Act precluded her from maintaining an action against it “in respect of an injury sustained by her in the course of her employment”.
I have seen firsthand the Commonwealth raise this defence on several recent occasions, and it is unknown how many other claims it has sought to quash on this basis. Without a court decision or legislative clarification, the Commonwealth can continue to raise section 44 to rebuff claims of unlawful discrimination that result in injury, and for which it would otherwise be liable. This persisting uncertainty compromises public servants’ bargaining position.
It would, in my opinion, be absurd for the Comcare Act to override the discrimination acts in this way, because it would mean public servants could only sue for unlawful discrimination if it either caused them permanent impairment (for which the Comcare Act provides an exception to section 44), or no injury at all – but not for anything in between. One can easily imagine some obscene outcomes if this interpretation was applied in practice: for instance, a public servant is raped at work by their boss and suffers a psychological injury because of it, but because they are not permanently impaired, they are precluded from recovering any compensation from the Commonwealth for their pain and suffering, despite the Commonwealth’s clear liability otherwise.
My view is that the section 44 defence should fail, because a claim brought under the discrimination acts is a claim brought in respect of unlawful discrimination, not “in respect of injury”. The claim would be a complete cause of action whether the claimant had been harmed by way of injury or not. The injury is not the focus or subject of the claim. The claim is not one in respect of injury.
This conclusion is supported by the Comcare Act’s second reading speech, which says section 44 was specifically directed towards common law negligence claims, and several High Court decisions to the effect that an implied repeal of another statute, particularly one that confers an individual right, requires “very strong grounds” and “clear words”, neither of which are found in the Comcare Act.
Until the matter is resolved, the Commonwealth may unlawfully discriminate against any one of its roughly 250,000 employees, and then raise section 44 in its own defence to settle claims for much less than what they are worth. There is also a real question, in my opinion, whether reliance on such a defence is consistent with the Commonwealth’s model-litigant guidelines. Accordingly, I implore government lawyers to think carefully before arguing this defence in the future.
Unless Parliament acts or the Commonwealth’s lawyers desist from this tactic, it will be left to a brave victim to run the matter to a court hearing and have the issue decided. But when there is a significant risk of having to pay tens of thousands of dollars to cover the Commonwealth’s costs if unsuccessful, most victims would prefer to simply settle for a much smaller sum and put the traumatic matter to rest. Who could blame them.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks his colleagues Ian Brettell and Kieran Pender, and barrister James Macken of Henry Parkes Chambers, for their help in preparing this article.Read more
Section 31 of the Unit Titles (Management) Act 2011 (ACT) (‘UTM Act’) empowers an owners corporation to recover “expenses” ensuing from the wilful or negligent act or omission by an owner or occupier, or because of a breach of the rules of the units plan by an owner or occupier. This section goes on to say that “expenses” (an amount spent or the cost of work carried out) are recoverable by the owners corporation as a debt.
Until recently the breadth of section 31 has been a frequently disputed point in the field of body corporate debt recovery, with it being unclear as to whether the legal costs associated with small claims levy recovery proceedings against members can be awarded to an owners corporation as a recoverable “expense”. This has been contentious because ACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal (‘ACAT’), where such claims are heard, is a “no costs” jurisdiction under section 48 of the ACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal Act 2008 (ACT) (‘ACAT Act’), meaning litigants must bear their own legal costs unless the ACAT Act or Tribunal otherwise orders.
Thankfully, a recent ACAT decision has shed light on the issue, to the effect that an owners corporation can recover the legal and related costs incurred from commencing tribunal proceedings against members to recover their unpaid levies. Specifically, in the decision of In The Matter Of Ruling Tribunal Section 31 of the Unit Titles (Management) ACT 2011  ACAT 56, three Members of the ACAT (‘the Ruling Tribunal’) deemed that legal costs incurred in the recovery of unpaid levies do come within the scope of “expenses” for the purposes of section 31 of the UTM Act and are therefore recoverable as a debt. Thus, and notwithstanding the general “no costs” nature of the ACAT, the ACAT does have the power under section 31 to award the following costs to a successful body corporate litigant:
This said, the Ruling Tribunal did qualify its decision to say that any such costs are only recoverable to the extent that:
Moreover, the Ruling Tribunal found that claimed legal costs do not need to be firstly ‘assessed’ – being the process which may typically follow, in the absence of agreement, to determine the quantum of a costs order – before the ACAT may make an order in relation to their recovery, subject to the requirement of their being incurred was reasonable. Given the focus on this requirement, we explore further below how the ACAT may exercise its discretion to award costs pursuant to section 31.
Determining whether legal costs were “reasonably incurred” and of a “reasonable amount”
Past cases of Dimitriou (from the NSW Court of Appeal), and Gold (Federal Court of Australia), were both referred to by the Ruling Tribunal in its recent decision, as they provide some guidance as to the test of reasonableness and provide some safeguards against excessive claims by an owners corporation. Specifically, the principles acknowledged by the Ruling Tribunal include that:
As for the third criteria, as a matter of best practice, the legal costs ought to have been incurred in a way that is compliant with the Legal Profession Act 2006 (ACT) (‘LPA’) which, as the name suggests, is the legislation regulating legal practice in the ACT. Notably here is section 300 of the LPA, which outlines the criteria for assessing whether legal costs are of a reasonable amount. Specifically, matters to be taken into account in assessing the reasonable of a claim for costs should include: the level of skill displayed by the legal practitioner and quality of the work done, the retainer agreement and whether the work was conducted within its scope, and the complexity of the matter.
Moreover, as to whether costs incurred are of a reasonable amount, the Ruling Tribunal stressed that any claimed costs must have been incurred in circumstances where the owners corporation went through the proper process to engage legal representation. In relation to this, any decision to engage legal representation must be made through resolutions at the general meetings of the owners corporation. Proper voting procedures must be complied with in the passing of this resolution. Failure to do so may lead to any decision to appoint solicitors a nullity.
This recent decision by the ACAT means that owners corporations will no longer be prejudiced by a cost-free jurisdiction in chasing rogue debtors, provided that the legal costs incurred in recovering unpaid levies are reasonable. It clears up a vexed area that has been a source of confusion and dispute for many years, and confirms the common sense position that a body corporate should not be left out of pocket due to the failure of an owner to pay its due contributions.
If you need legal advice about your position in relation to outstanding levies or body corporate issues, contact our litigation team. Our real estate team also provides general advice and insights about strata, community and company title. You can contact us here.
 In the Matter of Ruling Tribunal Section 31 of the Unit Titles (Management) Act ACT 2011 (Civil Dispute)  ACAT 56, .
 In the Matter of Ruling Tribunal Section 31 of the Unit Titles (Management) Act ACT 2011 (Civil Dispute)  ACAT 56, .
 The Owners – Strata Plan No 36131 v Dimitriou (2009) NSWLR 370.
 The Proprietors Units Plan No 52 v Gold (1993) 44 FCR 123.
 The Proprietors Units Plan No 52 v Gold (1993) 44 FCR 123, 123.
 Section 300(2) Legal Profession Act 2006 (ACT).
 Section 300(2)(d) and (g) Legal Profession Act 2006 (ACT).
 Section 300(2)(e) Legal Profession Act 2006 (ACT).
 Section 300(2)(f) Legal Profession Act 2006 (ACT).
Since there have been workplaces, there have been workplace romances. Given many workers spend more waking hours each day in the office than anywhere else, it is only natural that relationships blossom around the water cooler. Yet as a slew of scandals over the past year have demonstrated, love in the workplace can have considerable adverse consequences for employers and employees alike.
In the most recent of these, two senior AFL executives resigned — perhaps following some persuasion — after having affairs with younger colleagues. But unlike another notorious scandal of late, involving a relationship between Seven boss Tim Worner and his executive assistant Amber Harrison which ended in litigation, the AFL saga is unusual.
Neither of the AFL executives, Simon Lethlean and Richard Simkiss, supervised or otherwise exerted direct influence over their workplace lover, such that the usual conflict of interest concerns were absent. While both were married, infidelity does not provide grounds for dismissal. Nor were there any suggestions of sexual harassment, an all too frequent conclusion to unrequited desires in the workplace. Finally, AFL CEO Gillon McLachlan admitted that the relationships had not impacted on productivity: “They are both highperforming executives.”
Why, then, were they shown the door? What was so “inappropriate” (in McLachlan’s words) that the two men lost their jobs? Of course, Lethlean and Simkiss in fact quit, such that the AFL is not in need of legal justification. But whatever one thinks of the scandal — a Guardian Australia columnist described it as “patronising moralism” from the AFL — it raises interesting legal questions.
This article will begin by considering the proposition that an employer has limited ability to regulate the outof-office activities of an employee. It then reviews the areas in which workplace relationships legitimately attract the attention of employers: conflict of interest, sexual harassment and reputational damage. It concludes by contemplating two unresolved questions: what disclosure demands can be made of staff, and could an employer prohibit relationships between employees?
First published in Ethos. Article written by John Wilson, managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and Kieran Pender, Law Clerk. The authors acknowledge the assistance of Robert Allen in the preparation of this article.Read more
On September 21, teams from Canberra businesses came together for an evening of Sweatworking to raise money with each team registering with a minimum $250 donation to Communities@Work.
The sixth annual Sweatworking® event saw 22 teams of 4, rotate through 10 stations completing a variety of exercises including the gruelling burpee and jump!
Thank you to everyone for participating in our Sweatworking event last night. We cannot thank everyone enough for the donations that totalled $6,500! We were very proud to hand over the cheque to Communities@Work.
After the first round was completed, there was a quick break for a sausage sizzle and some networking, before the finals began. The teams that made it to the finals were
Special thank you to:
Sweatworking® is an annual networking event organised by Bradley Allen Love Lawyers which pits teams from a variety of Canberra organisations against each other in a physical challenge.
Bradley Allen Love hold the annual Sweatworking® challenge to facilitate being able to network and staying active at the same time.
Managing Legal Director, John Wilson was very proud to present Communtiies@Work with a cheque for $6,500. “It is really great to see all these Canberra teams come out to support Communities@Work” said John.
Bradley Allen Love are excited about the partnership with Communities@Work, raising funds to assist them in the vital role they play in our community.
The list of organisations that participated in Sweatworking®2017 and donated are;
Communities@Work is a broad-based social enterprise serving the community in the ACT and wider capital region. Offering choice and flexibility across numerous centres and sites, we are a leading provider of children’s services. We are a Registered Training Organisation (RTO 88148) offering qualifications and professional development in early education and care. Our surplus for purpose philosophy enables us to provide valuable community support services to seniors, people with a disability and the most vulnerable and disadvantaged members of our community. With a rich heritage spanning 40 years, we truly understand the needs of our local community. We balance sound business acumen with empathy for those in need and adopt a client-centered approach to the delivery of services:While some community services are provided on a fee-for-service basis or funded through government contracts, our charitable programs rely on strong corporate, philanthropic and community support. We are endorsed to receive tax deductible donations.Read more
A recent judgment has tipped the scales even further to the government’s advantage against public servants.
The federal government, it has been said in the litigation context, is a “behemoth”. Public servants who take on the might of the bureaucracy in employment disputes have always faced an uphill battle. The government has practically unlimited resources and its pick of legal talent; employees often have neither. However, in the past this stark inequality was partially alleviated by a requirement in the Fair Work Act that parties must seek permission before they can be represented by lawyers.
Following Gibbens v Commonwealth of Australia, public servants no longer have even this minor protection. In July, the Fair Work Commission rejected an appeal against a decision which gave lawyers at the Australian Government Solicitor the right to appear for the government without permission.
The relevant legislation provides an automatic right of appearance for lawyers who are employees of a party. But, so appellant Gregory Gibbens argued, lawyers of the AGS hold a distinct role: the AGS is a government legal practice that works across departments, whereas the exception is aimed at in-house lawyers. The Full Bench disagreed: “AGS lawyers are … employees of the respondent (that is, the Commonwealth) engaged by the Secretary of the Attorney-General’s department to work in that department.” Accordingly, post-Gibbens, the AGS can appear without leave before the Fair Work Commission, while public servants require permission to have legal representation.
While the legislative interpretation in Gibbens may be correct on a strictly textual view, it is entirely contrary to the Fair Work Act’s policy intention. The explanatory memorandum stated that the commission would “move away from formal, adversarial processes … There will also be a higher bar set for representation.” Tellingly, it continued: “Permission for representation will only be granted to parties (including the minister) where it would enable the matter to be dealt with more efficiently or fairly” (emphasis added).
Moreover, the Gibbens precedent, which the government has since relied upon in other matters, contradicts the position departments have taken in other contexts. In a 2004 High Court case, the Department of Immigration argued that the AGS was not “the Commonwealth” for the purposes of recovering legal fees. Justice William Gummow agreed. While that judgment was made when the AGS was a Commonwealth authority, and it has since been subsumed within the Attorney General’s department, this is seemingly a distinction without a difference.
The government’s approach to this issue continues a trend of self-serving inconsistency – some might even say hypocrisy – when it comes to workplace relations. Two other examples are instructive.
Judges have long adopted the view that the federal government and its myriad departments form one legal entity. The High Court held in 1920 that “the Crown”, or the executive branch, “is one and indivisible”. The bench continued: “Elementary as that statement appears, it is essential to recall it, because its truth and its force have been overlooked.”
In all but name, the government often engages in pattern bargaining during the enterprise bargaining process – seeking common terms for distinct enterprise agreements across multiple agencies – which is illegal under the Fair Work Act. This is permissible, they say, because the departments are not distinct employers but all part of the Commonwealth of Australia.
But when a dismissed public servant pursues reinstatement in the Fair Work Commission, agencies invariably resist on the grounds that doing so would be disruptive to the workplace. If the Commonwealth is just one legal entity, why can’t the unfairly dismissed public servant be reinstated to another department? This issue has arisen in the Fair Work Commission on occasion, and there are no prizes for guessing the position adopted by the Commonwealth when the shoe is on the other foot.
Former Canberra-based Fair Work Commissioner Barbara Deegan was frank about this contradiction in an interview with Workplace Reviewfollowing her retirement. “The bargaining framework does sit uncomfortably with the prohibition on pattern bargaining. Of course in a formal sense there is no inconsistency. The bargaining framework only applies to a single employer – the Commonwealth of Australia. But then in other contexts, when it is suggested that the Commonwealth is a single employer, the response is that under the Public Service Act each agency head is a separate employer or exercises all the powers of an employer. So there is a very good argument that the Commonwealth can’t have it both ways”.
Another area of inconsistency involves the APS’ reach into the private lives of public servant. I have written repeatedly about the government’s overreach in this field, and controversy was sparked again last month when the Australian Public Service Commission sought to regulate public servants’ “liking” of Facebook posts.
This expansive interpretation of the Code of Conduct’s scope was highlighted by one passage. The APSC instructed: “Your capacity to affect the reputation of your agency and the APS does not stop when you leave the office. The comments you make after hours can make people question your ability to be impartial, respectful and professional when you are at work. APS employees are required by law to uphold the APS Values at all times.” Political opinion is not the only area where the APS has sought to intrude into the private lives of employees.
Yet when an employee injures themselves outside of the office (but still in a workplace context), the APS has sought to resile from its workers’ compensation obligations. Comcare famously fought all the way to the High Court (and won) in a case involving a public servant injured having sex while away from home on work travel. The comparison between Comcare v PVYW and free speech cases may be crude, but the point nevertheless remains: the government argues for an expansive definition of what falls within the scope of employment when it suits them, and a restrictive definition when it does not.
Although so much might be expected from a private litigant, Australians are entitled to hold the Commonwealth to a higher standard. Indeed the Model Litigant Guidelines require the government to act “consistently in the handling of claims and litigation”. While it is not obliged to “fight with one hand behind its back in proceedings“, it should certainly not – to use Deegan’s language – be able to have it both ways.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender and James Macken for their help in preparing this article.Read more
The ATO has released Practical Compliance Guideline 2017/D12 which provides some welcome clarification regarding when a Legal Personal Representative (“LPR”) may be personally liable for tax liabilities of a deceased estate.
Thankfully for the non-professional LPR, the Guideline provides “user friendly” explanations and a series of practical examples.
Despite the fact that the liability of an LPR to pay tax related liabilities being limited to the value of the deceased’s assets, the Guidelines make it clear that an LPR may be personally liable for tax liabilities if they had sufficient notice of those claims.
The question then becomes, what constitutes “sufficient notice”, and this is where the Guidelines offer some assistance.
Whether or not an LPR had sufficient notice is a question of fact. In some circumstances however, an LPR will be deemed as having sufficient notice. Those circumstances include:
The Guidelines also make it clear that the ATO will not treat an LPR as having notice of any further potential ATO claim relating to returns lodged by the LPR where:
It should be noted the Guidelines apply only to “smaller and less complex estates” that satisfy the following:
Importantly, where the Guidelines do not apply, the LPR continues to have an ongoing risk of personal liability.
It should be noted that once a tax return is lodged, the Commissioner generally has 2 to 4 years, (depending on the nature of the assets in the estate), from the date on which he gives the notice of assessment to amend the assessment.
In other words, while the LPR may not be personally liable if he or she has acted reasonably in lodging all returns and the ATO has not given notice that it intends to examine the deceased’s tax affairs within 6 months, the Commissioner can still amend the notice of assessment up to 4 years from lodgement.
If there are concerns that the ATO may audit the estate, a conservative approach could be to not distribute the estate until 2 or 4 year period has lapsed.
From a practical point of view however an LPR may want to consider:
A properly documented loan agreement can be an effective tool to preserve family wealth.
It is fairly common to find loans between family members and family entities, sometimes for very substantial sums of money. Often the terms of loans between family members are undocumented which can result in complications including complications arising as a result of the following:
Funds advanced to family members that are not documented are uncertain. Questions that may arise with undocumented loans include.
Undocumented loans can be construed as gifts to the recipient (particularly when it comes to family members, there exists a rebuttable presumption that funds advanced constitute a gift). Funds which are construed as gifts could mean they are vulnerable to attack in the event of a relationship breakdown or insolvency.
It should be noted also that if the advance is construed as a gift that the executors do not have an inherent power to reduce a beneficiary’s share of an estate by the amount advanced.
Undocumented loans can be construed as being payable on demand.
Loans that are payable on demand mean (i.e. continuously recoverable at all times) mean that the cause of action arise when the money is advanced. In other words, the time for recovery for the purposes of limitations law is from the time the loan is made, not from the time the demand is made. As a result, if a loan was made more than 6 years ago (the limitation period), it may be irrecoverable.
A properly documented Loan Agreement can prevent these complications from arising by:
It is not enough that there is a document in place between the parties that is signed and dated. The more the loan is presented at arm’s length, the more it is likely to be construed as a “loan”. In other words, your loan agreement should aim to contain the following terms:
A properly documented Loan Agreement is also a useful tool to incorporate as part of a succession plan when trying to maintain equality amongst beneficiaries. To discuss adding a loan agreement to your will, please contact us.Read more
Australia by Design is an architectural show that showcases the top 10 architectural statements for the year in each state and territory in Australia.
The show is hosted by Tim Horton, a renowned Australia Architect.
Mark Love was chosen as a guest panelist, and had the pleasure of reviewing the Kim Harvey School of Dance by Clarke Keller Architects. This particular building also won the Art in Architecture Award at the 2016 Australian Capital Territory (ACT) Architecture Awards. The episode is available to watch below.
The other episodes are available to watch here.Read more
It is a common (though perhaps dangerous) assumption that a successful party to litigation will obtain an order that the unsuccessful party pay their costs on a party/party basis.
This is traditionally known as ‘costs following the event’, with the ‘party/ party’ component of a costs order usually amounting to about 70 per cent of the cost a party has actually incurred.
However, the ACT Court of Appeal’s recent decision in Cooper v Singh provides a useful reminder that the awarding of costs is an entirely discretionary power that courts may exercise as they see fit.
It follows that the expectations of a party (and their counsel) as cost may not align with the court’s view as to how its discretion should be exercised.
Singh also highlights the complex relationship between Calderbank offers and Offers of Compromise, the latter a device created by the Court Procedure Rules 2006 (ACT) (“the Court Rules”).
In Singh, the plaintiff was injured in a motor vehicle accident leading to myriad personal injuries. Prior to the matter being heard, the defendants made an offer to settle the case for $540,000 plus costs. The offer was stated to be pursuant to the principle in Calderbank v Calderbank. The effect of the Calderbank nature of the offer was that, should it not be accepted and the plaintiff fail to obtain an outcome better than $540,000, the defendants could seek an order that the plaintiff pay their costs on an indemnity basis from the date of the offer.
Through this regime, while a plaintiff may enjoy some success in obtaining a judgment, if a defendant can demonstrate that costs were unreasonably incurred because of a plaintiff’s rejection of an offer which would have seen him or her better off overall, a Calderbank may provide costs protection for the defendant. At first instance in Singh, the plaintiff succeeded at hearing but only for $311,603 — a sum considerably less than the defendants’ Calderbank offer.
With the offer having been made shortly before the commencement of the hearing, the defendants sought an order that their costs, essentially those of the hearing days, be paid by the plaintiff on a full indemnity basis.Read more
While the vast majority of employers take the provision of references seriously and provide fair and beneficial documents, a misleading or erroneous reference can be costly. A candidate may require
more training than their reference suggests, or may be entirely unsuited for the position. A derogatory reference, meanwhile, can considerably harm an individual’s job prospects.
Given the vulnerability of workers and prospective employers to inaccurate references, it is perhaps surprising that employers have few legal obligations to provide honest references.
If an employer is reluctant to provide a positive reference, they may be tempted to not provide one at all. Sometimes this will be the best option: the employer does not openly criticise a former employee, the worker is not burdened by a poor report and prospective employers are free to draw their own inferences.
However, there are limited instances where employers may be obliged to provide a reference. In Australia, there is some judicial support for the implication of a contractual term compelling employers to provide references. If it is usual practice in an industry to provide them, and the worker is unlikely to find work without one, the courts might imply such a term. This will, however, be highly context-specific and there is certainly no blanket legal duty on employers to give references.
Once a reference is given, employers may be liable under defamation law if it is inaccurate and damaging. An aggrieved worker might seek damages, or injunct the employer from making further defamatory statements. Employers can avoid liability by being honest and fair in their assessment of the worker, and only making negative statements supported by objective evidence. Provided the negative reference was not given for reasons of malice, the doctrine of qualified privilege will provide a strong defence to defamation lawsuits.
While a prospective employer has no protection under defamation law for damagecaused to them by a false-positive reference, they may be able to sue for negligence. Employers might owe a duty of care to anyone who is likely to suffer damage as a consequence of (both negative and positive) misstatements in an employment reference, which would encompass the worker and possible future employers. This is certainly the legal position in Britain where one case saw an ex-employee successfully sue a company for negligence following the provision of a damagingly inaccurate reference.
The legal position is unsettled in Australia – although some courts have endorsed the British approach, differences in underlying law means the question remains open. Until then, employers would be well-advised to ensure they are fair, honest and take reasonable care when providing employment references.
It is not uncommon for an employer and employee to agree upon a reference if the employment relationship breaks down and the employee exits by way of a settlement deed. These references are typically positive or neutral, and might not reflect the employer’s true sentiment. If Australian courts do establish a duty to provide accurate references, employers could be in breach of that duty by giving a false-positive, albeit agreed, reference.
It is difficult to reconcile these competing concerns, and while the law remains unsettled, employers are in an uncomfortable position. As it is far harder to attach liability for omissions than positive statements, where possible, employers should only include objectively verifiable statements in an agreed reference.
While several legal risks arise when organisations give employment references, they can be mostly mitigated through common sense. Provide accurate information, do not defame former employees and keep any negative comments to oral communication. If these precautions are followed, references need not be a risky business.Read more
Newspaper readers love scandal, and employment disputes can be particularly scandalous. As the widely-publicised litigation between Channel Seven and Amber Harrison demonstrates, the airing of workplace grievances in open court can be damaging to all. Unfortunately for media-shy employers, the principle of open justice – that litigation must be open to the public – is an essential feature of the Australian judicial system.
There are exceptions to the open justice principle. Most courts and tribunals have power to issue suppression, anonymity and pseudonym orders. For example, the Fair Work Commission can ‘de-identify’ (or hide the identity of) parties, order closed hearings, restrict attendance and prohibit the publication of evidence. These orders can be granted where the Commission is “satisfied that it is desirable to do so because of the confidential nature of any evidence” or “for any other reason”. The Federal Court and state courts have similar powers.
Yet despite the scope of its powers, the Commission (and various courts) have been particularly hesitant to abrogate the open justice principle in the employment setting. The 2014 case of Corfield is illustrative. After an employee had sought an anti-bullying order, the employer applied to the Commission to conceal the identity of the parties. The employer submitted that “the publication of the name of the applicant and respondents in what is essentially a private and confidential matter will not be conducive to good governance of the respondent employer”.
Given the employment relationship was ongoing, the respondent argued that a de-identification order was appropriate. Commissioner Michelle Bissett didn’t agree. The submissions of the employer were insufficient to overcome the “presumption… that a hearing will be conducted in public”. She concluded: “Mere embarrassment, distress or damage by publicity is not a sufficient basis to grant such an application.” While this is not an insurmountable hurdle, it does require the employer to demonstrate compelling grounds.
There are other ways to minimise the likelihood of employment disputes descending into trial by media. If an employee is exiting in a situation which may turn acrimonious, ask them to execute a Deed of Release in return for a small ex-gratia payment in addition to their termination entitlements. Not only does this prevent the employee from commencing litigation (at least in theory – some disgruntled ex-employees have been known to try suing regardless), but the Deed can also include a confidentiality provision. This restrains either party from disclosing the terms of the Deed or related circumstances, and a breach entitles the affected party to sue for damages.
Such Deeds can include non-disparagement obligations. These often require that “the parties must not disparage each other”, with disparage defined as “any negative statement, whether written or oral, about either party”. Non-disparagement provisions are common in settlement agreements between commercial disputants, but can also be used in the employment context.
Such clauses are no panacea. Particularly aggrieved employees may not agree to a Deed of Release, preferring to chance their arm before the Fair Work Commission or a court. And if the employee breached the confidentiality or non-disparagement provisions, (public) litigation would be required to seek damages – defeating the very point of the clause. However, in our experience once a Deed is signed and the employee has left the organisation, such steps rarely become necessary.
Judicial luminary Michael Kirby once wrote: “An unfortunate incident of the open administration of justice, is that embarrassing, damaging and even dangerous facts occasionally come to light.”
This sentiment may be cold comfort for human resource professionals trying to protect their organisation’s reputation. It only underscores, though, the importance of effectively managing the termination process to ensure that an employer’s dirty laundry is not aired on the front page.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article.Read more
“Discriminatory dress codes remain widespread… the existing law is not yet fully effective in protecting employees from discrimination at work.” — Report of a British House of Commons Joint Committee.
In 1977, the British Employment Appeal Tribunal heard an unusual complaint from an aggrieved bookseller. Austicks Bookshops in Leeds had a policy that prohibited female workers from wearing trousers. One employee, Ms Schmidt, refused to comply. She was dismissed, and subsequently brought proceedings on the basis that the employer’s policy constituted sex discrimination.
In rejecting Ms Schmidt’s claim, Justice Nicholas Phillips recognised the expansive powers of an employer to determine appropriate dress code in the workplace. “As a general proposition,” he opined, “an employer is entitled to a large measure of discretion in controlling the image of his establishment, including the appearance of staff, and especially so when, as a result of their duties, they come into contact with the public.”
Read in 2017, the judgment in Schmidt seems rather antiquated. Certainly, the law has taken considerable steps over the intervening four decades to address such discrimination. Yet the dilemma faced by Ms Schmidt — comply with a sex-specific dress code or be dismissed — lingers to this day. Indeed, just last year professional services firm PwC found itself at the centre of a media storm after an outsourced receptionist in London was sent home for refusing to wear high heels. The furore led to a joint committee inquiry by the House of Commons, which found that clothing related
discrimination remained widespread in Britain and had not been adequately addressed by legislation.
There is no evidence to suggest that the situation is any better in Australia. This is not solely a matter of sex discrimination either. An employer’s ability to regulate employee dress standards, regardless of gender, remains unsettled. Questions of religious discrimination also intrude.
In March 2017, the European Court of Justice found that it was not discriminatory to fire a Muslim employee who insisted on wearing a head scarf contrary to a workplace policy prohibiting visible signs of religious belief. These issues are interrelated. This article will begin by discussing an employer’s power to prescribe and enforce dress codes in the workplace. It will then consider possible legal remedies available to aggrieved employees, located in discrimination legislation and the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth). Given the paucity of Australian case law in this area, reference to foreign jurisprudence will be made where appropriate.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article.Read more
Of hardcore pornography, a United States Supreme Court judge once wrote: “I shall not today attempt further to define the kinds of material I understand to be embraced within that shorthand description; and perhaps I could never succeed in intelligibly doing so. But I know it when I see it, and the motion picture involved in this case is not that.” Putting aside the far less titillating context, much the same can be said of procedural fairness. This amorphous concept is an essential element of employment-related decision-making in the Australian Public Service. Yet procedural fairness is incredibly difficult to define in the abstract.
It also means different things to different people: for decision-makers, it can be a frustrating restraint on the efficient exercise of their powers, while for those affected by an adverse decision the alleged absence of procedural fairness is often a catch-all for any number of grievances. For public servants charged with ensuring procedural fairness, “I know it when I see it” is hardly sufficient.
The concept, an offshoot of natural justice, has ancient origins. A British judge once observed that “even God himself did not pass sentence upon Adam, before he was called upon to make his defence”. For the secular jurist, an early judgment of the Australian High Court drew support from a tragedy by Roman playwright Seneca. Justice Ian Callinan similarly posited: “That no man is to be judged unheard was a precept known to the Greeks.”
Two millennia later, it remains accepted that, absent clear statutory language to the contrary, a government decision-maker intending to exercise their power in a manner that affects rights, interests or legitimate expectations must afford procedural fairness to those affected. In the APS context, this common law duty is supplemented by statute: section 15 of the Public Service Act requires agency heads to establish code of conduct procedures that have due regard to procedural fairness.
What, then, does this entail? To begin with, it is clear what procedural fairness is not. The High Court has repeatedly stressed that “what is required by procedural fairness is a fair hearing, not a fair outcome”. The inverse is also true: a decision might be objectively “right” but can still be invalidated via judicial review if it was made contrary to the requirements of procedural fairness. British courts have summarised that “judicial review is concerned, not with the decision, but with the decision-making process”.
Beyond these exclusions, the concept has two primary components: the hearing rule and the bias rule. The former requires that someone who will be affected by a prospective administrative decision must be heard, whether through oral or written submissions, before the decision is made. Misconduct investigations are an obvious example: it would be grossly procedurally unfair for a decision to be issued without the alleged wrongdoer having an opportunity to make their case.
The second element of procedural fairness demands that a decision-maker be free from bias or any apprehension of bias. This requirement derives from a central legal tenet: a person cannot be the judge in his or her own cause. The decision-maker in a code of conduct investigation could not be the complainant, nor have close ties with the accused. While actual bias is readily identifiable and rarely problematic, the apprehended bias limb often requires closer attention. Decision-makers must ensure that a reasonable bystander would not apprehend the existence of bias from the circumstances.
One difficulty in defining procedural fairness is its context-specific nature. As High Court justice Frank Kitto mused in 1963: “The books are full of cases which illustrate … the impossibility of laying down a universally valid test … ‘the requirements of natural justice must depend on the circumstances of the case, the nature of the inquiry, the rules under which the tribunal is acting, the subject matter that is being dealt with, and so forth.’ ”
However, drawing on my experience acting for public servants in countless APS code of conduct matters, I can offer some guidance. First, procedural fairness requires that specific and particularised allegations of misconduct be put to the accused. It is insufficient to state these at a level of generality: for example, “it is alleged that, over the past 12 months, you have breached the APS code of conduct contained within the Public Service Act, by engaging in a course of conduct that constituted bullying of your colleagues”.
Instead, the particular detail of each and every allegation must be put: “It is alleged that, on June 12, 2017, you said words to the effect of “you are stupid and useless” to John Smith, being conduct amounting to a breach of subsection 13(3) of the Public Service Act because you failed to treat everyone with respect and courtesy, and without harassment.”
The NSW Supreme Court confirmed the need for such an approach in Etherton v Public Service Board. The allegations in that case were provided to the accused in broad terms and accompanied by hundreds of pages of evidence. Justice David Hunt scolded the decision-maker: “It is only by knowing precisely the basis upon which the board has charged the plaintiff that he can properly prepare.”
Decision-makers are also well-advised to adopt a liberal approach to deadlines. In my experience, decision-makers often set artificial deadlines and insist that the accused reply promptly to allegations. In Etherton, the accused was given just three days to admit or deny the charges against him. Other than in the most urgent of cases, such deadlines will be procedurally unfair.
It is apt to end with complementary quotations from two of Australia’s past chief justices. In a 2010 paper, Robert Gleeson observed: “Procedural fairness is part of our cultural heritage. It is deeply rooted in our law.”
Murray Gleeson had previously offered a method to translate such lofty sentiment into practice. “Fairness is not an abstract concept,” he once wrote. “It is essentially practical. Whether one talks in terms of procedural fairness or natural justice, the concern of the law is to avoid practical injustice.”
Procedural unfairness might be hard to define, but judges and lawyers know it when they see it.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Kieran Pender for his help in preparing this article.Read more
A recent Fair Work Commission decision has permitted Australian Government Solicitor lawyers and their state or territory counterparts to appear as of right in the industrial tribunal. This is a troubling judgment for a number of reasons, but is particularly concerning for public servants.
Typically, parties can only be represented by a lawyer before the Commission with the approval of a Commissioner. This is because the Fair Work Act jurisdiction is intended to operate in an informal and non-adversarial manner. Until this point, lawyers for both the applicant (say an aggrieved public servant) and the respondent (the government department) would have to state their case as to why they should be allowed to represent their client. While in most cases leave to appear was granted, the Commission retained the discretion to decline representation when appropriate.
Following Gibbens v Department of Immigration and Border Protection, only the employee’s lawyer has to make such arguments. At first glance this is unproblematic; few Commissioners would decline an employee representation when the government is represented by the Australian Government Solicitor. But often employees do not have the finances to procure legal representation. It is now likely that, despite the clear inequity, a public servant might be forced to battle their department and the Australian Government Solicitor. Employees already feel disadvantaged when legally sparing with their employer, let alone when they are unrepresented against the largest employer in Australia with guaranteed legal representation.
Beyond the tangible effect on employees, taxpayers might also be burdened. The Australian Government Solicitor must bid for government work alongside private law firms, to ensure public legal work is done at competitive rates. But departments will now have an added incentive to engage their services over private options, regardless of costs differences.
Given these deleterious side effects, what motivated Commissioner Williams’ decision in Gibbens? Under the Fair Work Act, in-house lawyers – employees of the organisation before the Commission – are excused from the requirement to seek permission to appear. The Department of Immigration and Border Protection argued that, as Australian Government Solicitor lawyers are employees of the Commonwealth, they were effectively in-house counsel for the department.
Commissioner Williams agreed. He observed: “I have considered the submissions of both parties and am satisfied that lawyers of the AGS are entitled, as of right, to represent the Respondent being the Commonwealth of Australia (Department of Immigration and Border Protection) and consequently permission from the Commission is not required.” Commissioner Williams offered no further reasons and did not consider the policy consequences of his judgment. I have already seen other departments seeking to rely on this decision.
Whether the judgment stands is another question. While Commissioner Williams’ interpretation of the legislation is sound, the practical implications strike at the heart of the Fair Work Act’s objectives in this regard. Additionally, the relevant statutory provisions relied upon in Gibbens concerning in-house lawyers hardly represents an accurate description of the Australian Government Solicitor. That agency has to bid for government work alongside other law firms, which is rather inconsistent with being in-house. Yet the likelihood of a public servant appealing the Gibbens precedent is slim – few employees have the funds or desire to challenge such a procedural point of principle.
To further illustrate the issue, departments do have their own in-house lawyers. The Department of Immigration and Border Protection has an extensive legal department. If this is the case, why would any department choose to engage the Australian Government Solicitor’s services over that of its in-house lawyers? Probably because such counsel are not well versed in employment law matters while the Australian Government Solicitor have specialists.
Gibbens leaves public servants in an undesirable position. The odds have always been stacked against public servants in disputes with the government, and department are already spoilt for choice when it comes to legal representation. David against Goliath indeed.Read more
In the popular imagination, workplace injustice ends with triumph on the courtroom steps. Unfortunately, the reality is often less rosy. Many workplace incidents never find their way to courts or employment tribunals, for reasons ranging from cost to complexity. Even when lawyers are engaged, the vast majority of disputes settle before being heard by a judge. Here are three workplace issues that are rarely litigated.
Prior to the landmark 2014 decision in Richardson v Oracle, non-economic damages in discrimination cases (including sexual harassment) were typically limited to no more than $10,000. This provided a considerable disincentive to litigating unlawful discrimination, with legal costs often outweighing the compensation received. While Richardson has changed things for the better – six figure general damages sum are no longer uncommon – it remains that few of these cases see the light of a courtroom.
Beyond uncertainty as to pay-out, three other factors inhibit litigation. Firstly, discrimination claims under federal law must first be taken to the Australian Human Rights Commission, which insists on a cumbersome and often ineffective conciliation process before an aggrieved individual can take court action. Secondly, discrimination laws provide no costs protection, so if the complainant is unable to make their case, they can face hundreds of thousands of dollars in legal fees; government departments rarely use cheap lawyers. Finally, there is a psychological barrier – discrimination (whether age, sex, disability, race or another attribute) can be deeply traumatic, and many victims would rather forget than relive the incident under cross-examination.
There is, though, one positive reason why discrimination matters are not ending up in court. Employers have rightly adopted, and in admirable instances driven, the broader community’s increasing prevalent stance against all forms of discrimination. One effect of this has been stronger internal protections against discrimination through the enforcement of ‘zero tolerance’ policies. Aware of the risk of vicarious liability, many employers have been diligent in stamping out discrimination.
In every jurisdiction around Australia, employers owe a duty to keep their workplaces free from reasonably preventable risks to their employees. For example, work health and safety legislation and regulations require employers to ensure their employees are not subjected to unreasonable risks while at work. Most employers are highly responsive to employee feedback that something in the workplace is unsafe, and will quickly rectify the situation.
But when an employer fails to act, an employee has little scope for recourse. Work health and safety legislation provides no individually-enforceable cause of action for employees; its provisions are typically enforced by the relevant regulator. This means that the right of an employee to sue an employer for breaching their workplace safety obligations typically does not arise until after the fact, once an injury has occurred.
However, if a government department failed to act promptly to reports of workplace hazards, the Public Interest Disclosure Act provides an alternative route to agitate the matter. The whistleblower protection legislation includes within its definition of disclosable conduct: “conduct that unreasonably results in a danger to the health or safety of one or more persons”. In circumstances of “substantial and imminent danger”, disclosure to the media may even be permissible. A paper cut probably does not meet this threshold, though.
As all public servants (should) know, their employment is subject to additional conditions found in section 13 of the Public Service Act: the APS Code of Conduct. Complaints that employees have not upheld their obligations under the Code are usually managed through internal processes, or sometimes outsourced to external investigators. Public servants often complain that these investigations are managed unfairly, with departments regularly failing to comply with their procedural fairness obligations. The allegations are not properly particularised, the decision maker is bias, the accused is not given an adequate opportunity to respond – the list of grievances is endless.
Regrettably for aggrieved public servants, few will possess the financial resources to successfully remedy these errors through judicial review. Not only will the costs of pursing such a claim regularly enter six-figures, judicial review also operates in an ‘adverse costs’ jurisdiction. This means that if the employee loses, they will not only be liable for their own costs bill, but also that of the Commonwealth.
Additionally, there are very limited remedies available to judicial review, with the most common being an order that the decision be remade in accordance with procedural fairness. This means the investigation will be rerun, often leading to the same conclusion anyway. One alternative route is the Merit Protection Commissioner, who can review administrative decisions made within the public service in a variety of circumstances. This avenue is without cost, and the Commissioner can recommend that the original decision be set aside, varied or remade.
John Wilson is managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love. He acknowledges the assistance of his colleagues Robert Allen and Kieran Pender in the preparation of this article.Read more
Discrimination against disabled workers continues to occur at a disheartening frequency, causing undue harm to society’s more vulnerable and depriving the workforce of valuable human capital. Most cases emerge as a result of management’s inadequate understanding of their obligations under the Commonwealth Disability Discrimination Act 1992, which applies to public and private employers across Australia.
The object of the DDA is to promote equality and eliminate discrimination on the ground of disability. Proper compliance with its provisions will allow all parties to reap the benefits of productive employment, while avoiding inevitably Pyrrhic litigation.
In the employment context, the central obligation under the DDA is that an employer must make all reasonable adjustments to ensure that their employees with disabilities can carry out the inherent requirements of their job. They must make those adjustments up to the point that it would cause them unjustifiable hardship — a high bar. If, once the employer has made those adjustments, the employee still cannot perform the inherent requirements of their job, only then can the employer “lawfully discriminate” against them because of their disability by, for instance, sending them on leave without pay or terminating their employment. These obligations also apply to prospective employees.
To determine the point at which the hardship caused by the reasonable adjustments becomes “unjustifiable”, all relevant circumstances must be taken into account. For guidance, the DDA sets out a list of non-exhaustive factors, including the costs of making the adjustments and the financial circumstances of the employer.
It is difficult to conceive of circumstances where an employer with the resources of the federal government could successfully argue that a non-fanciful adjustment would cause it unjustifiable hardship. That is not to say such circumstances would not exist where some inherent characteristic of the disability would prevent the person from carrying out their job. Where managers are faced with a situation involving an employee with a disability that may affect their performance at work, the preferred approach would be to: 1) determine what the “inherent requirements” are of the pre-adjusted position; and then 2) look to the adjustments that could be made to permit the employee to perform them.
The case law provides colourful illustrations of what constitute the “inherent requirements” — or essential duties — of a position: it is an inherent requirement for a worker at a pharmaceutical plant to have a tolerance to penicillin; it is an inherent requirement for a pilot to be under the age of 60 (most countries prohibit older individuals from flying in their airspace); and it is an inherent requirement for a soldier to be able to bleed without the risk of infecting their comrades with HIV. In each of these cases, the courts held in favour of the employer, where even if reasonable adjustments were made to the point of imposing unjustifiable hardship, the employee would nevertheless be unable to fulfil those inherent requirements, and so each was lawfully dismissed on that basis.
It is easy to envisage more basic examples of inherent requirements that could be fulfilled through making reasonable adjustments. If an employee’s medical condition causes them to fatigue, a reasonable adjustment could be to reduce their working hours. If an employee’s anxiety is triggered by a particular supervisor, a reasonable adjustment could be to change their reporting lines. If an employee’s disability makes their commute to the workplace burdensome, a reasonable adjustment could be to relocate them to a more accessible office. In each example, if the employer was to refuse such adjustments, they would have unlawfully discriminated against the employee, unless they were able to establish that the adjustments would impose on them unjustifiable hardship.
Since 2001, the number of working age individuals on disability support for psychiatric conditions has increased by about 50%, making these issues more salient than ever. They often arise in the context of an employee’s apparent under-performance — invariably sensitive situations that require a delicate balance between protecting the well-being of the employee and maintaining the productivity of the enterprise. If the under-performance may be related to the disability, the matter will be best dealt with at first instance through a medical assessment of the individual’s fitness for duty. The medical assessor, upon request, can provide important guidance on what (if any) reasonable adjustments should be made.
Taking such steps proactively may allow employers to avoid situations such as in Huntley v Department of Police and Justice (Corrective Services NSW), where the employer failed to turn its mind to both the inherent requirements of the position, and the reasonable adjustments that could be made. The court awarded the employee $180,000 in damages, plus interest. Even leaving monetary factors to one side, it is incumbent on all, and particularly APS employees, whose values are enshrined in a statute of their own, to remain cognisant of the heavier hardships borne by others.Read more
Will Application Dismissed – Re CGB  QSC 128
Last week the Supreme Court of Queensland gave its reasons for dismissing an application for a Statutory Will in a $17.3 million dollar estate. The judgement can be found here.
The proposed testator (referred to in the judgement as “CGB”) was based in the Gold Coast area. To preserve the privacy of those involved in the case, the judgement was handed down in de-identified form.
CGB was aged 83 and had been a quadriplegic since he was 40. He had conducted business from his home in Broadbeach before he was moved into an aged care facility in Robina. He had never been married, had two children and an estate worth $17.3 million. Interestingly, he had only recently made contact with his two children in the last 4 years.
The Courts dismissal of the application means that unless an appeal is brought, or a new application is made (and held to be successful), the proposed testator’s two children are set to inherit their father’s estate on intestacy.
The application for the Statutory Will was initially bought by the proposed testator’s accountant, who later discontinued proceedings due to a potential conflict of interest. A litigation guardian was subsequently appointed.
The draft Will was proposed included a number of legacies to certain persons (including his children and a charity, namely, the Spinal Research Institution Ltd).
During the trial, the Court heard evidence from a number of persons including:
The reasons for the Court’s judgement
The Court was required to examine whether the proposed Will “…is or may be a Will….that the person would make if the person were to have testamentary capacity” (s 24(d) of Succession Act 1981).
The Court distinguished the Queensland Succession Act 1984 from the NSW Succession Act 2006 which requires that the proposed Will “is, or is reasonably likely to be, one that would have been made by the person if he or she had testamentary capacity” (s22(b) Succession Act 2006).
The Court stated that in the Queensland legislation, the use of the word “may” “suggests a lower evidential base to satisfy the test”(at 105).
The Court was influenced by the fact that in the proposed testator had twice instructed lawyers about drafting a Will. In both instances, his lawyers stated that it was difficult for the proposed testator to commit to instructions.
Ultimately, the Court was not convinced the proposed Will was one that the proposed testator would have made had he had testamentary capacity. The Court referred to the case of Re Fenwick (which is the leading case in NSW on Statutory Wills) stating that that Court should not simply presume that the proposed testator did not wish to die intestate. If the Court believes that the testator didn’t propose to make a Will at all, then the provisions of clause 24 (d) are not satisfied.
The Court held that the proposed testator was indifferent to dying intestate. The Court commented that he intended to make a Will at some point, and took steps to consult a solicitor, but that he was “ambivalent about whether he did make one or died intestate” (at 141).
The Court also looked at the fact that eligible applicants would be entitled to bring Family Provision Applications if they were left without adequate provision on the proposed testator’s death.
The judgement is a lengthy one, and the application was possibly prejudiced by the terms of the proposed Will (specifically, the number of legacies contained in the proposed Will). Even though the application failed, the Court ultimately ordered that all parties’ costs in the proceedings be paid out of the proposed testators on an indemnity basis, which was quite a generous order.
If you need advice about your will or are involved in a will application, please contact our Estate Planning team to for more information.Read more
A recent New South Wales Court of Appeal case, Feldman v GNM Australia Ltd, considered whether correspondence between parties, prior to the execution of a formal settlement deed constitutes a binding agreement.
The case concerned defamation proceedings brought by Rabbi Feldman against GNM Australia Pty Limited (GNM), the publisher of the Guardian newspaper.
In February 2015, a number of articles were published on the Guardian’s website about Feldman and evidence he gave to the Royal Commission into Institutional Responses to Child Sexual Abuse. Feldman served a concerns notice on GNM pursuant to section 14(2) of the Defamation Act 2005 (NSW) (Concerns Notice). In response, GNM through its solicitors sent an email offering to remove the articles from its website and publish a statement made by Feldman, if Feldman agreed to release GNM of all liability. The email stated that “[a]n agreement reflecting the above would be documented in a Deed of Release which would also include obligations of confidentiality”.
Subsequent correspondence passed between the parties. On 30 April 2015, GNM’s solicitors confirmed GNM’s acceptance of settlement terms outlined in the parties’ correspondence in an email attaching “a draft deed of release documenting the parties agreed terms”. Neither GNM nor Feldman executed any settlement deed. Further correspondence between the parties ensued, largely relating to the confidentiality requirements under the agreement.
On 7 July 2015, Feldman’s solicitors wrote that their client had withdrawn “his offer to settle the matter”. Feldman subsequently commenced defamation proceedings against GNM and the author of the articles. GNM sought a permanent stay of proceedings, contending that the parties had a concluded settlement agreement as at 30 April 2015. The primary judge, McCallum J found in favour of GNM.
Feldman sought leave to appeal. The key questions answered on appeal were whether:
Did the email correspondence constitute a binding agreement?
A contract will fail for incompleteness if an essential or important term is not agreed. Feldman submitted that as at 30 April 2015, the parties did not have a binding agreement because the following terms were incomplete:
Generally, where negotiating parties decide on terms of a contractual nature and agree that the subject of their negotiation is to be dealt with in a formal contract, the agreement will fall into one of the following four categories:
In Feldman, Beazley P highlighted that the above categories “are neither strict nor prescriptive. Nor are they exclusive nor necessarily exhaustive. Rather, they describe circumstances in which a finally binding contract may or may not have come into existence.”
GNM submitted that the contract between the parties as at 30 April 2015 fell into the First Category or Fourth Category.
The Court held:
In summary, the email correspondence did not constitute a binding agreement.
Do solicitors have ostensible authority to bind a client to a contract where litigation is not on foot?
Determining whether or not a person has ostensible authority usually involves an inference based on a representation made by the principal (in this case the client) that the agent (in this case the solicitor) has authority to contract within the ambit or scope of the ‘apparent authority’.
As a general rule, solicitors do not have ostensible authority to bind their clients to contracts. An exception to this rule is in the context of litigation. In the context of litigation, a legal practitioner has ostensible authority to bind their client to a contract provided that the contract “actually and genuinely relates to the litigation”.
In this case, a majority of the Court held that Feldman’s solicitors did not have ostensible authority to bind their client to a contract. Three key factors informed this decision:
Feldman has since been cited with approval by:
What is a deed of settlement?
A deed is a special type of contract. It sets out the legal obligations that the parties agree to be bound by; in short, what the parties can and cannot do to finalise a dispute (of any kind) and/or ensure a future dispute does not arise. A deed of settlement is used to bring an end to a litigious matter or current court proceedings on clearly defined terms. A deed of release is often used in an employment context to ensure the parties’ rights and obligations are recorded in a document.
One of the key differences between a normal contract or agreement and a deed is the issue of consideration. Consideration is an essential element in a contract. It means something for something, and is variously defined as “the price for which the promise of the other is bought” or “a price in return for the promisor’s promise or a quid pro quo. The price can be in the form of an act, forbearance of promise.” It can include the act of performing a term or terms of an agreement in the reliance or expectation of all other terms being satisfied. Consideration is not required for a deed. This is because a deed is intended to record the parties’ solemn intentions to be bound by its terms and that in itself is sufficient.
Some basic similarities with contracts will still be applied, especially in relation to construing its terms. A court will usually interpret the deed using the plain, everyday meaning of the words used in the document in the event there is a dispute.
Consider the following two situations:
In order to answer these questions, we explore what a deed is and what you can expect it to contain, and some words of caution when you may be in a position to need one.
Most law firms and lawyers will rely on their pro forma deeds, amended as necessary to fit the situation. However, the below are some key elements which can be found in most deeds of settlement.
Parties: Who agrees to be subject to the deed and bound by its terms. Whilst it may seem obvious in some circumstances as to who the parties should be, sometimes it is not so simple. Should the directors of a company be parties to the deed, even if the directors personally weren’t part of the court proceedings? Can the other side demand that all of your subsidiary companies be included when the dispute wasn’t specifically about them? This will depend on a case by case basis.
Recitals: A brief background to the dispute set out in dot points. This section should set out succinctly and usually chronologically any facts the parties agree are relevant for the purposes of the deed. If it is to settle a current court case, it may include expressly that the parties have agreed to enter into the deed “without any admissions” and to avoid the time and cost of further litigation.
Definitions: The key words or phrases used throughout the deed to ensure consistency and readability. A common definition is “Business Day”, which is usually a day on which trading banks are open for ordinary business in the chosen state or territory. Whilst some definitions are straightforward, care needs to be taken to define any settlement sums clearly, including whether they are inclusive of GST or any other taxes, interest, legal costs and disbursements.
Settlement/ Release/ Indemnity: The terms the parties actually agree to do (or not do) from the moment of exchange. These terms are sometimes used interchangeably, however, as their names suggest, they mean very different things. Deeds may have one or all of these components.
As stated above, a settlement will usually be used for a disputed matter. Key terms will include who will do what, and when they will do it; for example, Party A will pay Party B the “Settlement Sum” (which should be set out in your definition section) within ten business days of the date of the deed. Party B will agree to never commence court proceedings or any type of claim in respect of the circumstances which gave rise to the payment.
A release means that past, present and future claims will be limited or discharged in some way; usually they are ruled out in their entirety. In an employment context, if an employee accepts a voluntary redundancy, the employer will want to be released from any liability including, for example, unfair dismissal. By the same token, an employee could require a release from any actions arising from their employment such as negligence.
An indemnity is a type of insurance for future loss or damage. One party agrees to take on the risk of the other party for damage that may occur as a result of a certain event occurring. Be careful that you are not indemnifying a party for acts or events entirely outside your control well into the future.
Default: What happens when a party does not adhere to the terms of the deed. A good default clause will include a detailed process that needs to be followed in the event a party fails to fulfil its obligations, starting from giving notice of the default. An example for non-payment of an instalment agreement is that the balance of the amount becomes due and payable immediately. The consequences of a default will necessarily be different for each party, so any possible contingencies will need to be considered.
Confidentiality: The parties cannot disclose the terms of the deed unless required by law. Most deeds will include a standard confidentiality clause. Depending on how widely it is drafted, it may range from being unable to discuss the exact terms or even as far as being unable to disclose the existence of the deed itself. An exception to confidentiality includes when a party sues for breach of deed in the event of default.
Applicable laws: The jurisdiction to interpret and adjudicate the terms of the deed. An ACT matter where both parties reside in the Territory and the facts all arose in Canberra will usually nominate ACT laws and courts to hear any dispute relating to the deed. This can become complicated when there are national or even international issues which played a part.
Entire agreement: The terms set out in the deed comprises the full conditions by which the parties agree to be bound. This means any prior negotiations and agreements will be superseded, and this is why you want someone with serious drafting skills to capture all the necessary components without making it an overly onerous document.
Execution: The official signing of the deed, usually prefaced with a statement to the effect that it is “executed by the parties as a Deed”. A company will need to execute a deed in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, by its directors or a director and company secretary. An individual will need to “sign, seal and deliver” the deed, which nowadays means signed before a witness who is not a party to the deed.
Exchange: One party’s executed deed is given to the other party/parties, and vice versa. A deed may be executed in counterparts and this is usually provided for expressly. This means the parties will sign separate but identical copies of the same deed, which together form a single binding document. These days, lawyers often exchange deeds electronically, by sending scanned copies of the signed deed by email. You should ensure that the copies exchanged are identical documents, rather than a previous version which has since become redundant.
Some notes of caution
To collectively answer the questions posed in the opening scenarios, as shown above, a deed is a complicated document which can have serious legal consequences. When used properly, it can be a valuable document for any party. It is always worth getting a lawyer’s opinion early on, or even to review the terms of a deed to ensure that you are not signing away your rights.
If you need legal advice or require assistance in drafting a deed, please contact us.
 Pollock on Contracts (8th ed, 1911), p 175.
 Beaton v McDivitt (1987) 13 NSWLR 162, 168.
 Section 127.
 Limitation Act 1985 (ACT) sections 11 and 13.Read more
Bradley Allen Love offers a range of seminars and workplace training tools which can be tailored to your workplace and interests. Gabrielle Sullivan, Director – Employment & Workplace Relations, recently spoke at the Australian Medical Association equipping practice managers and HR professionals with the fundamentals of employment law, noting that even large corporations manage to get the basics wrong.
Click here to view the presentation: A Guide to Compliance with the Fair Work ActRead more
It goes without saying that when you are hired to market a property, you will find out as much as you can about it to ensure you can find a buyer or a tenant — whether that is information about the house’s design and construction, an understanding of its location and potential price or insider knowledge about the neighbourhood.
One thing that might not be considered is whether the house has been used for illegal activities and whether these activities have had a lasting impact on the property. Attention to these factors has become important recently with the rise in the creation and consumption of a drug called methamphetamine, which has almost tripled since 2011.
Methamphetamine (also called ice or meth) is a highly addictive drug that is made or ‘cooked’ inside properties, which leads to contamination. This contamination has considerable consequences for any current and prospective inhabitants, as well as the condition of the property itself. For example, in 2016 the Courier Mail reported that a family who had purchased a house in rural Victoria had discovered their six year old son had the same levels of methamphetamine in his body as an adult drug abuser, just by living in the house. The family sued the local council for not disclosing the activities.
The chemical fumes that are a by-product of the drug seep into plaster, paint, carpet, the walls, furnishings and the floor, and it is very difficult to remediate — properly decontaminating the house can require completely gutting a property to a shell and in some cases it can be cheaper to demolish. In New Zealand, meth contamination has become such a problem that home insurers like IAG have recently increased premiums and excess levels.
All agents need to be aware of what kind of property they are marketing and whether they need to disclose that some kind of illegal activity — such as meth cooking — has taken place in the property.
A failure to disclose methamphetamine contamination may result in an agent being liable for misleading or deceptive conduct. Indeed, in 2016 in New Zealand a family sued an agent who sold them a meth contaminated house. It is likely that methamphetamine contaminated houses will be seen as ‘stigmatized properties’ — if an agent sells such a property without disclosure they may be open to large fines.
Finding out that a house is being used for illegal activities is likely to be difficult. Some signs of meth contamination can include burns, rust in unusual places like doors and windows, strange smells and stains, and yellowed walls. It may also be prudent to include a section regarding awareness of illegal activities on a client questionnaire when you are first engaged. It may then be necessary to make further enquiries to ensure no misrepresentations are made.
It is clear that smoking meth ruins lives, but the cooking of meth ruins houses.
If you are concerned about what you should or should not disclose, please contact our office for advice.Read more
There is little doubt that we still live in “death denying” community where talking about death is considered an uncomfortable and taboo topic.
Consequently, too few people express their wishes with regards to their burial during their lifetime. Add into the mix the highly emotional time following the death of a loved one and it is only natural that disagreements and disputes arise between family members over a loved one’s burial plans.
Disagreements and disputes can vary from where the person is to be buried, whether they are to be buried or cremated, and who is to be invited (or uninvited) from the memorial service. Disputes are more likely to arise where:
Disputes regarding the disposal of body are unique in that there is usually no “compromise” that could satisfy all parties.
A testator cannot dispose of something which he or she does not own. A corpse is not considered “property” (Williams v Williams (1882) 20 Ch D 659) and therefore cannot be subject to property offences such as being seized or stolen.
Contrary to common belief, wishes and directions set out in a Will regarding burial or cremation are precisely wishes. They are not binding on the testator’s executor or enforceable at law. At best, they offer guidance to the executor and to the family and are morally binding.
Where then does the law stand with regard to the disposal of body?
Where there is a Will , the executor (and if there is more than one, then the executors jointly unless contrary intention is expressed in the Will) has the right and responsibility to arrange for the disposal of the deceased person’s body.
Where there is no Will, then the person with the highest rank to apply for a Grant of Representation in that jurisdiction has the same rights as an executor. This of itself might cause disputes as there may be disagreement as to who ranks has priority ranking to apply for a Grant of Representation (say for example, in the situation where the children of a deceased person deny that the deceased’s girlfriend was his legal “de facto” partner).
The principles regarding the disposal of body were discussed in a fairly recent case of Darcy v Duckett in the NSW Supreme Court. This case had to consider both the principles in law, and also traditional Aboriginal law.
Mr Darcy died intestate leaving 4 children from one relationship and another 4 children with his de facto partner. He was born in Gulargambone (NSW) and was part of the Aboriginal Weilwan tribe. He had also been living on and off with his de facto partner at Bowraville (NSW). Ms Darcy’s sister insisted that he be buried on Weilwan country and his de facto partner wanted him buried in Bowraville.
The common law principles regarding the right to dispose of a body were summarised by the Court (referring to the case of Smith v Tamworth City Council (1997) 41 NSWLR 680):
The Court had regard to the views of the indigenous community. The Court ultimately held that de facto partner had a superior claim for administration of Mr Darcy’s estate and also had superior right based on Indigenous laws and traditions.
Different rules apply to persons who are members of the defence force or armed services who die while on service. Special rules also apply for deceased destitute.
Further, where the deceased has expressed or implicitly requested not to be cremated, those wishes must be taken into account (s 20 Cemeteries and Crematoria Act 2003 (ACT)).
There are two takeaway point from the Darcy case:
The best way avoid a dispute is to make sure you have a valid will in place that clearly sets our your wishes. Please contact our Estate Planning team to learn more.Read more
On 29 June 2017, the ACT Government introduced the Planning and Development (Lease Variation Charges) Determination 2017 (No 1) through which the ACT Government seeks to improve the efficiency and transparency in the ACT planning system, but more particularly the application and codified value of Lease Variation Charges (LVC). The changes brought in under the Determination will apply to development applications submitted after 1 July 2017.
Under the Determination, the codified value of LVC’s relating to GFA increases under commercial and industrial Crown Leases and additional dwellings under residential Crown Leases has been amended. The more controversial of the changes has been the increased LVC payable on variations required to enable unit titling on residential land.
Under the former LVC determination, if a developer were to submit an application to vary a residential Crown Lease to specify that 5 dwellings were permitted on the land, the LVC payable would have been the sum of $32,500 (being, $7,500 for the first 3 dwellings plus $5,000 for each additional dwelling). The new Determination however, sets a flat fee of $30,000 per dwelling meaning that the LVC payable (for applications submitted after 1 July 2017) will now be $150,000.
 Planning and Development (Lease Variation Charges) Determination 2017 (No 1), Explanatory Statement.Read more
Co-operatives are organisations that are owned, controlled and used by their members primarily for the mutual economic, social or cultural benefit of those members. Co-operatives are founded on seven international principles that empower and educate their members and promote community participation and support; they are values-based entities, albeit ones which can turn a profit for their members.
It seems only right that the ACT Government finally introduced the Co-operatives National Law (ACT) Act 2017 (“CNL”); a move which shows its co-operation with the other Australian State and Territory Governments and which delivers comparable rights and obligations of companies.
Co-operatives are prolific around the world. There are approximately 2.6 million co-operatives in the world with about 1 billion members. In Singapore, about 25% of the population is a member of a co-operative, with about 1.4 million members. New Zealand co-operatives represent approximately one fifth of NZ’s economy based on revenue with (again) approximately 1.4 million members. Co-operative enterprises employ 250 million people worldwide and generate over 2.2 trillion USD in turnover all while providing member benefits.
Co-operatives are found in all sectors of the economy including agriculture, banking and finance, housing, insurance, retail, healthcare, aged care and education. The CNL reduces the regulatory burden and reporting requirements to allow co-operatives in Australia (and now Canberra specifically) to stay agile in an increasingly global economy. So what are these changes?
Historically, co-operatives have only been able to trade in the jurisdiction it was registered in unless it also registered as a ‘foreign co-operative’ in other jurisdictions (i.e. the other States and Territories). The CNL relieves the administrative burden of multiple registrations and reporting and allows for mutual recognition of co-operatives, delivering a simplicity that has been afforded to companies registered under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for over 16 years.
Small co-operatives are no longer required to lodge publically available accounts with the Registrar or appoint an auditor to have their accounts audited annually, saving time and money. Small co-operatives will however still lodge an annual return with the Registrar, and, may (as best practice or out of a specific membership concern) conduct an audit. These new measures under the CNL will provide significant costs savings for small co-operatives and align with the financial reporting requirements on small companies under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).
The CNL also provides for a hybrid security called “co-operative capital units”. Co-operatives can issue these units to non-members anywhere in Australia allowing co-operatives to raise external capital without compromising member rights and democratic control.
Co-operatives are a fascinating and sustainable business model, particularly in an age of corporate social responsibility and social enterprise. The CNL represents a supportive legal framework to secure the co-operative identity and better equip co-operatives to grow their businesses.
If you want to discuss the implications of the CNL, contact Katie Innes.
 Source: International Co-operative Alliance
 Source: Cooperative Business New Zealand
 Source: International Co-operative Alliance
 Small co-operatives must not have raised funds from the public issue of securities or if it issued shares (no more than 20 members and the amount raised must not exceed $2 million in 12 months) and they must satisfy two of the three criteria:
a) the consolidated revenue of the co-operative and the entities it controls (if any) is less than $8 million for the previous financial year;
b) the value of the consolidated gross assets and the entities it controls (if any) is less than $4 million at the end of the previous financial year;
c) the co-operative and the entities it controls (if any) had fewer than 30 employees at the end of the previous financial year.Read more
If you have been forced into a transaction because of the actions of another, that transaction may be set aside in certain circumstances. The doctrine of duress is well established, and works to protect parties who have been forced into an agreement by the illegitimate pressure or threats from the other party, by giving rights to the aggrieved party to void transactions.
In order to establish a claim for duress, a party must demonstrate that:
But what about circumstances, for example in a commercial transaction, where one party is exerting legitimate pressure on the other? Can legitimate pressure, which is lawful, cease to be a normal incident of commercial transactions and amount to duress? Or should prospective plaintiffs rely on the statutory protections afforded by the Australian Consumer Law?
While the law in this area is continuing to develop, we may be given a clearer picture soon.
In the upcoming months, the High Court of Australia will hear an appeal in the matter of Kennedy v Thorne  FamCAFC 189. This will see the High Court examining the enforceability of a prenuptial agreement insisted upon by one party prior to the marriage; in essence, the consideration will be whether the conduct in that context, whilst lawful, may nevertheless have been illegitimate.
Justice Edelman, newly appointed to the High Court, has worked extensively in the field of restitution, which encompasses the concept of duress. With Thorne v Kennedy being His Honour’s first opportunity to deliver a judgment in the field of restitution, it seems likely that this opening act will cast significant light on the scope of duress. Whilst Thorne v Kennedy will be heard in a family law context, the ramifications to the general commercial law may nevertheless be significant.
The courts have recognised that unlawful conduct, such as threats to a person or threats to detain another’s property, is illegitimate. For instance, if a salesman said to you “Buy this pen for $1,000 or I will beat you up”, the resultant transaction could be voided, on the ground that you only entered into the transaction because of duress. However, what amounts to duress from seemingly ‘lawful’ commercial pressures is still controversial. Watch this space insofar as Thorne v Kennedy may provide clarity in the near future.
Threats are often made in commercial contexts to compel another party into action:
“I won’t supply to you”
Will threats of this nature be considered duress, despite the fact that they are ‘legitimate’? Several courts have considered the extent to which commercial pressures can and should constitute “economic duress”.
In the leading authority in this area, McHugh JA stated that pressure will be illegitimate if it consists of unlawful threats or amounts to unconscionable conduct. However, he left the category of “economic” duress (that is, conduct that is not unlawful) open, only to say that overwhelming pressure, which does not amount to unlawful conduct, will not necessarily constitute duress.
For instance, Company A might say to Company B that they will not supply to them unless Company B agrees to some onerous conditions. Despite the pressure that may be applied, there may not necessarily be a case for duress, as the conduct is not unlawful. What is clear from the case is that, to constitute duress, a high bar has been set.
The phrase “economic duress” has become used frequently, but remains frustratingly undefined, and subsequent courts have been reluctant to interfere with commercial dealings. In Equiticorp Finance Ltd (in liq) v Bank of New Zealand the issue was revisited. In that case, the Bank of New Zealand requested of the chairman of the Equiticorp companies that cash reserves be applied to the discharge of a debt owed to the Bank. It was found that the Bank was asserting commercial pressure, but this pressure did not amount to economic duress.
Kirby P (in dissent) was critical of the inherent vagueness of economic duress. His Honour stated that there needed to be more clarity as to what conduct amounts to economic duress (and is not allowed) and what conduct does not.
While the law in this area is developing, there remains some relief in statute. For example, the Australian Consumer Law prohibits conduct that is “unconscionable”, a concept which can bear many similarities to economic duress. Through this, conduct may not necessarily be unlawful, but may amount to that which ought not to be permitted in commercial dealings.
Since the introduction of the Australian Consumer Law in 2010, there have been various authorities dealing with the question of unconscionable conduct. This begs the question, is it necessary to have both this and “economic duress”? Considering the uncertain nature of economic duress, it seems that relying on statutory protection would be an easier course. Indeed, the NSW Court of Appeal came to a similar conclusion in Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Ltd v Karam.
The main point from all of this is that the law of economic duress is continuing to develop, both through the courts and through legislation. Is there a place for both a common law doctrine of economic duress and statutory prohibitions against unconscionable conduct? The hope is that Kennedy v Thorne will shed some light and provide guidance on the issue; however, until the matter of “economic duress” is resolved, the statutory measures offered by the Australian Consumer Law should be followed at the minimum.
 Crescendo Management Pty Ltd v Westpac Banking Corporation (1988) 19 NSWLR 40, 45-6 (McHugh JA).
 Ibid 19 NSWLR 40.
 (1993) 32 NSWLR 50.
 Ibid 106.
  NSWCA 344.
Our business and commercial litigation teams have experience with cases of duress and assisting clients set aside transactions which they have been forced into. If you are concerned because you may have entered into an agreement on account of duress, and wish to know your rights, please contact us.Read more
A recent decision in the NSW Civil and Administrative Tribunal highlights the importance of thinking carefully about whether information constitutes personal information that may be protected by the Privacy and Personal Information Protection Act 1998 (NSW).
In CRP v Department of Family and Community Services it was found that, in the particular circumstances of the application before the Tribunal, an individual’s work address was personal information that was protected by the Act.
Following an incident in which a Departmental employee released the applicant’s work address to an estranged family member, the Tribunal has definitively stated that, in these circumstances at least, doing so amounted to a breach of privacy.
Given how easy it can be to reveal seemingly harmless information, this case demonstrates how important it is to be careful with any information that might be considered to be personal information.
The applicant was employed with the Department of Family and Community Services. He was estranged from his father, with whom he had a long-running personal dispute. The applicant’s father phoned the office without identifying himself. He requested, and received, the address of the applicant’s workplace: previously, he had only known the name of the organisation for which his son worked.
Following this, the applicant’s father went to the son’s place of work, where he confronted him and handed him some documents.
The son – the applicant in the proceedings, argued that through the Department’s actions, his personal information had been shared in breach of the Act.
The Tribunal considered whether the applicant’s work address was information ‘about an individual’ for the purposes of s4 of the Act. If so, by providing the information, the employee had breached ss 17 and 18 of the Act. The respondent argued that it was not, as this was information that had been shared within the normal course of business, as part of the applicant’s work. The Tribunal, however, found that this was not the case.
In coming to its decision, the Tribunal considered the findings of several previous Tribunal decisions saying that the definition of ‘personal information’ was to be interpreted broadly and that the Tribunal should not adopt an overly technical approach. Instead, the Tribunal said that it was important to consider the information that was provided in context.
Ultimately the Tribunal decided that the information had been provided in a context that solely related to the applicant. At the time, there had been no indication that the phone call was made in connection with the applicant’s work, or as part of his role as a caseworker. No other information was requested. By giving out the applicant’s work address, the Department’s employee provided personal information about him, and as a result breached his privacy.
As a result of this breach, the Department was ordered both to apologise to the applicant, and to review its current Privacy Management Plan. However, this case could evidently have significant general consequences. While providing a work address for a co-worker may seem harmless, as we have seen here, the results can be serious.Read more
This month, we discussed the importance of reference checking. Ian Meagher chaired the meeting with special guest Jeremy Boland, Principal Consultant at Gillian Beaumont Legal Recruiting giving some insight on reference checking:
There was also a short video case study about the importance of reference checking. Watch it again.
Q. Can I direct an employee to not provide a reference for an outgoing employee?
A. Provided the direction is reasonably made (which, in general terms, should be so), such a direction will be lawful. The reason why such a direction should be reasonable for an employer to make is because if a current employee gives a reference as an agent of your business, then it will reflect poorly on your business if it turns out to be inaccurate. Requiring control of such decisions to vest with the directors, owners or such other appropriate senior staff, is thus reasonable.
If you are interested in attending HR Breakfast Club, please submit your email below and you will be added to the invite list.
A few weeks ago we wrote about the Victorian Court of Appeal recognising the rights of de facto children in the case of Scott-Mackenzie v Bail. The case concerned an applicant whose mother was in a domestic relationship with the deceased for 40 years until the mother’s death years prior to the deceased’s death. The applicant bought a claim under Part IV of the Administration and Probate Act 1958 (Vic) in a (bold and successful) attempt to widen the Courts interpretation of “Step Child” to including one where the parties were not married.
This case was handed down in May this year.
Queensland has now followed by recently introducing major changes to the Succession Act 1981 (Qld).
Two major changes include:
The “movement” towards highlighting the changing familial values in Australia all started with the Western Australian case of Blyth v Wilken  WASC 486 which was only handed down very recently in 2015 and at the time, this was truly a landmark decision of its kind Will in Australia.
In the case of Blyth v Wilken, the deceased left a Will dated 2 December 2003 giving the bulk of his estate to “my de facto wife Katherine Mary Murray”.
The deceased and Ms Murray ended their relationship in 2011 and the deceased subsequently died in 2014 without changing his Will.
The Court decided that Ms Murray did not receive the gift under the Will because her relationship with the deceased had ended. The Court recognised that the deceased had only intended Ms Murray to receive the gift if she continued to be his de facto spouse – and not in any other instance. In other words, the Court held de facto relationships on the same platform as marriages when it came to the interpretation of a Will.
At the time the judgement in Blyth v Wilken was handed down, there was a lot of scepticism by commentators that this judgement would be appealed or otherwise challenged in the future.
With Victoria and Queensland following the trend towards recognising these relationships, it may be safe to say at this stage that other Australian jurisdictions are likely to follow down the path of recognising de facto and step children’s rights.
To make sure that your will and estate plan takes care of your loved ones, please contact us.Read more
15 June 2017 was World Elder Abuse Awareness Day — a day designated by the United Nations General Assembly to raise awareness on the potential mistreatment and abuse inflicted on members of the elder community.
As the number of older persons continues to steadily increase among the Australian population, so does the risk of elder abuse.
The World Health Organisation defines elder abuse as:
“a single, or repeated act, or lack of appropriate action, occurring within any relationship where there is an expectation of trust which causes harm or distress to an older person. Elder abuse can take various forms such as physical, psychological or emotional, sexual and financial abuse.”
World Health Organisation (WHO – 2002)
It is apparent therefore that elder abuse can take a number of forms and is not just limited to financial or psychological abuse.
Various studies (primarily conducted in Victoria, Queensland and New South Wales and which were based mostly on anecdotal evidence) suggest that it is more common than we realise.
The available evidence suggests that prevalence of elder abuse varies across different types with physiological and financial abuse being the most commonly reported types of abuse recorded. Women are more susceptible to elder abuse than men. There has been no reported study conducted in the ACT on elder abuse to date.
On an international level, the United Nations estimates that based on the available information, 5 to 10 per cent of the elderly population may experience some kind of financial exploitation.
Very broadly, some warning signs of elder abuse might include the following:
Part of raising awareness of World Elder Abuse Awareness Day includes understanding and being able to recognise the signs of Elder Abuse.
Early last year, the Australian Law Reform Commission (ALRC) launched a national inquiry and on Thursday 15 June 2017 (to coincide with World Elder Abuse Awareness Day) released its final report on the topic.
In its report, the ALRC has urged the Federal Government to seize a “once in a lifetime opportunity” to stop the financial and physical abuse of the elderly. The report contains 43 recommendations for the Attorney-General, George Brandis, to consider. The recommendations include:
Be aware, raise awareness and know how to recognise (and when to report) Elder Abuse
Recognise the warning signs in the older person, in the caregiver, in the home and among family. The majority of abusers are those in close contact with the older person and usually family. Of family member abuses, about 50% are reported to be adult children and 20% to be intimate partners of the older person. As mentioned above, the data indicates that women are more susceptible to elder abuse than men.Read more
Below is a short case study around the importance of reference checking, and what can happen if you don’t keep accurate records.Read more
It is a well-established employment law principle that a worker must follow the lawful and reasonable instructions of their employer.
A recent decision of the Federal Court in Grant v BHP Coal has upheld the dismissal of a worker for refusing to undergo a medical examination by a company-nominated doctor. A Queensland boilermaker, who had undergone surgery for a work-related shoulder injury, was cleared by his GP as “fit to return to normal duties” after 8 months’ sick leave. His superintendent directed him to see a company-nominated occupational physician to assess his fitness before he resumed work. The worker refused and was eventually sacked.
The Court did not have to consider whether an employer has an implied contractual right to order a worker to undergo a company medical examination (in the sense that it was not an unlawful direction and, accordingly, fell within the scope of the contract of employment). Here, the broad obligations under Queensland’s coal mining legislation for mine safety and management applied and makes it clear that a mine worker could be required to undergo a medical examination in cases where there might be a risk to the safety and health of the worker and other mine workers because of his injury.
The case does not stand for the general proposition that every direction by an employer to a worker to attend a medical examination with a doctor chosen by the employer will be reasonable. Whether such a direction is reasonable will depend on the circumstances of each case. For example, a worker may only have been sick for a short period of time, or may have already given sufficient information to their employer about their illness. In this circumstance, it is unlikely that a direction to attend a specific doctor would be reasonable.
If an employer was uncertain of a worker’s health status and had genuine concern as to their fitness to perform their job safely, a lawful direction to the worker to attend a medical assessment could be given as it could be argued that there is a genuine and legitimate operational reason for doing so.
Employers have strict and onerous obligations to ensure the health and safety of their workers while at work. Because of these obligations, various courts and tribunals have recognised, in some circumstances, an employer has a right to compel or demand a worker attend an independent medical assessment so they can determine the worker’s fitness for their duties. Any refusal by the worker to do so may expose them to the risk of disciplinary action up to and including dismissal.
An employer cannot exercise this right arbitrarily; they have an obligation to provide “procedural fairness” in the particular circumstances of the case. This includes the employer giving the worker adequate notice of the medical appointment that they require them to attend. Furthermore, procedural fairness also requires that the worker be allowed the opportunity to secure their own medical opinion if they do not agree with the opinion provided by the employer’s doctor.
The doctor conducting the assessment should be provided with a thorough description of the work duties to enable them to assess appropriately whether or not the worker’s disability, illness or injury will affect their ability to undertake those duties. The medical assessment will consider whether the worker is medically fit to perform the inherent requirements of their job and if any adjustments could be made to the role to enable the worker to perform their position. It would be unreasonable for an employer to embark on a “fishing expedition” by asking unnecessarily broad questions of the doctor, such as asking for a complete medical history when the medical issue is more confined.
The short answer is NO.
The federal government’s Merit Protection Commissioner has recently ruled on a “secret medical” on a paper-based assessment from a doctor of a public servant who had not been informed that his mental health was being examined. The public servant had not worked since 2011 as a result of claimed bullying and harassment suffered whilst employed by the Department of Human Resources. A doctor’s report was commissioned to assess work fitness and was done without the public servant’s knowledge or consent. The Commissioner found that the Department breached its legal obligations when it handed the public servant’s medical file to the doctor asking for an assessment. The Commissioner’s office ordered the Department to discard the “file assessment” on its employee finding that it failed its legislative requirement to act in a fair and reasonable manner.
The short answer is NO.
The current advice on the Fair Work Ombudsman’s website is:
Employers attending medical appointments
We don’t consider it reasonable for an employer to go to a medical appointment with an employee unless an employee requests this.
We also don’t consider it reasonable for an employer to contact the employee’s doctor for further information.
Source reference: Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) Section 107
 Grant v BHP Coal Pty Ltd  FCAFC 42 (10 March 2017)
 “’Secret medicals’ on public servants unlawful, authority rules”: The Canberra Times 16 March 2017, page 8Read more
Imagine you are a cook. You just landed your dream job as a personal chef. You arrive at your employer’s home ready to impress but receive a message saying your employers will dine out. You take the wages left on the kitchen bench and leave disappointed. The same thing happens again every day of your first week of work until, finally, you snap, threatening to resign unless you are given an opportunity to cook. Your employer replies: “Provided I pay my cook her wages regularly, she cannot complain if I choose to take any or all of my meals out.”
These words, quipped by judge Lord Cyril Asquith, reflect a general rule developed by British courts in the mid-19th century: an employer has no obligation to provide their employees with work. Why, though, you might joke, would an employee ever ask their employer for more work?
Imagine a month passed and you still haven’t cooked for Asquith. Deciding enough is enough, you interview for a new position and are asked to prepare a steak. You overcook it. When employees are denied the opportunity to perform the job they were hired for, they will lose skills – whether those are the skills of a chef or a capable public servant. This old rule is particularly concerning in the modern era, when the job market is competitive and prospective employers almost always want details of a candidate’s experience.
Public servants are among those who might feel this most acutely because their employment, promotions and performance reviews depend heavily on meeting performance targets and metrics. It is easy to see how an Australian Public Service career could be derailed when a public servant is denied work. Additionally, given it is difficult to terminate government employment, some managers might be tempted to simply stop giving their employees work instead.
Fortunately, the courts are sympathetic to employees in this predicament. Numerous exceptions were developed to address the problems arising from this rule, typically taking the form of implied terms in employment contracts.
First, the courts have held that employment contracts for public performers – including actors, sport stars or even cartoonists – impliedly require the employer to give their employee reasonable opportunities to perform. However, given few people conduct their careers in the public eye, the value of this exception is limited.
Second, courts have found that contracts for skilled employees contain a limited requirement to provide a reasonable amount of work. This exception applies to apprentices, trainees and professionals with continuing practice obligations (it’s not the first time lawyers carved out an exception for themselves). However, this caveat is not a blanket obligation to provide work – as Arnold Mann, a surgeon in Canberra, discovered in 1981 when the court found his employer was not required to provide him with patients to operate on when no patients needed operations (Mann v ACT Health Commission).
Third, when an employee receives performance-based pay, courts have found employers must provide a reasonable amount of actual work. This exception most commonly applies to employees who receive a proportion of their pay from commission. The amount of work an employer is required to offer will depend on the circumstances, but, generally, courts have found the obligation is to provide enough work to give them an opportunity to earn a commission.
Fourth, when an employee is appointed to perform specific duties, courts have found that a failure to provide work of the kind contemplated amounts to a breach of contract. For example, if it is contrary to the contract of a chief executive to undertake general office cleaning, it follows that it is also against their contract to not have work at all. This is highly relevant in the APS, given federal government employees are frequently employed to positions with well-defined duties and obligations.
There are other reasons why these rules are particularly applicable to public servants. APS employees must adhere to obligations found in the Public Service Act’s code of conduct. It is unclear how these obligations might affect the general rule’s application in this context. The code could be interpreted as a two-way street: if the public servant must perform work effectively, then the public service must provide work to be effectively performed. Alternatively, if a public service manager fails to give an employee work, the manager may breach the code by failing to ensure “effective performance from each employee”. The employee could then lodge a code of conduct report against their manager.
An extra option open to an employee who finds themselves denied work is to pursue a complaint under workplace bullying and harassment protections. Though legally speaking these protections are not exceptions to the general rule, practically workplace bullying and denials of work can go hand-in-hand. There are several remedies available to bullying victims, including stop bullying orders. If it is accepted that denying an employee work constitutes bullying, it follows that a stop bullying order could take the form of an order to provide them with work.
It would be fair to question the purpose of this old rule if judges are going to find exceptions at every turn. The High Court itself has expressed similar sentiments. In 2005, justices Ian Callinan and Dyson Heydon queried “the current relevance of judicial pronouncements made more than 60 years ago in the United Kingdom”.
Given the right case, it is possible Asquith’s quip will be overruled. But, until that time, a little piece of Dickensian England remains part of Australian employment law. Indeed, employees asking for work might feel a little like Oliver Twist asking the master for more gruel.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Robert Allen and Kieran Pender for their help in preparing this article.Read more
The Victorian Court of Appeal recognised earlier this month in the case of Scott-Mackenzie v Bail that stepchildren of a de facto couple have the same rights as of married couples for the purposes of Family Provision Applications. The effect of this case is significant (at least in Victoria, for now) as it overturns the common law principal that a stepchild/step-parent relationship is created and recognised only when the parties are married.
The case concerned a claim brought by a stepchild pursuant to Part IV of the Administration and Probate Act 1958 (Vic). Part IV of the Act allows an “eligible person” to bring a claim for provision (or further provision) from the estate of a deceased person. The definition of eligible person, contained in section 90 of the Act includes the following:
(c) a stepchild of the deceased who, at the time of the deceased’s death, was—
(i) under the age of 18 years; or
(ii) a full-time student aged between 18 years and 25 years; or
(iii) a stepchild with a disability;
In this case, the applicant’s mother was in a domestic relationship with the deceased for 40 years until the applicant’s mother died in 2001. Following the death of the applicant’s mother, the deceased commenced a domestic relationship with another woman and when he died, left his entire estate to her. The estate was worth just under $1 million.
The Court stated the following in relation to the word “stepchild”:
“In modern life, domestic partnerships are no longer uncommon. They have become considerably more common than they were, say, 30 years ago. Domestic partnerships can, and frequently do, have all of the appearances of partnerships that are marriages and have been recognised by the Parliament as a legitimate alternative to marriage. The fact that the word ‘stepchild’ came into existence at a time before domestic partnerships became more common explains why definitions have previously referred to either an original marriage and a subsequent marriage, or merely a subsequent marriage”.
It is important to note that the Court found the stepchild/ step-parent relationship of de facto couples is broken by separation of the couple, not by death of one of the partners. Therefore, if the deceased and the applicant’s mother had separated before her death, the stepchild/ step-parent relationship would have been broken.
It is important to note that this is a Victorian case and therefore, Victorian law. It is uncertain whether the ACT or NSW Supreme Courts will apply this case should a similar situation arise. In Queensland, section 40A of the Succession Act continues to refer to a stepchild/step-parent relationship as one arising only by way of marriage.
The takeaway from this case is that you may need to carefully consider children from a de facto partner when writing your Will or, if you are the child of such a relationship, to take considered advice in relation to any potential family provision claim.
To make sure that your will and estate plan takes care of your loved ones, please contact us.Read more
Whether you are moving to Canberra as an employee or employer, your future employment relationships are likely to be at the forefront of your mind. In 2009, significant changes were made to Australia’s industrial relations law which will affect those relationships. Given strong penalties are awarded for non-compliance, it is important that you are familiar with your rights and obligations under Australian employment law.
Here are five things you need to know:
1. National Employment Standards
With very few exceptions, workplaces in Australia are governed by the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth). Therefore, it is likely your future employment in Australia will be subject to the National Employment Standards (NES) contained in that Act. Covering areas from maximum working hours to leave, these 10 entitlements represent a minimum standard that no employment contract can fall below. Failure to comply with these standards can leave contractual terms voidable and result in considerable penalties being awarded against the employer.
Pay is central to every employment relationship and Australia has a famously generous national minimum wage – $17.70 per hour in 2017. But this is not the end of the story. Under the 2009 changes, the wages received by many employees are determined by industry awards. These set base pay rates for an industry according to the nature of work undertaken and frequently exceed the national minimum. Award rates are updated regularly (every six months in some industries), so it is essential to regularly check the applicable award.
3. Unfair Dismissal
Employers should be cautious of, and employees familiar with, the right of a recently dismissed employee to make an application to the Fair Work Commission arguing that their dismissal was harsh, unjust or unreasonable. If the Commission agrees, employers may be required to reinstate the employee or pay them compensation. What constitutes a harsh, unjust or unreasonable dismissal will depend on the circumstances. Employers can also be found liable under these rules if they handle a dismissal in an improper manner, even if there is a valid underlying reason for the dismissal.
4. Adverse Action
In keeping with Australia’s strong stance against discrimination, Australian employees are protected from the “adverse actions” of their employer if those actions were taken due to certain protected attributes possessed by the employee. In other words, an employer is liable for discrimination on the basis of a protected attribute – including gender, sexuality, disability and race – even when those actions would otherwise be legal (for example, terminating employment contracts). As with unfair dismissal, employers may face severe penalties from the Fair Work Commission for breaching these protections.
Due to Australia’s federal structure, many employment relationships attract obligations under Commonwealth (or federal) legislation as well as state/territory statutes. In many instances, these obligations are concurrent. Under Australian industrial law, rights and obligations can even arise for employment contracts executed overseas. Employers (and their employees) should be aware of these jurisdictional traps.
John Wilson is the managing legal director at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and an accredited specialist in industrial relations and employment law. He thanks Robert Allen for his help in preparing this article.Read more
The Federal Government has announced changes to superannuation from 1 July 2017 that will affect many individuals. As we draw closer to 1 July, more and more people are seeking advice on how the changes will affect them and specifically, what the changes mean to their existing wills and estate plans.
The Federal Government has imposed a $1.6 million balance cap on the total amount that a member can transfer into a tax-free pension phase account from 1 July 2017. This will mean that from 1 July, many members will need to transfer a significant portion of their superannuation benefits into accumulation phase, which will attract the superannuation 15% tax on income generated within the fund, including capital gains.
How will the member’s family and their estate be impacted when the member dies? Consider the situation where a husband and wife each have $2 million in pension phase. The husband and wife each execute binding death benefit nominations to leave their super to the other. The husband subsequently dies.
Traditionally, the wife could maintain the benefits within the superannuation environment by commencing a death benefit pension and subsequently commuting the pension (after the relevant period of time, known as the 3 month/6 month rule, and provided the super fund deed permitted this to take place).
From 1 July however, things will need to change. The following would need to occur:
Once the funds are out of the superannuation environment, contribution limits and the “work test” may prevent the wife’s ability to recontribute funds back into superannuation.
Auto-reversionary pensions offer some relief and flexibility by not causing a debit to the recipients transfer balance account until 12 months after the death of the member. As a result, a reversionary pensioner has 12 months decide whether to cash out their pension or retain it.
The estate planning issue is then where should this lump sum withdrawal be paid. It will be necessary to review and update estate plans including Wills and binding death benefit nominations in light of these changes:
Make sure you get your estate affairs in order before the changes arrive on 1 July 2017.Read more
This month, we discussed the importance of Performance Management. Cecilia Blewitt spoke on the nuts and bolts of performance management, including the benefits of:
Gabrielle Sullivan spoke about the dangers of performance management ‘gone wrong’, including:
The safest way for an employer to safeguard themselves is to make sure all performance management is ‘reasonable management action’. One way to gauge whether the action is ‘reasonable’ is to seek a second opinion.
There was also a short video case study about managing performance in the workplace. Watch it again.
Q. What can you do when an employee who is being performance managed goes on indefinite personal leave?
A. If the employee has a valid medical certificate, then you must allow them to take their accrued paid personal leave. Once the paid accrued leave runs out, the employee is still considered to be temporarily absent from work on account of illness or injury until the unpaid absence extends for more than three months or an aggregate of three months in any 12 month period. At that point, consideration can be given to terminating the employee’s employment because they cannot perform the inherent requirements of their position and it is unclear when, if ever, they will be able to do so. In any event, you should make clear to the employee that their illness is a separate matter and that the management of their performance will continue if and when they are able to return to work.
Episode one of Pushing the Boundaries are available to watch below:
Mark Love was chosen as a guest panelist, and had the pleasure of reviewing the Kim Harvey School of Dance by Clarke Keller Architects. This particular building also won the Art in Architecture Award at the 2016 Australian Capital Territory (ACT) Architecture Awards.
Internships are becoming increasingly prevalent in the legal sector and elsewhere. While internships can be beneficial for intern and host organisation alike, these atypical workplace arrangements pose several thorny employment law questions. When, as is commonplace, interns are unpaid or only receive a modest ‘stipend’, these dilemmas become particularly pressing.
The foremost question concerns the legal status of the intern. ‘Internship’ is not a legal term of art – it has no meaning at common law or under the industrial relations regulatory landscape created by the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth). An intern is therefore either an employee, or has no legal relationship whatsoever with the host organisation. There is no middle ground. This article will not consider the status of ‘volunteers’ in this context, although that topic is perhaps deserving of a separate contribution.
Where an intern is objectively considered to be an employee, they are entitled to the minimum wage and basic entitlements as set out in the Fair Work Act, National Employment Standards contained therein and any applicable award or enterprise agreement. Accordingly, organisations who use interns without providing them with the requisite wages and conditions risk exposure to considerable liability – through litigation initiated by either interns themselves or the Fair Work Ombudsman – for non-compliance with the Fair Work Act. This risk has been exacerbated by recent developments.
The Fair Work Ombudsman’s crackdown Concerned by the apparent increase in unpaid work arrangements across the country and perhaps inspired by highprofile internship-related lawsuits in the United States, in 2012 the Fair Work Ombudsman commissioned a report into the phenomenon. In Experience or Exploitation: The Nature, Prevalence and Regulation of Unpaid Work Experience, Internships and Trial Periods in Australia, academics Andrew Stewart and Rosemary Owens found that – despite a dearth of official data – internships are undeniably on the rise. They observed that ‘unpaid work exists on a scale substantial enough to warrant attention as a serious legal, practical and policy challenge in Australia’.
The Ombudsman was quick to respond, and has successfully prosecuted three companies in recent years for utilising unpaid or underpaid interns. In the first case to be determined, Fair Work Ombudsman v Crocmedia Pty Ltd  FCCA 140, Judge Riethmuller penalised a Melbourne-based sports media company $24,000 for an ‘exploitative’ arrangement where two individuals undertook work in return for modest ‘expenses’ payments.
Similarly, in Fair Work Ombudsman v Aldred  FCCA 220, the respondent was ordered to pay $17,500. While these sums may seem modest, Judge Riethmuller sounded an ominous warning at the end of his Crocmedia judgment. There can be little doubt, he noted, ‘that the penalties are likely to increase significantly over time as public exposure of the issues in the press will result in respondents not being in the position of being able to claim that a genuine error of categorisation was made’ (at ). This prediction came to fruition in mid-2016, when the Federal Circuit Court imposed a penalty of almost $300,000 on a media company that had failed to pay an intern for 180 hours of work and committed various other breaches of the Fair Work Act (see Fair Work Ombudsman v AIMG BQ Pty Ltd  FCCA 1024).Read more
Upon implementation of the reforms, Land and improvements duty (often referred to as stamp duty) will not be payable until a transfer of dutiable property has been registered with the Registrar-General. An instrument that gives effect to a dutiable transaction such as a Contract for Sale must be lodged with the registrar-general within 14 days of the date the agreement is completed. Duty must then be paid within 14 days of the date of registration of the Transfer.
This represents a significant change for those purchasing property in the ACT, who will not be required to pay duty until after settlement and registration have occurred. These changes also apply to the purchase of an off-the-plan unit, where duty will not be payable until registration of the Transfer. Currently stamp duty for an off-the-plan purchase is payable within 1 year of entering into the Contract or earlier if the unit is completed. Now you will not have to pay stamp duty until the unit is completed.
How is the stamp duty amount secured?
We assume in practice ACT may adopt a system similar to that in Victoria (where the incoming mortgagee registers the Transfer and attends to payment of stamp duty from the loan amount). Any unpaid duty liability under the new regime will become a secured charge on the property under the Taxation Administration Act 1999, allowing the ACT government to take measures to recover the debt. Accordingly, purchasers will need to ensure they have the funds to pay the duty when the liability arises.
There will also be changes to the application process for exemptions to stamp duty. To apply for an exemption a purchaser must indicate the category of exemption when the Transfer is lodged with ACT Land Titles. The purchaser will not be required to provide supporting evidence unless requested by the ACT Revenue Office. However, as with the current duty model it appears there will be no pre-assessment of exemptions and purchasers must ensure they are able to pay the full duty amount if an exemption is not granted.
If you require specific duties advice or advice regarding a particular transaction, please do not hesitate to contact a member of our experienced Commercial and Real Estate Team.
1. Real Estate Institute of Australia, Real Estate Market Facts December Quarter (2016).
2. Real Estate Institute of Australia, Real Estate Market Facts December Quarter (2016).
3. In the Revenue Legislation Amendment Bill 2016 (No. 2).
Technology has changed the way we live our lives. We have the internet in our pockets, speaking with someone face-to-face in another country is merely a click away and we can order groceries on our fridge. Even the Real Estate industry is not immune to technological change. In 2014, investment worldwide in real estate start-up technology companies amounted to US $1.4 billion and eConveyancing is now or will soon be live in 7 of the 8 Australian jurisdictions.
Continuing this trend, the NSW State Government has passed the State Revenue Legislation Amendment Bill 2017 (the Bill) which has amended the Duties Act 1997 (the Act) to make it clear that a dutiable instrument includes instruments in digital form capable of being reproduced, stored and duplicated by electronic means. This means that digital instruments effecting a dutiable transaction are considered dutiable instruments under the Act and must be lodged with the Office of State Revenue for assessment of stamp duty.
The Bill also brings about further changes to the Duties Act 1997 giving rise to or clarifying exemptions to stamp duty. These include:
The definition of associated persons under the Act has also been extended to include beneficiaries of sub-trusts, allowing the Office of State Revenue to look behind sub-trusts to determine if there are related people involved in a transaction.
Clearly duty legislation in Australia is constantly evolving to suit changing times. Regardless of where your property transactions occur, it is important to obtain up-to-date duty advice to ensure your transaction is not subject to unnecessary or unanticipated costs.
 Tech innovators aim to shale up property industry, The Financial Times (https://www.ft.com/content/e746fbb4-d87b-11e4-ba53-00144feab7de)Read more
Andrew, kindly, spoke on the attraction, recruitment and retention of employees in today’s HR world. Under each point, some of the talking points that arose included:
If you are interested in attending HR Breakfast Club, please submit your email below and you will be added to the invite list.
Four BAL Directors have been recognised for their legal excellence in the 2017 edition of the Australian Financial Review’s Best Lawyers Australia list. Produced by a peer review company and published by the Australian Financial Review, the list is compiled following an extensive evaluation process. The list includes more than 3000 lawyers from 330 law firms nationwide, up from more than 2850 last year.
The directors have been successful in the following practice areas:
This is the eighth consecutive year the Alan Bradbury has been acknowledged for his expertise. Managing Legal Director John Wilson makes his fifth appearance in the list, while Mark Love and John Bradley were again recognised for their respective practices.
John Wilson congratulated his fellow Legal Directors on their achievements.
“A listing in Best Lawyers is a considerable honour, reflecting as it does the praise of fellow practitioners in each speciality,” he said. “For three of my colleagues and I to be included speaks highly to the calibre of our team at Bradley Allen Love.”
Best Lawyers is the oldest and most respected peer-review publication in the legal profession. A listing in Best Lawyers is widely regarded by both clients and legal professionals as a significant honour, conferred on a lawyer by his or her peers. For more than three decades, Best Lawyers lists have earned the respect of the profession, the media, and the public, as the most reliable, unbiased source of legal referrals anywhere.Read more
Following media discussion in 2016 about comprehensively introducing paid domestic violence leave, the impacts of familial violence beyond the home – particularly in the workplace – are under scrutiny.
Around one in six female workers has experienced or is currently experiencing domestic violence (DV). Many victims of DV experience financial risk or poverty. Financial security, such as stable employment, increases a victim’s ability to leave a violent situation, and gives them a secure financial future independent from their attacker. However, it can be difficult to maintain employment while suffering abuse and its flow-on effects.
DV can impact employment in numerous ways: perpetrators may interrupt workplaces – giving rise to work health and safety issues; victims may need time off work in order to access support services; victims may be unable
to concentrate at work and have performance related issues. Understandably, this can make the employment relationship volatile for both the employee and the employer.
Under the Fair Work Act 2009 employees experiencing DV, or caring for an immediate family member who is experiencing DV, have the right to request a ‘flexible working arrangement’. For example, an employee may request to start work later because they have had to move to a new suburb with poor public transport in order to escape their abuser. Employers are not obliged to agree to requests for a ‘flexible working arrangement’, provided any refusal is based on ‘reasonable business grounds’. For some organisations it would not be possible to have an employee start later because that employee normally opens the shopfront, and the business cannot afford to hire another employee to cover this duty. In general, employees do not have the right to challenge the refusal of a flexible working arrangement unless they are entitled under an enterprise agreement. However, that does not mean that an employer should feel free to refuse all requests. A request for a flexible working arrangement should open up a dialogue between employer and employee to see if they can find an arrangement that is suitable for both parties.Read more
A report released on 20 March 2017 by the Real Estate Institute of Australia (REIA) has found that residential property prices continued to rise in the December quarter 2016 across Australia.
REIA reported 545 sales of residential property in the December quarter in Canberra. In the ACT, the median house price has reached $621,000.00, which is an increase of 5.3% over the quarter and 4.2% over the previous year. The Inner South experienced the largest increase of 7.9% over the quarter and 6.3% over the previous year.
Compared to December 2015, the median house price rose for all Canberra zones but the Inner Central, which saw a decrease of 5.4%.
These figures mean that housing affordability has again worsened in the ACT, with the proportion of income required to meet loan repayments hitting 19.7%.
The median rent for a three bedroom also increased in the ACT to $460.00 per week, which represents a 9.5% increase from the previous quarter and 6.4% annual change.
The median rents for four bedroom houses in Inner South (14%) and Inner Central (12.8%) saw the biggest increases, and median rents generally increased for all sized in all zones except two bedrooms in Inner Central, which decreased by 2.2%. The vacancy rate, however, increased to 2.2%.
Rental affordability consequently has declined in Canberra and 17.6% of a family’s annual income being required to meet rent payments.
Over this same period the price for other property in Canberra decreased by 1.2% to $425,000.00, but it was steady when compared to the 2015 year. The median price for other dwellings increased only in Inner Central, while it dropped as much as 11.4% in the Inner South. There were 365 sales of other dwellings in the December quarter, with the most in Inner Central and the least in the Inner South.
The above figures show that the market has continued to be tightly contested. To stay ahead of the curve, contact BAL Lawyers who can assist you with your property transactions.Read more
Internships and work experience programs are commonplace in many industries. They can provide essential practical training for students and recent graduates, while giving employers a “trial period” in which to assess potential future employees. For less scrupulous companies, interns also represent a limitless pool of free labour. It is not surprising then that responses to an intern survey ranged from “valuable learning experience” to “slavery”.
Regardless of the exact name or shape, all internship programs face legal risks. This is because Australian law maintains a binary conception of employment: an individual is either an employee, and thereby entitled to the full range of employment protections, or not. The current scheme has little room for lesser shades of employment: paid interns, unpaid interns and the like.
It follows that where an employment relationship is objectively considered to exist between a company and an intern, the latter is entitled to pay and other benefits in accordance with the relevant award. Where proper remuneration has not been provided, the company risks legal action from aggrieved interns and prosecution by the Fair Work Ombudsman.
The ombudsman has been pursuing internship cases with vigour lately, successfully seeking a total of over $300,000 in penalties against several companies over the past two years.
Penalties are usually imposed in addition to full payment of entitlements to the interns involved. While some of the penalties paid in early cases – $17,500 in one, $24,000 in another – may not provoke immediate fear, Judge Riethmuller sounded an ominous word of caution in a 2015 case involving media company Crocmedia.
“There can also be little doubt,” the federal circuit court judge observed, “that the penalties are likely to increase significantly over time as public exposure of the issues in the press will result in respondents not being in the position of being able to claim that a genuine error of categorisation was made.” In other words, turning a blind eye to the risks posed by internships will no longer suffice.
Unfortunately, determining as a matter of law how an intern should be classified is fraught with difficulty, as neither case law nor statute offers a clear dividing line between employee and non-employee in this context. An individual’s attendance at a workplace for a matter of weeks in a predominantly observational capacity will not satisfy the criteria of an employment relationship.
Conversely, a three-month program where the intern works regular hours and undertakes productive work in a position indistinguishable from junior employees will almost certainly amount to employment. Where the middle ground falls is unclear.
Herein lies the dilemma: for an internship to be useful for both parties, interns need to be engaging in proper work and not simply sitting around ‘making coffee’. Yet that important characteristic is the very thing that exposes companies to risk. As the ombudsman explained: “Where the arrangement involves productive work rather than just meaningful learning, training and skill development, it is likely to be an employment relationship.”
The obvious solution is to employ interns on a fully award-compliant basis – that is, to engage the individuals as short-term employees. However, in many cases this defeats the purpose and leaves little incentive for prospective employers to run such programs.
A more comprehensive way to avoid these legal risks is to take advantage of the vocational placement exception in the Fair Work Act. This excludes from the Act’s coverage individuals undertaking unpaid work as a requirement of an authorised educational or training course.
Aligning an internship program with a local school, university or training college would therefore be a prudent risk mitigation strategy. While such an approach may limit flexibility, this seems a small price to pay to ensure a legally compliant scheme.
If the current oversupply of graduates in many professions continues, internships may become even more commonplace. In this context, companies need to tread carefully in devising and operating their own internship programs. When the various pitfalls are minimised, internships can be a valuable experience for both parties. Offered without due regard to the legal risks, an attempt to attract free labour can become very expensive.Read more
2017 could prove to be a landmark year for a previously neglected aspect of Australian workplace law. Where those who blew the whistle on corporate or public sector wrongdoing once faced retribution without legal protections, recent developments have underscored the need to comprehensively safeguard whistleblowers in this country. While the sentiment expressed by former NSW Police Commissioner Tony Lauer in the 1990s may still reflect the prevailing attitude in Australian workplaces, change is afoot.
Late last year, in a political deal between the Coalition and crossbenchers to pass the double dissolution trigger legislation, strong protections for union whistleblowers were introduced. As part of the pact, the government also agreed to review public and private sector whistleblower protections with a view to enacting reform by 2018. In January 2017, the first ever case under whistleblower provisions in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) was filed against Origin Energy by their former compliance lawyer.
If the applicant is successful, the implications for corporate Australia will be far-reaching. Elsewhere, the Public Interest Disclosure Act 2013 (Cth) — although far from perfect — has helped facilitate the reporting of public sector misfeasance and corruption by federal mandarins since coming into force in 2014. Improvements in this vexing field will inevitably be slow and controversial. It took two decades, six parliamentary inquiries, and a number of unsuccessful bills before the Public Interest Disclosure Act was finally passed. But with apparent domestic political will for greater whistleblower protections and impetus from developments in foreign jurisdictions, there is room for optimism — and a need for external lawyers and in-house counsel alike to be aware of the regulatory landscape.
This article will begin by exploring the history of whistleblower protections in Australia, before considering three relevant laws which protect whistleblowers in different sectors. It will then consider the strategic utilisation of whistleblower legislation in employment litigation and the potential applicability of foreign laws to Australian whistleblowers, before concluding with a discussion of expected developments in the coming years.Read more
Many people, especially individuals and small businesses, may be familiar with the ACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal (usually referred to as the ACAT or Tribunal). With their focus on early alternative dispute resolution and proactive case management, the ACAT hears claims in a wide variety of areas, most notably civil disputes residential tenancy, mental health and unit titles claims.
In December 2016 several changes were made to the Tribunal’s powers. The main change was an increase in the civil disputes jurisdiction of claims to $25,000, a significant increase from the previous maximum of $10,000. The ACAT website states the increase is to “ensure that the civil dispute jurisdiction of ACAT continues to be able to address the needs of the Canberra community.”
A few months in, does it look like parties to an ACAT civil claim have benefitted from the changes? Below, we explain the updated procedures, crunch some numbers and provide our insights into how this may affect you.
To accommodate the widening of the ACAT’s jurisdiction, new procedures have been adopted to progress claims in a timely and cost-efficient manner. For contested claims up to $3,000, a Conference and Determination process has been implemented. The Tribunal will list the matter for a preliminary conference, with parties to file all material prior to the conference. If the matter is not resolved at the conference, it will usually be scheduled before a different ACAT Member on the same day for hearing.
For those bringing claims over $15,000, the Tribunal may use the Conference and Evaluation process. Parties will be required to submit a case summary and position summary prior to a preliminary conference being held. If the dispute does not settle at the conference, the matter will proceed to a directions hearing where a timetable will be set to take the matter to hearing.
Both processes are intended to assist in:
One of the other changes affecting the civil claims includes the requirement for Presidential Members of the Tribunal to be eligible as Magistrates. Other interstate tribunals also employ a judicial head, so it remains to be seen whether this will change the culture of the ACAT, as some fear it may.
Reasons for changes
The dual purpose in raising the maximum jurisdiction was to:
It remains to be seen whether the increase in jurisdiction will see a larger number of matters being filed in the Tribunal rather than the Court. Between July 2014 and June 2015, 1997 matters were lodged in the civil jurisdiction of the Magistrates Court. In comparison, the Tribunal’s 2015-2016 Annual Review, published a month before the changes were implemented, indicated a general downward trend in the number of civil dispute applications lodged as follows:
Existing matters in the Magistrates Court which now fall into the Tribunal’s jurisdiction can also be transferred to the Tribunal on application by either of the parties. If the Court considers it to be the interests of justice to transfer the matter, it will make that order accordingly.
The jurisdictional increase also brings the ACAT more in line with its interstate equivalents. For example, since May 2014 the NSW Civil and Administrative Tribunal (NCAT) has determined consumer claims up to the value of $40,000, an increase from its previous limit of $30,000. In Victoria, the VCAT Civil Claims List can hear disputes for any amount of money that arise out of the purchase or supply of goods or services of any value (noting the claim must have a connection to the state of Victoria).
The jury is out
The change in the civil claims maximum to $25,000 took many by surprise. Whilst most had been expecting an increase, the 250% jump was far more than would be considered a proportionate increase in line with inflation.
The move clearly had community support and good policy reasons behind it. However, the increase has also put more pressure many Tribunal users, especially sole traders and small businesses which regularly provide goods and services for under $25,000. As mentioned above, until recently the ACT Magistrates Court had jurisdiction of matters between $10,001 and $250,000. One of the key differences between the Magistrates Court and Tribunal is that the Tribunal is a “costs-free jurisdiction”, meaning that parties to an application must bear their own costs, including legal costs, unless the Tribunal otherwise orders.
Therefore, whilst a litigant could previously have expected to recover their legal fees along with a sizeable debt of, say, $20,000, this is no longer the case. Except in special circumstances, legal fees will have to be worn by the claimant, or they may consider prosecuting a claim without lawyers. Despite the Tribunal’s aim to be friendly to self-represented litigants, running an ACAT case from start to finish is often a daunting prospect for most.
It remains to be seen whether the ACAT can handle the increased number of claims which have trickled down from the Magistrates Court, whilst upholding its key “cheap and fast justice” function. Watch this space for a full review when the annual figures are released. In the meantime, if you need help with an ACAT claim, or have any questions about your options, please contact Litigation. Bradley Allen Love assists clients, whether claimants or respondents to an application, in preparing their cases, advising in relation to required evidence and legal points which may arise as part of the claim, and can support or attend the Tribunal as required.
 ACT Magistrates Court Annual Review 2014-15, from: http://www.courts.act.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0005/971321/act_magistrates_court_annual_review_2015.pdf.
 Consumer Claims Regulation 2014 (NSW) regulation 4.
 ACT Civil and Administrative Tribunal Act 2008 (ACT) section 48.Read more
It is not uncommon for real estate agents to be approached by someone acting under a Power of Attorney on behalf of a registered proprietor.
Where a registered proprietor has appointed an attorney under an Enduring Power of Attorney, it is important that the agent make some enquiries to ensure that person has the legal authority to provide instructions.
We are living in an ageing population. It is fast becoming a luxury to remain in the family home until death. There is an increasing need for people to move into residential aged care facilities, where a standard method of payment is by way of a ‘Refundable Accommodation Deposit’ (RAD). A RAD is a lump sum payment that operates like a loan in favour of the particular aged care facility. The balance of the RAD is then refunded to the estate of the resident on their death.
For many elderly people, it is not financially viable to fund a RAD without selling their main residence. To complicate matters, once an incoming resident elects to pay a RAD, they generally only have a period of six months to come up with the money. This increases the pressure on sellers, agents and conveyancers to efficiently bring about exchange and settlement of the property.
An Enduring Power of Attorney is a legal document under which a principal appoints an attorney (or attorneys) to make decisions on their behalf. The document is ‘enduring’ in that it continues to operate even if the principal loses decision–making capacity. In the Australian Capital Territory, an Enduring Power of Attorney typically gives an attorney broad decision–making powers, including in relation to the property and financial affairs of the principal. It is possible for a person to have a valid Enduring Power of Attorney that grants no powers in relation to property. If an attorney does have powers in relation to a principal’s property matters, these powers may be of immediate effect, or, more often, the use of the powers is conditional on the principal having lost capacity.
The first thing a real estate agent should do when approached by an attorney is request a certified copy of the Enduring Power of Attorney. The agent should then review the document and consider the following issues:
If the power is expressed to be conditional on the loss of capacity, the agent should go on to request some type of supporting evidence. Generally, a letter from the principal’s General Practitioner, treating Geriatrician, or other specialist is sufficient in this regard. Real estate agents should also be aware that where an attorney intends to act on behalf of a person who is entering into contracts for the sale, purchase or leasing of land, the Enduring Power of Attorney must be registered at the ACT Land Titles Office. All Enduring Powers of Attorney must be witnessed by a qualified witness. If you are unsure about any of the issues discussed in this article, or if you would merely like some peace of mind, it is a good idea to contact the person who witnessed the document. Often this will be the solicitor who drafted the document, and who has acted for the client previously in relation to their estate planning arrangements. It was only last week that we had a telephone call from a concerned real estate agent: “Joe Bloggs has turned up at our office waving a document and telling us to sell his mother’s house, including its contents”.
A significant percentage of elder abuse is committed by attorneys (frequently adult children) appointed under an Enduring Power of Attorney. Aside from superannuation, the family home is often a person’s most valuable asset. Both of these facts highlight the importance of communication between real estate agents and solicitors, and the value in adopting a collaborative approach. As the saying goes, it is better to be safe than sorry. There are a few simple steps real estate agents can take when instructed by attorneys to protect not only themselves, but ultimately the interests of the vulnerable property–owner.Read more
In late September, the Fair Work Commission delivered judgment in a seemingly remarkable unfair dismissal case. The employer had sought to rely on pornography found on the fired employee’s work laptop and mobile phone, discovered after termination, to justify the dismissal. While Commissioner Cambridge accepted that such actions constituted misconduct, he nevertheless concluded that a panoply of errors in the termination
process meant that they did not constitute a valid reason for dismissal. The termination was therefore harsh, unjust and unreasonable, and an award of compensation was ordered — an eye-catching result given the applicant admitted using employer provided technology to download pornography.
Croft is highly instructive, providing employment lawyers and employers alike with a range of lessons about how not to terminate employees. The dispute highlights the limitations on the ability of employers to justify
dismissals based on information acquired post-termination, while also emphasising the importance of procedural fairness, rigorous policy mechanisms and consistency in workplace decision-making. This
article will commence with an outline of Croft, before considering each topic in turn.
Mr Allan Croft was an insurance manager at a small insurance broking firm. His employment was ‘beset with difficulties from an early stage’ due to his ‘fractious’ relationship with the Directors of the employer. The employer alleged that Mr Croft was given several verbal warnings about underperformance and misconduct during his employment, but these were never particularised in written form.
In January 2016, the employer dismissed Mr Croft. Rather than terminating on the basis of underperformance or misconduct, they sought to rely upon a contractual clause which purportedly permitted termination without cause on four weeks’ notice. Mr Croft subsequently filed unfair dismissal proceedings.
In his decision, Commissioner Cambridge firstly dealt with the alleged ‘right to dismiss at will’. He held that a dismissal made without reason but solely reliant on a purported contractual right ‘would plainly subvert the statutory unfair dismissal laws, and also offend the broader common law position’. Commissioner Cambridge then considered whether Mr Croft’s accessing, downloading and storing of hard-core pornographic material on employer provided technology — the alleged misconduct discovered only after he had been dismissed — constituted a valid reason for the termination of his employment. On balance he decided — for reasons outlined below — that it did not. Accordingly, Mr Croft’s dismissal was found to be harsh, unjust and unreasonable, and $10,000 in compensation was awarded.Read more
The Australian Capital Territory (ACT), and in particular Canberra, offers an almost unrivalled standard of living and lifestyle. Its open landscape City plan facilitates ease (and speed) of travel throughout the Territory and provides generous access to restaurants, cafes, parklands and the rural hinterland making it one of the most highly rated and liveable cities in the world. Yet when you look at buying a stake in the ACT, you’ll be confronted with a somewhat different form of “land ownership” compared to that of its neighbours New South Wales and Victoria, namely leasehold. The ACT’s leasehold system applies to all land in the Territory, other than National Land. Under the leasehold system, all land is owned by the Commonwealth and leased to residents of the ACT, meaning that all commercial, residential, rural and community title land is owned and leased by the Commonwealth and managed by the ACT Government. The terms of this leasing arrangement are set out in what’s called a Crown Lease.
But the system, in practise, is not so alien. The Crown Lease sets out the terms and conditions for the “owner’s” (the “lessee”) use and occupation of the land, including the right to exclusive use and enjoyment of the land during the term of the Crown Lease. This is not so different to the manner of land use control exercised by state planning authorities, such as a “Council”. The Crown Lease however, dispenses with the often politicised approaches that can occur through “Council approval” processes.
Before entering into a “Crown lease”, there are some points to consider:
Ordinarily, the term (or length) of a Crown Lease in the ACT will be 99 years. So, although the money you’re coughing up for your house may not buy you the land, you will be buying the right to use the land for the term of the Crown Lease. For most purposes, there is no practical difference between the use of the Crown Lease in the ACT and other title systems in Australia, a Crown Lease can be sold, mortgaged or devised under a will.
Although most residential Crown Leases in the ACT are granted for a term of 99 years, the term will not be renewed upon your purchase of the Crown Lease. You will instead acquire the balance of the term of the Lease.
Upon expiry of the term of the Crown Lease, provided that the land is not required by either the Territory or the Commonwealth and the terms of the Crown Lease provide for a renewal, you may apply for a renewal of the Lease. The first renewals are approaching and there is every political and social reason to expect that these leases will be seamlessly renewed; in fact, many Crown Leases have already been renewed for valuation or sale purposes, as mortgagees often require that you apply for a renewal if the term of the Crown Lease is set to expire with 25 years.
When considering buying vacant land in the ACT, you should seek a copy of the Crown Lease as it will contain development conditions and construction timeframes. You can also check the Lease and Development Conditions Register. This will allow you to see building, lease and development conditions prepared for the blocks – the Environment and Planning Directorate must approve these conditions.
For new blocks of land, or areas that are still being developed, Crown Leases will not be issued until all necessary services, roads and other civil works around the area are completed. In this instance, you will not become the registered owner of the land until the works are complete and the Crown Lease has been granted and registered at the ACT Land Titles Office.
As you will not be the registered owner until the Crown Lease has been granted, you may find it difficult to borrow money from a bank or other financial institution, and will not be able to build on the land, until the Crown Lease is granted. In most instances, a specimen (or draft) Crown Lease will be attached to a Contract for Sale to assist you to determine what you are buying and to obtain finance (where necessary).
The rent to be paid by an owner (or lessee) under a residential Crown Lease will be 5 cents if and when demanded” (no demand has yet been made), but some, and typically commercial or rural leases have substantive land rent. Such leases are subject to payment of an annual land rent charge billed quarterly; however, lessees have the option of paying weekly, fortnightly, monthly or quarterly.
As the lessee under a Crown Lease, you can sell your interest in the Crown lease provided you have complied with all building and development conditions contained in the Crown Lease, or you must otherwise obtain consent from the relevant Minister to the sale of the land.
In short, if you are looking to buy real estate in Canberra under the modern land ownership leasehold system and get a new Crown Lease on life, consider the points above and seek advice as to your rights and obligations. If you’ve finished this article, and are still wondering about the strange land laws of the ACT, please contact the team at BAL Lawyers, as we can answer any questions you might have regarding leases in the ACT.
First published by Capital Express.Read more
The Legal Profession (Solicitors) Conduct Rules 2015 contain an express duty for solicitors with designated responsibility for a matter to exercise reasonable supervision over all employees engaged in the provision of legal services for that matter. This is a non-delegable supervisorial responsibility.
Allowing an employed solicitor, clerk,paralegal, or any other employee to have the conduct of a matter without reasonable supervision breaches that rule and, depending on the seriousness of the failure involved, may constitute unsatisfactory professional conduct or professional misconduct, especially in financial matters.
Kelly v Jowett  NSWCA 278 (4 September 2009)
This case was an appeal from a Family Provision Act matter where an employed solicitor handling the matter in the first instance had, among other things, deliberately and consistently flouted the Court’s orders and directions, and had failed to file affidavit evidence in the matter. The Court of Appeal considered whether there had been a failure by the firm to supervise the employed solicitor.
The employed solicitor signed a notice of appearance as the solicitor on record. During the conduct of the matter he failed to keep the client appraised of the progress of the matter, failed to comply with undertakings to file affidavit evidence
within defined times, gave the clients 20 minutes’ notice of a Court ordered mediation (which the client was unable to attend due to the late notice), and had failed to inform the clients of the hearing because he had told them he would be seeking an adjournment. The employed solicitor appeared at the hearing, without the clients, and gave submissions.
In short, the carriage of the matter was left entirely to the employed solicitor. The partners of the firm did not take any direct role in supervising the employed solicitor’s conduct of the matter. This remained the case even after the partners knew of the employed solicitor’s unreliability and his serial delinquency in complying with the Court’s directions. The partners told him “This file is your mess, clean it up”.
By the time of the Appeal judgment, the employed solicitor was no longer practising. Other solicitors within the firm described the employed solicitor’s conduct in intra-firm communications as “woeful”.
First published in Ethos.Read more
An employee, whether in the public or private sector, has obligations of confidentiality to their employer. The extent of these obligations varies significantly, depending on the nature of the job, the employer and the information at issue. The onus of confidentiality has a multitude of sources, arising from legislation, contract and the law of equity: this combination, it has been said, “is an unhappy mixture”.
Our starting point, as usual, is the federal Public Service Act. The Australian Public Service’s code of conduct imposes a range of requirements with relevance to confidentiality: public servants must “behave honestly and with integrity”, “act with care and diligence”, “comply with any lawful and reasonable direction” and “maintain appropriate confidentiality about dealings that the employee has with any minister or minister’s member of staff”. Similarly, federal government staff must “at all times” comply with the APS values, one of which is that “the APS demonstrates leadership, is trustworthy and acts with integrity, in all that it does”.
Beyond these legislative obligations, public servants – like ordinary employees – have duties of confidentiality arising from their employment contract. These can be express or implied. The twin implied duties of “loyalty and fidelity” and “confidence” impose requirements on employees not to misuse information gained in the course of their employment. Both duties also have alternative underpinnings in the law of equity, such that the exact shape of these confidentiality obligations is frustratingly nebulous.
This uncertainty is compounded in the public sector context because of the special nature of such employment, and a lack of judicial clarity as to whether the duties should be altered to reflect that character. As Federal Court Justice Paul Finn explained in 2003, “there is no significant Australian jurisprudence on how the duty is to be adapted to accommodate the distinctive demands of public service employment that result from the ‘special position’ [that] … public servants enjoy … This is not the place to essay the significance that ought be given to the precepts of loyalty, neutrality and impartiality which are hallmarks of a public service … My only comment would be that to consider the duty in a setting such as the present without regard to such precepts would involve a flight from reality.”
While such high-minded concepts were not at issue in the recent South Australian Industrial Relations Commission case of Kore v chief executive, Department of the Premier and Cabinet, the judgment provides an instructive example of the confidentiality obligations imposed on government employees.
In Kore, a midwife at a public Adelaide hospital, Erin Kore, sought out information about a newborn baby and then passed these details on to a personal friend, the baby’s father. While the midwife knew the mother and father were no longer in a relationship, she was apparently unaware of a past history of aggressive behaviour on the father’s part. The mother soon drew this breach of patient confidentiality to the hospital’s attention, citing safety concerns for herself and the baby, and the midwife was suspended pending an investigation into alleged breaches of South Australia’s code of Conduct equivalent.
Kore was later sacked, and brought proceedings claiming the dismissal was harsh, unjust or unreasonable. She argued there were numerous mitigating circumstances: the midwife otherwise had an exemplary record, this was a single isolated incident, she had shown contrition, cooperated and had not acted maliciously. While commission Deputy President Karen Bartel accepted many of these arguments, she ultimately denied Kore’s application: “It is with some regret that I am unable to conclude that the dismissal was harsh, unjust or unreasonable.”
Three of Bartel’s observations are noteworthy. First, the hospital asserted that Kore had no valid reason for accessing the information from the birth register, despite the fact that reviewing the register was an ordinary part of her role. Bartel wrote: “I do not accept the respondent’s view that the applicant should have skimmed past the entries for Ms H in the birth register … This criticism is not realistic … The issue is not that she became aware of the details, but that she disclosed them”.
Moreover, Bartel emphasised that the employee’s position will be a highly relevant factor. That Kore had obligations under the code of ethics for midwives in Australia and that maintaining the confidentiality of patient health information was an integral requirement of her role both weighed heavily in Bartel’s decision. “The applicant’s conduct,” Bartel wrote in her concluding remarks, “took place in the context of professional obligations upon her, which emphasise the importance of trust and confidentiality”.
Finally, consonant with Finn’s comments above, Bartel stressed the importance of context in determining the gravity of a confidentiality breach. She wrote: “The nature of public sector employment carries with it obligations which do not exist in the private sector because of the public accountability requirements of government.”
Yet the public service’s special nature cuts both ways. Public servants may have greater duties than private sector employees, but these duties are ultimately owed to the Australian people, not a particular department or manager. The necessary consequence is that there will occasionally be situations where disclosure of confidential information is in the public interest, even if – were it to take place in the private sector – it might represent a breach of confidentiality. That was not contended in Kore for obvious reasons, but such cases have arisen previously.
The law’s response to this conflict is uncertain. Finn once hinted that, in cases where the implied constitutional protection of political communication is invoked, it might not be proper for the federal government to rely on a duty of confidentiality. Elsewhere, it has been suggested that the public interest in the disclosure of “iniquity”, whether criminal, civil or political wrongdoing, “will always outweigh the public interest in the preservation of private and confidential information”.
APS employees should take due care to abide by their confidentiality duties, particularly given the unsettled legal position. As Kore shows, breaches can happen inadvertently and even when the individual believes themselves to be acting in good faith. However, confidentiality should not silence public servants when the public interest demands otherwise.
Judicial luminary Anthony Mason deserves the final word. As he explained in the High Court’s 1980 Commonwealth v John Fairfax & Sons Ltd judgment: “It is unacceptable in our democratic society that there should be a restraint on the publication of information relating to government when the only vice of that information is that it enables the public to discuss, review and criticise government action.”Read more
Despite the fact that people care more about the result of the final Saturday in September than the goings-on in Parliament, the AFL does not wield governmental power (though the AFL might wish otherwise). How then did James Hird allege that he was denied procedural fairness when the question of whether he breached the rules was determined? While those proceedings were ultimately discontinued, it raises the question of whether procedural fairness applies to private organisations.
Historically, procedural fairness has been a common law right that applied only to governmental powers that, when exercised, negatively affected the rights or interests of an individual. Where certain decisions are made, procedural fairness operates so that the decision must be reached in a fair manner.
More recently, the courts have begun to expand the role of procedural fairness and have applied it to companies and private organisations. The classic example of decisions affecting individuals is where members or employees are suspended or terminated (e.g. for supplying performance enhancing supplements).
The key procedural fairness principles to keep in mind are:
The hearing rule has an added benefit, in that it can give the decision maker advance warning of the defence to be made and highlight any weaknesses in their own case.
So why does procedural fairness apply to private organisations? For government decisions, the duty was implied into legislation, rather than expressly provided for. In much the same way, the duty arises from the rules of the particular organisation being construed on the basis that fair procedures are intended. Express words in the rules can operate to exclude the duty, but if the rules are silent it is likely that procedural fairness will apply.
It is important to remember that the critical question for procedural fairness is not whether the ultimate decision is fair; it is whether it was reached fairly. The best practice is to assume that procedural fairness will apply to decisions that negatively affect the rights or interests of an individual. You should have proper procedures in place so that decisions of this nature are made in a procedurally fair manner; if you don’t play by the rules, you may end up with a decision that does not stand.Read more
The gravity of workplace sexual harassment changed in Australia in July 2014. While at a societal level it has long been accepted that such conduct cannot be tolerated, the law lagged behind. Suing an employer for its failure to prevent sexual harassment was costly and rarely led to a sufficiently large award of damages to justify the financial and emotional expense.
That changed three years ago. The Full Court of the Federal Court’s landmark judgment in Richardson v Oracle Corporation Australia Pty Ltd significantly increased the range of damages available in sexual harassment cases. Compensation in the order of $10,000-$20,000 was suddenly replaced by $100,000 and above, jolting employers into action for fear of costly litigation and significant liability.
The result, to speak generally, has been a greater responsiveness to sexual harassment complaints, more thorough investigations and harsher sanctions (including termination) for perpetrators. For the most part, this cultural change has been rewarded. Two recent unfair dismissal cases have reasserted that serious sexual harassment warrants dismissal.
The applicant in Torres v Commissioner of Police was terminated on the grounds that he had engaged in a pattern of lewd behaviour, particularly with junior employees. His indecent conduct included serenading a colleague with a song about anal sex, bragging about his genital piercings, asking a junior employee “do you want to suck my c*ck” and making vulgar comments about female visitors.
The applicant claimed that this was all “innocent joking”, and not out of place in the particular workplace. He offered: “At work we have a culture, in the police I call you a name and you call me a name, we swear at work and everything and all that they used against me. I do swear at work but so does everybody else”. These comments fell on deaf ears, with the tribunal holding that the dismissal was fair. Neither the fact that he had never received harassment or code of conduct training nor that he was a decorated senior special constable swayed the tribunal.
In Applicant v Respondent, an airline dismissed a cabin crew supervisor after the applicant showed explicit images of a colleague to other colleagues and made inappropriate sexual comments. The cabin crew supervisor, like the police commissioner, pleaded that his actions were in keeping with the workplace culture. He argued that it was “common for there to be discussions of a sexual nature while at work”. These pleas were ignored, and the Fair Work Commission found that the employee’s dismissal was not harsh, unjust or unreasonable.
The above two cases are examples of egregious workplace conduct handled appropriately by the employers, and subsequently upheld by workplace tribunals. Read together, they strongly condemn the use of ‘workplace culture’ as an excuse for poor behaviour and support employers taking swift action in the face of blatant sexual harassment.
However, another recent Fair Work Commission decision is hard to reconcile with this trend. In Renton v Bendigo Health Care Group, Commissioner Michelle Bissett found that an employer was harsh for dismissing a nurse who had tagged two colleagues in a sexually explicit video on Facebook.
Indeed, it is difficult to understand how the actions of the airline employee or senior constable differ wildly in crudity from the behaviour of the nurse in this case. The applicant had shared a video of an obese woman in her underwear ‘dropping’ her stomach onto a man’s back. He captioned this video “[Colleague 1] getting slammed by [Colleague 2] at work yesterday”. The nurse also left tissues and ‘blobs’ of white sorbolene cream on the desk of one of the colleagues tagged in the video, to make it appear — so the employer alleged — that the colleague had been masturb*ting.
The commissioner was initially sympathetic to the hospital, noting that the matter required a “swift and strong response”. Yet given the Facebook incident was a “one-off” and that previous “jokes” along the same theme as the sorbolene cream incident had not given rise to a reprimand, the dismissal was deemed harsh and an order for compensation made.
How are employers to proceed in the face of such contradictory decisions? Notwithstanding Bendigo Health Care, it would be advisable to err on the side of caution. That case seemingly represents an outlier, rather than the rule.
APS departments should adopt a two-pronged approach. HR professionals should ensure strict adherence to the procedures and processes created by the relevant policies, which are designed in accordance with the APS Code of Conduct. At the same time, actions taken should be proportionate and those involved must be afforded procedural fairness. While the administrative apparatus that accompanies Code of Conduct investigation in the APS should, in theory, ensure proportionality and procedural fairness, we see too often that this is not the case.
Sexual harassment is serious issue. Following Richardson, employers — whether public or private — are on notice that such conduct cannot be tolerated, and that the onus is on them to prevent its occurrence in the workplace. Employers must tread carefully when navigating the sexual harassment minefield.Read more
A recent study by the Australian Bureau of Statistics found that approximately 71% of Australians primarily use vehicles to commute and 88% use a car to get to places other than work. Unfortunately, as many as two-thirds of new car buyers have experienced problems with their vehicles in the first 5 years of use. What happens when your hard-earned car is a lemon?
In Australia, consumers are protected by the Australian Consumer Law, contained in the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (formerly known as the Trade Practices Act 1974), which provides a number of guarantees, including guarantees as to:
These guarantees are implied by law into all purchase agreements for goods priced under $40,000 or acquired for personal, domestic or household use. This includes cars purchased for personal or family use. Whether under warranty or not, cars must comply with certain standards so as not to breach the guarantees. The above two guarantees are explored further below.
“Acceptable quality” means that goods must be safe and free from defects, amongst other things. This encompasses a range of potential problems that could occur with a car, from engine issues to more minor concerns such as appearance. However, this guarantee does not cover defects which the consumer knew about prior to purchase or damage due to abnormal use.
The guarantee as to fitness for any disclosed purpose means that goods will be reasonably fit for:
This provides another, more specialized, layer of protection in addition to the guarantee as to acceptable quality. For example, a car acquired from the dealer for regular family camping trips should be able to handle off-road terrain; the sale of a car which cannot could be in breach of the Australian Consumer Law, despite the car being otherwise in good working order.
Where a guarantee has been breached, the failure to comply with the Australian Consumer Law can be classified as either a major or a minor failure. The remedies available to the buyer differ according to this classification. Whether a failure is major or minor will depend on the circumstances; however, a major failure occurs where:
Cars that undergo multiple repairs may indicate that there has been a major failure to comply with consumer guarantees.
Remedies available include requiring the supplier of the car to remedy the failure (if minor) or rejection of the car, with a corresponding right to compensation. Consumers may also recover damages for any reasonably foreseeable loss or damage suffered by reason of the failure.
So what can you do if you suspect your car is a lemon?
Often these matters are resolved in the early stages without recourse to litigation, but sometimes something more is required to get the solution you need. If you are experiencing difficulties or the manufacturer or dealer is dragging the chain in fixing your car, let us know if you need help. If life gives you a lemon, there are protections available – so don’t settle for lemonade.Read more
In a decision handed down by Moore J on 2 February 2017, the Land and Environment Court has held that the amalgamation of two Councils effectively put an end to a criminal prosecution brought by the EPA for an environmental offence committed by one of the Councils prior to the amalgamation.
The EPA had commenced criminal proceedings against the former Wellington Shire Council on 21 April 2015 for an offence of “causing water pollution” in breach of s.120 of the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997. The old Council entered a plea of guilty to the charge but a sentencing hearing for the offence had not been held when, on 12 May 2016, the Local Government (Council Amalgamations) Proclamation 2016 was made. That Proclamation dissolved both the old Council and the former Dubbo City Council and constituted a new Council now known as Dubbo Regional Council.
The Proclamation contained a number of provisions to give effect to the amalgamation, including provisions transferring a range of staffing, financial and legal responsibilities to the new Council. One of those provisions expressly provided that any proceedings relating to the assets, rights or liabilities commenced against one of the old Councils and pending immediately prior to the amalgamation were to be taken to be proceedings pending against the new Council.
Following the amalgamation, the new Council applied to strike out the EPA prosecution. The Council’s position was that clear words would be required in the Proclamation to result in the criminal liability of a former Council being transferred to the new Council. It argued that, in the absence of express statutory provision and clear language, it was ‘inconceivable’ that a legal person not in existence at the time of the alleged offence, could be found to be criminally liable for an offence alleged to have been committed by another person.
The Court accepted the Council’s argument, holding that clear and express language would be necessary to have the effect that criminal proceedings commenced against a former Council could be continued against the new Council. The Proclamation transferring assets and liabilities to the new Council should therefore be taken to have transferred only civil liabilities, not criminal ones.
A second Proclamation was made on 9 September 2016, the Local Government (Bayside) Proclamation 2016. Although the primary purpose of this Proclamation was to dissolve the former Councils of Rockdale and Botany Bay, it also contained a number of amendments to the first Proclamation. One of those amendments was a new provision that expressly transferred criminal liability from dissolved Councils to newly constituted Councils.
Section 736 of the Local Government Act 1993 permits the amendment of a Proclamation by the Governor but expressly provides that, except with the consent of the relevant Council, such an amendment is not to affect anything done before the publication of the Proclamation. The Court found that these provisions meant that the second Proclamation could not have the effect of transferring criminal liability to the new Council unless the new Council had agreed to that occurring, which it had not.
In those circumstances, the Court struck out the prosecution that had been brought against the former Wellington Shire Council by the EPA and the Council was effectively given a ‘get out of jail free’ card.
If you have any questions about Local Government Law, or about the proceedings above, please contact Alan Bradbury.Read more
In a decision handed down on 6 February 2017 the NSW Court of Appeal found that the lessor of goods had failed to perfect their security interest in circumstances where the PPSA applied and, as a result, lost title to $US44 million worth of equipment.
Under the PPSA if a person supplies goods on credit or leases goods then they can (and should) register a ‘security interest’ to protect their ownership of the goods until either (1) the goods are fully paid for or (2) the lease comes to an end and the goods returned. Registering a security interest on the Personal Property Securities Register ‘perfects’ their rights and puts the world on notice that it claims an interest in the goods. The PPSA is about registration; it is no longer about ownership rights.
In this case, on 5 March 2013 General Electric International Inc (GE) agreed to lease four mobile electricity generating gas turbines to Forge Group Power Pty Ltd (Forge Power) for two years. The turbines were delivered and installed to a temporary power station. GE sold part of its leasing business to Power Rental Op Co Australia (Power Rental) and took ownership of the turbines in October 2013, even though the turbines were physically at the Forge Power site.
As luck would have it, voluntary administrators were appointed to Forge Power on 11 February 2014.
Under the PPSA unless you have a perfected security interest, when an administrator is appointed title in goods that are leased by the company can vest in the administrator. At no point did GE or Power Rental register on the PPSR, even though they had approximately 344 days between the start of the lease and the date of the administration to do so.
The administrators claimed that because there was no perfected security interest, and the lease of the equipment was a ‘PPS Lease’ they now owned the turbines (worth approximately US$44 million). In order to get their turbines back Power Rental argued that because the turbines had been fixed to the land, they were not ‘personal property’ and the PPSA did not apply to them.
The Court of Appeal held that the turbines did not become ‘fixtures’ to the land. As the turbines were not ‘fixtures’ the PPSA did apply, the lease of the turbines was a PPS Lease and should have been registered. As neither GE nor Power Rental registered or perfected their security interest, they lost title to the turbines.
If you supply goods on credit or you lease or hire goods then you can (and should) register a security interest – don’t assume you are protected.
If you have any questions regarding the PPSA or the PPSR, contact Katie Innes.Read more
Allegations of misbehaviour must be handled with great care, as a recent case shows. Serious misconduct in the workplace is no laughing matter. It takes effort, though, to suppress a chuckle when reading the recent Fair Work Commission case of Walia v Citywide Service Solutions. Notwithstanding its private sector context, Walia offers a reminder about the care needed when managing code of conduct allegations and provides a timely opportunity to revisit the Australian Public Service’s misconduct process.
The applicant in Walia was employed by Citywide as a garbage-truck driver, operating in the Melbourne CBD. In June 2016, Bobby Walia was midway through a 10-hour shift when a City of Melbourne inspector spotted him urinating in a laneway. The inspector issued Walia with an infringement notice for public urination.
Walia notified his employer of the incident, who were understandably concerned. Walia said he had urgently needed to urinate but found it difficult to park his garbage truck near a public toilet. Citywide determined that, as Walia’s actions were against the law and had the potential to cause reputational damage to Citywide, it would terminate his employment for serious misconduct. Walia promptly sought unfair-dismissal relief.
Commissioner Michelle Bissett began her consideration of the dispute by observing: “There have been many (perhaps too many) decisions of the commission where an employee has had his employment terminated for urinating other than in the toilet.” She held that, while Citywide had a valid justification – “[Walia] provided no cogent reason why he did not stop to go to the toilet before it became urgent” – the dismissal was nevertheless harsh. Termination was “disproportionate to the gravity of the misconduct”, especially given that Walia had immediately self-reported and shown contrition, and that termination would also have an inordinate adverse impact on him. Accordingly, Bissett ordered Walia’s reinstatement.
Had the applicant in Walia been a federal public servant, his misconduct would have been dealt with under the APS code of conduct and the relevant agency guidelines. I have dealt with the minutiae of code disciplinary investigation on many occasions before, and don’t propose to do so again here. The Public Service Commission’s 2015 Handling Misconduct: A Human Resource Manager’s Guide and the Australian Government Solicitor’s 2014 Misconduct in the Australian Public Service legal briefing are both good starting points.
The key takeaway point from Walia, though, is that conduct considered by the employer to constitute serious misconduct does not axiomatically justify termination. While the label “serious misconduct” is often used in the APS context, it must be noted that the term does not appear in the Public Service Act. Notwithstanding the concept’s origins in the common law – and it is well accepted that, absent a legislative framework, an employer can summarily dismiss an employee for a single act of “serious misconduct” where it is fundamentally inconsistent with the continuation of the employment contract – termination on such a basis could still fall foul of the unfair-dismissal protections.
Moreover, it should always be borne in mind that the APS misconduct regime is protective rather than punitive. Sanctioning public servants can only be done to protect the public, maintain proper standards of conduct within the APS and uphold the service’s reputation. Too often, this protective purpose is forgotten in a rush to punish misbehaviour. In the Walia case, the incident occurred in sight of an apartment block, giving rise to a reputational hazard. However, had Walia’s public servant equivalent urinated out of sight behind a corner, imposing anything more than a reprimand would be questionable.
There is, though, one notable exception that deserves consideration. Employees at the Australian Criminal Intelligence Commission, Australian Federal Police and Australian Border Force are all subject to a peculiar provision in their respective originating legislation. Where the agency head reasonably believes that the conduct of a terminated employee amounted to serious misconduct, and this conduct had or is likely to have a damaging effect on the agency’s reputation or staff morale, they can make a declaration. This declaration precludes the Fair Work Act from applying to the termination, such that the terminated employee can’t lodge an unfair dismissal claim or demand payment in lieu of notice.
While the specialised nature of the Australian Criminal Intelligence Commission or the AFP may justify this limitation, its introduction in the Australian Border Force Act means thousands of public servants are now at risk of losing their right to challenge a termination. The explanatory memorandum’s justification was hardly persuasive: … in instances of serious misconduct … the application of the Fair Work Act can impact on the ability of the secretary to both quickly and decisively remove an APS employee … For example, a review of the dismissal that results in the person having to be reinstated may send a mixed signal to the community or the workforce about the tolerance of serious misconduct within the department.
The latter proposition borders on the absurd: an employee would only be reinstated should the commission determine they had not committed the misconduct, or there were compelling mitigating circumstances that make the termination “harsh”. Suggesting this eventuality would be destructive of public confidence in the Border Force is tantamount to arguing that appeal rights in criminal cases should be removed because an overturned conviction undermines faith in the prosecutor’s office.
Thankfully, terminated Border Force staff who are subject to such a declaration can still challenge the misconduct finding (and, indeed, the declaration itself) via judicial review. Nevertheless, this development is deeply troubling, and unlikely to lessen red tape for affected employees – or the public service generally – in resolving nasty workplace disputes.
Managing misconduct is rarely easy, and often reasonable minds will differ on the appropriate response to misbehaviour in the workplace. To some, the decision in Walia might be “taking the piss” and offer yet another example of the Fair Work Commission’s employee-friendly nature; to others, Citywide’s initial handling of the incident would be considered grossly excessive and the ultimate outcome entirely just. For those managing misconduct in the APS, adopting a proportionate and procedurally fair approach should prevent headline-grabbing outcomes like that in Walia.
Does your home and contents insurance policy provide liability cover if you cause injury or death to another person in an accident?
Though most Australians insure their homes, more than one-third do not insure their contents. Contents insurance covers the financial cost of repairing or replacing your household personal possessions and furnishings such as curtains, furniture, white goods, stereo, TV, computers and other electrical appliances, clothing, jewellery, sporting equipment and even toys.
It is important to check that the home and contents insurance includes liability cover to protect against financial loss if your actions or your negligence is found to cause a person to be injured or killed.
The insurance should cover two key financial risks. One is the compensation that you may be ordered to pay the injured party, plus their legal costs if a claim against you is upheld. The second is the legal cost of defending a claim. Ordinarily the level of coverage for all claims from any one incident under contents legal liability cover should be at least $10 million including all associated legal costs. Some policies will provide coverage of up to $30 million for public liability.
The importance of checking your home and contents insurance cover was recently highlighted when the ACT Supreme Court ordered a cyclist to pay nearly $1.7 million in damages to a fellow cyclist who was knocked off his bike and hit by a car when the cyclists side by side collided on their way home from work.
At the time, the cyclists were riding on a major road in a designated cycling lane after dark. The wheel of the offending cyclist struck a wooden stake lying on the cycle-way. The accident occurred during the evening peak hour in winter when there was adequate lighting; which the court found would have allowed the offending cyclist to see the wooden stake. The primary judge found that the offending cyclist should have seen the wooden stake in adequate time to take evasive action had he been keeping a proper look out for objects on the cycle-way.
The offending cyclist appealed the decision that he had breached his duty of care and caused injury and financial loss to his fellow cyclist on the grounds that the findings against him were based on inadequate evidence about flawed lighting, and that expert evidence was required to show that he failed to exercise reasonable care. He also argued the primary judge did not properly explain his reasons for finding the accident was avoidable. The ACT Court of Appeal found that none of the challenges to the primary judge’s findings were supported by the evidence. Special leave to appeal to the High Court was refused.
The subsequent publicity surrounding the case, as it was widely reported in the Canberra media, resulted in an increase in the membership of the local cycling group Pedal Power ACT which automatically provides insurance coverage for its members.
Fortunately, the negligent cyclist had insurance protection under his general home and contents insurance policy which provided liability cover for his fellow cyclist’s injuries. Certainly, cyclists should have insurance protection against liability to others, in their own interest as much as for the victims of anyone they negligently injure. Whilst this may be a benefit of membership of a local cyclist organisation, it is prudent to check whether this coverage exists as part of a home and contents insurance policy.Read more
“Sunlight,” eminent American judge Louis Brandeis once mused, “is said to be the best of disinfectants.” Yet while transparency is now a popular political buzzword, Australia remains an unfriendly place for those who dare to let the light shine on corruption and maladministration. The words of former NSW police commissioner Tony Lauer – that “nobody in Australia much likes whistleblowers” – continue to ring true.
While the enactment of the federal Public Interest Disclosure Act in 2013 introduced long overdue protections for public sector whistleblowers, complementing a patchwork of similar legislation at state-level, this reform has been largely ineffectual. The absence of a comprehensive whistleblower scheme in the private sector only exacerbates a prevailing atmosphere of hostility towards those who report governmental or corporate wrongdoing.
Unlike some jurisdictions where whistleblowers are adequately protected from retaliation, able to seek financial rewards and even empowered to initiate lawsuits when regulators fail to act, whistleblowers in Australia face severe personal and professional consequences. A Fairfax headline last year said it all: “Americans pay millions to whistleblower at BHP; we hound them out of their jobs”.
Political developments last November provide hope that change could be imminent. The Derryn Hinch and Nick Xenophon cross-bench deal to pass the government’s union regulation legislation came in return for strong protections for union whistleblowers, and the promise that similar laws will be introduced in other sectors. A parliamentary inquiry will report by June, with the objective of implementing “an equal or better whistleblower protection and compensation regime in the corporate and public sectors” by mid-2018. It has even been suggested that an American-style system of bounties or financial rewards for information could be established.
Long-time observers of whistleblower protection laws in this country will not hold their breath. The federal Public Interest Disclosure Act, which although flawed represents a consideration step forward, took two decades, six parliamentary committees and three unsuccessful bills before finally being passed in 2013. Nevertheless, the prospect of improved whistleblower protections for public servants and the introduction of a private sector equivalent is enticing.Read more
The Bradley Allen Love law firm in Civic could almost be mistaken for an art gallery. As a supporter of the arts for over a decade, lawyer and EASS Patron Keith Bradley AM has a collection that overflows from the office to his home, then into his family’s homes.
“I’ve been collecting for about 12 to 15 years, and I own works across the broad spectrum of photography, glass, woodwork, painting, and sculpture. I find it very enjoyable”, he says.
Works by graduates Sally O’Callaghan, Joel Arthur, Yioryios Papayioryiou and Sara Freeman adorn the office and board room walls, and that’s only what’s on view at work.
“Our home in Fadden is over run with art. The walls are full so I’ve had to move out into the gardens. I’ve got ceramic tiles by Oscar Blyth going up the front of my house, overlooking the Brindabella Valley.”
Buying art for living spaces is something Bradley is particularly passionate about.
“I think it’s sad when people spend an awful lot of money on their houses but don’t have the daring or the bravery or the inventiveness to buy something that expresses their personality, or something that’s a bit quirky, or interesting or beautiful”, he says.
“The only trouble is with all this art you feel you never want to move from the house! It’s all too entrenched. But I get a great deal of fun and satisfaction out of it.”
He also likes to meet artists whose works he buys, and have them over to view the work in its new home.
“The University medalist from last year, glass artist Hannah Gason, came over with her husband to install her lovely piece on the wall.”
Asked what will happen when he runs out of space, Bradley paused, then admitted “that’s a problem, yes.”
But he’s tackled that issue so far by assisting his family to also acquire art. “My most recent purchase from this year’s graduating exhibition was three very beautiful photographs by Monica Styles. They’re going to go into my daughter’s new place in Campbell, and I think they’ll look very snappy in a modern apartment.”
“The other item I bought is a bit law related – we’ve got a commercial conveyancing department here in our law firm and there’s a terrific collage by Emma Holland that will suit that space.”
While Bradley loves buying art for the office, he doesn’t do it alone, but with help from business partner Bill McCarthy who is on several of the arts boards in the ACT.
“He’s a wonderful collector with a very good eye and he enlivens the walls of our office with a lot of the art that he buys”, Bradley says. “But I concentrate on art from ANU School of Art, which I love to support.”
The Personal Property Securities Act (PPSA for short) and the Personal Property Securities Register (PPSR) came into effect nearly five years ago, yet some businesses have never heard of these terms. Regardless of the size or type of your business, the PPSA is likely to affect you.
So what is a “security interest”? A security interest acts like a charge or mortgage over personal property that secures a payment. It allows a supplier to retake possession of the goods it supplied if the customer fails to pay their debts. By registering their interest on the PPSR, the supplier is making sure that their rights are enforceable. To help explain how securities interests and the PPSR may affect you, here is a tale based on a true story but for educational purposes only of course.
Seem complicated? It can be; which is why you need to understand your rights to protect your goods.
This case was determined largely in favour of the customer; but it shows the range of outcomes that can occur when you do (and do not) register your security interests. If you supply goods on credit then make sure your contracts specify what the buyer can do with those goods, whether you can register a security interest and if you do have that right, make sure to register it. Otherwise you too might miss out on reclaiming your goods.
 Warehouse Sales Pty Ltd (in Liq) & Lewis and Templeton v LG Electronics Australia Pty Ltd & Ors  VSC 644
A registration on the PPSR means that if your customer doesn’t pay, or goes broke, you are in the best position to get your goods, or their value, back. If you do have any registrations that transferred across to the PPSR when it started in 2012 and you haven’t taken any action, your registration may no longer ensure your interests are protected.
When the PPSR was established, it replaced over 30 registers (which recorded “security interests” in all types of personal properties). Registrations were automatically moved across to the PPSR on 30 January 2012. Many of these registrations migrated with missing or incomplete fields. The PPSA, provided a grace period, allowing the creditors/secured parties time to fix and update these migrated registrations.
However, this period is coming to an end on 31 January 2017 for registrations that were migrated without an end date.
The PPSA is about registration; it is no longer about ownership rights. If you had (and continue to have) a relationship with a customer or supplier where, prior to 2012, you held a charge over goods (cars, stock, crops etc) and have done nothing about it recently, we strongly recommend you search the PPSR now. If your charge migrated across to the PPSR and has not been claimed or amended, your rights may be ineffective and you may lose rights to recover the goods.
If you need assistance searching the PPSR please contact Katie Innes.
As you are aware, under the Agents Act 2003 (ACT) (“the Act”), a Licensed Agent commits an offence if they deal with Trust money otherwise than as directed by the person for whom the money is held. The maximum penalty being $15,000 for individuals and $75,000 for a corporation. Records must be kept stating the material details of every transaction the Agent conducts.
Failure to comply with the record keeping requirements may result in a maximum penalty of $7,500 for individuals and $37,500 for a corporation. In addition to monetary fines, the Agent, who will also be in breach of the rules of conduct, may have their licence cancelled or suspended.
Agents are at risk of breaching their Trust account requirements if they disburse money contrary to the directions of the parties. If the parties cannot agree on the distribution of the funds, to ensure compliance with the Act, an Agent must hold the funds until agreement is made or court proceedings are commenced. If court proceedings are commenced, the money may be paid into the court, to be held until a decision is made. If court proceedings are not commenced by the parties, one option the Agent may consider is to make its own originating application to the court as a third party under rule 35(1)(a) of the Court Procedure Rules 2006 (ACT). The originating application would be a request to pay the disputed Trust monies to the court where they would be held until the dispute is resolved between the Seller and the Buyer.
If you consider that there may be a dispute in relation to the money you hold in Trust, keep the lines of communication open. If the Contract is subsequently terminated and the parties cannot agree on how it is to be disbursed, a letter to both advising that you may seek the assistance of the courts may be enough to push the parties to come to an agreement. Until you receive written confirmation from both parties that convey the same instructions, do not disburse the Trust monies. Seek legal advice if you consider the dispute is likely to require court assistance or if you are not certain what to do.
First published in REIACT newsletter. Full article available for download here.Read more
A quick guide to The Cans, the Can’ts, the Whats, and the Hows of Delegation AND Sub-delegating Council Functions under Legislation and the Common Law
Chapter 12, Part 3 of the Local Government Act 1993 (NSW) (‘LGA’) governs the power of Councils to delegate their functions.
Principally, section 377 of the LGA affords Councils the power to delegate certain functions to general managers or to other persons or bodies (other than directly to other Council staff).
The statutory regime is designed to facilitate delegations of authority, in recognition of the important functions delegates play in maintaining the effective and efficient governance of Councils. However, the scope of the power to delegate is not without restrictions and Councils need to be aware of the legislative and common law principles governing delegations.
Section 377 of the LGA provides that Council functions can be delegated to general managers and to other persons or bodies. However, the Council cannot delegate directly to an employee of the council other than the general manager.
Section 49 of the Interpretation Act 1987 (NSW) provides some further guidance:
A function can only be delegated to an office or position that is in existence at the time that the delegation is made: Australian Chemical Refiners Pty Ltd v Bradwell (1986) 10 ALN at N96.
Section 377 of the LGA requires delegations to the general manager to be made by Council resolution.
Section 49(2)(b) of the Interpretation Act requires delegations be in writing or evidenced in writing.
Delegations can be general or limited: section 49(2)(a) of the Interpretation Act. Where a function may be exercised in relation to a number of different matters or classes of matters, the delegation may be restricted to only certain matters or classes of matters.
The delegation may be made subject to conditions: section 49(3) of the Interpretation Act. Any conditions restricting the exercise of the delegation must be satisfied for the exercise of the delegation to be valid: Aldous v Greater Taree City Council  NSWLEC 17.
A delegation can cover a wide range of functions. Additionally, section 378 of the LGA gives a general manager the power to delegate any of his functions, including functions that have been delegated to him by the Council.
The delegation of a function includes the power to exercise any other function that is incidental to the delegated function: Interpretation Act, section 49(4).
Where the exercise of a statutory function requires the formation of an opinion, belief, or state of mind, when the function is delegated it is the opinion, belief or state of mind of the delegate and not the primary decision maker that controls the exercise of the function: Interpretation Act, section 49(7).
Even where a function has been delegated, the primary decision maker (the Council or general manager) may still exercise the function at any time prior to its exercise by the delegate: Interpretation Act, section 49(9).
Some functions must be exercised by the Council itself and cannot be delegated. The Council’s non-delegable functions are set out in section 377(1)(a)-(u) of the LGA and include (but are not limited to):
A Council is precluded from delegating a function that is specifically required by any legislation to be exercised by resolution of the Council: section 377(1)(u) of the LGA.
A Council and a general manager are precluded from delegating their power of delegation: sections 377(1)(t) and 387(1) of the LGA.
Where the exercise of discretion is involved in the exercise of a Council function, the function cannot be delegated in a way that requires the discretion to be exercised in a specific way. For example, section 80 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) confers power on the council to determine whether to grant consent to a development application. The function conferred involves the exercise of discretion as to whether or not to approve the application unconditionally, to approve it subject to conditions, or to refuse it. The Council cannot delegate the power to approve a development application without also delegating the power to approve it subject to conditions or to refuse it: Belmorgan Property Development Pty Ltd v GPT Re Ltd & Anor  NSWCA 171.
A Council is also obliged to review all of its delegations within the first 12 months of each term of office: section 380 of the LGA.
NB: this is a ‘guide’ only. The legal principles discussed about are intended to provide a general overview of the legal principles applicable to the delegation of Council functions. It is not exhaustive and does not constitute legal advice. Should any questions or issues arise regarding delegation please feel free to contact BAL Lawyers on (02) 6274 0999 or seek alternative legal advice.
Hamlet was fortunate not to be an employment lawyer or human resources professional. Following a recent Queensland case, the question of whether or not to investigate employee misconduct is more vexed than ever.
Public and private sector employers now find themselves walking a tightrope where a misstep in either direction can lead to litigation and liability.
In late September, the Queensland Industrial Relations Commission delivered judgment in East Coast Pipeline Pty Ltd v Workers’ Compensation Regulator. The case involved a workplace investigation into complaints of sexual harassment and bullying. The accused employee allegedly told a colleague that “flavoured condoms were on sale, and that maybe that would give her something to do in the lunch break”, suggested that his colleague was a lesbian because she received flowers from a female friend, made lewd comments about her skirt, and demeaned and swore at other colleagues.
Upon hearing these allegations, the employer initiated a formal investigation into the employee’s behaviour. The employer requested the complainants make their complaints formal, conducted interviews, kept meticulous records, required all participants to sign and endorse interview minutes, suspended the accused employee and sent home the complainants.
To most, the approach adopted by the employer in this case is uncontroversial. Bullying and sexual harassment are serious matters. Employers can be vicariously liable for the sexual harassment of an employee, and the potential for substantial awards of compensation has increased dramatically following the landmark 2014 case of Oracle v Richardson. Being complacent to sexual harassment in the workplace is now a potentially expensive exercise, and for some the decisive action of East Coast Pipelines may resemble best practice.
However, in the present case, the employee under investigation subsequently lodged a workers’ compensation application, claiming that the unreasonable actions of his employer were major contributing factors to a psychological injury he suffered. Despite his employer mounting a vigorous defence, the claim was accepted by WorkCover and then upheld by the Industrial Relations Commission. Both found that East Coast Pipelines had contributed to the employee’s mental health injury by proceeding straight to a formal investigation, and that the employer’s approach did not constitute reasonable management action. Read More.Read more
Since formalising our 12-month health and well being plan with Healthier Work ACT, BAL has already seen improved employee engagement and enthusiasm about participating.
The Directors recognise the correlation between health and well being and productivity, and are proud of BAL’s focus on the program.
To take care of our staff and look after their well being, our team along with the staff at Healthier Work ACT developed the BAL Health and Well being 12 month Plan. Each year it is renewed and refreshed with new activities, initiatives and a different charity to support. Our health and well being plan is broken up into four sections, aligned with the seasons, to address four aspects of health and well being; to help reduce stress, minimise absenteeism and promote well being.
More importantly, it is raising awareness of the high rates of stress and depression that historically affect the legal profession and that the additional vitamin D and exercise obtained through our program may go some way to alleviate this for staff. The end goal is to ensure that all employees are in a happy and supportive workplace with healthy work strategies with both a mental and physical benefit.
Healthier Work has developed the Healthier Work Recognition Scheme, to acknowledge and reward Canberra businesses who are committed to the workplace health and well being journey.
Now in our second year of the ACT Government program, we are very excited to have received our silver status this year.
Our Healthier Work ACT case study is available here.Read more
Workplace drug tests are now commonly conducted across a number of industries. Lately, there has been talk of implementing workplace drug testing programs among all employees of the Australian Public Service.
Melbourne radio station, 3AW spoke with legal director, John Wilson on Drug Testing Employees:
If you are having trouble with drug testing in the workplace, call the BAL employment team on 6274 0999 or contact us.Read more
From 12 November 2016 amendments to the Competition & Consumer Act (2010) (Cth) will take effect which mean that small businesses will now be considered ‘consumers’ and have the benefit of the unfair contract terms regime. Small businesses will be able to seek relief from the Courts to strike out any terms in their “standard form contracts” which are “unfair”.
The regime doesn’t apply to all contracts; contracts must be ‘standard form contracts’ entered into on or after 1 July 2010 and constitutions of companies, managed investment schemes and other similar bodies are excluded from the regime. However, the regime may apply to certain commercial leases and licences of land.
If you haven’t already, we recommend that you review your current contracts (including leases) to determine whether this regime applies to you, to identify any potentially “unfair” clauses and enforcement issues.
For more detail about how the amendments will apply, please visit our website here.
If you would like us to review your existing contracts, please contact Katie Innes.Read more
The 2016 Doyles Guide listing of leading Canberra Wills & Estates Litigation Lawyers has just been released and details solicitors and law firms practising within the areas of Wills & Estates Litigation, Disputes and Contested matters in the ACT legal market who have been identified by their peers for their expertise and abilities in these areas.
BAL Lawyers has been listed as a First Tier Firm in the category of Leading Wills & Estates Litigation Law Firms – Canberra, which is the highest category available in this section. Full Listing Here.
An additional Congratulations to Keith, who this year has been listed as a Leading Wills & Estates Litigation Lawyer – Canberra, 2016. Keith’s ability to empathise and identify with clients’ particular needs sets him apart from others in this practice area. Keith has been listed in the Preeminent section, which is the highest category available to practitioners. Full Listing Here.
Our Estates Lawyers take a holistic approach to estate planning, considering your broader personal, family and financial circumstances to ensure your wealth is passed onto the people you wish to benefit in an efficient and tax-effective way. If we can assist you with a making a will, appointing a power of attorney, estate litigation or helping you set up a business succession plan, please contact us.
Bradley Allen Love are a proud partner of Will It Your Way and are committed to providing young and mature Australians to obtain a legally binding Will and Estate Plan.Read more
When it comes to a company, the corporate “constitution” is often assumed to be the most important document when it comes to governing its day-to-day affairs and operations. In reality, there are a range of issues which are not covered by a constitution and implementing a Shareholders Agreement can be key; giving certainty and clarifying shareholder “rights”, expectations and procedures. These become particularly useful in the event of a dispute or relationship breakdown. Shareholders Agreements cannot remove a shareholder’s statutory rights.
Consider the following issues which can be covered in your Shareholders Agreement:
The risk in not having a Shareholders Agreement is that a dispute or stalemate between the decision makers could jeopardise the operation of the business or payment of creditors, leading to a deterioration of the business’ good will and value. Absent a predetermined resolution process, the only way to resolve a dispute may be litigation, which in turn can lead to the winding up the company by the Courts.
Ideally, your Shareholders Agreement can be drafted and filed away, never needed because the business and the parties are working well together. If, however, you ever get caught up in a dispute, you’ll be glad you’ve got a safety mechanism in place.
First Published in B2B Magazine, available here.Read more
On October 18, 24 teams from Canberra businesses came together for an evening of Sweatworking to raise money – each team registering with a minimum $250 donation to Global School Partners.
The fifth annual Sweatworking® event saw the teams rotate through 10 stations completing a variety of exercises including the gruelling burpee and jump!
After the 10 rounds were completed, there was a quick break for a sausage sizzle and some networking, before the finals began.
The teams that made it to the finals we Much more than Money, EY, Netier and BAL Lawyers.
The finals were close, but Much more than Money couldn’t be rivalled. A huge congratulations to the Winning Team from Much more than Money – “Much More than athletes” – who proudly took home the champions cup.
Sweatworking® is an annual networking event organised by Bradley Allen Love Lawyers which pits teams from a variety of Canberra organisations against each other in a physical challenge.
Bradley Allen Love created the annual Sweatworking® challenge to facilitate being able to network and staying active at the same time.
It’s an event that focuses on health and fitness and most importantly friendly competition. It’s the Bradley Allen Love way to network – fresh, exciting and innovative.” Sweatworking® is not only a fantastic fundraiser assisting the wider community, but participants also benefit from the experience of exercising in a challenging outdoor environment. “The correlation between physical and mental health cannot be underestimated.
We are excited about our partnership with Global School Partners, raising funds to assist them in the vital role they play in our community
Thank you to everyone for participating in our Sweatworking event last night. We cannot thank everyone enough for the donations that totalled $6,500! We were very proud to hand over the cheque to Simon Carroll, CEO of Global School Partners.
The list of organisations that participated in Sweatworking®2016 and donated are;
|Addvantage Accountants||Global School Partners|
|SPA Accounting||MUCH Pty Ltd|
|DUO||Ernst & Young|
|Southlands Capital Chemist||Trilogy|
Looking Forwards to seeing you all for Sweatworking 2017!
Sweatworking 2016 brings together Corporates from across the region to push their athletic prowess to the limit tomorrow with Global School Partners set to reap the benefits of an evening spent Sweatworking®.
Sweatworking® is an annual networking event organised by Bradley Allen Love Lawyers (BAL) which pits teams from a variety of Canberra organisations against each other in a physical challenge, each team registering with a minimum $250 donation to Global School Partners.
Now in its fifth year, Sweatworking 2016 will see 25 teams of four; rotate through 10 stations completing a variety of exercises in the bid to take out the Champions Cup, awarded to the team with the most points at the end of the event.
BAL Lawyers created the annual Sweatworking® challenge to facilitate being able to network and staying active at the same time.
Sweatworking 2016 compliments the work ethic and philosophies of staff at BAL Lawyers while raising funds for a different charity each year.
It’s an event that focuses on health and fitness and most importantly friendly competition. It’s the BAL Lawyers way to network – fresh, exciting and innovative.
We are excited about our partnership with Global School Partners, raising funds to assist them in the vital role they play in our community.
Sweatworking 2016 will commence at 6:00pm (sharp), Tuesday 18 October at the AIS Outdoor Synthetic Oval.
The list of organisations participating in Sweatworking®2016 and donating are;
|Addvantage Accountants||Global School Partners|
|BAL Lawyers||MUCH Pty Ltd|
|DUO||Ernst & Young|
|Southlands Capital Chemist||Netier|
Media and spectators are welcome to attend this event to encourage their friends or colleagues. Participants will enjoy a BBQ and refreshments at the conclusion of the event.Read more
It is not uncommon, in claims seeking monies owed under services contracts, for plaintiffs to plead an alternative cause of action in quantum meruit (Latin for ‘what one has earned’). In doing so, the litigant is essentially saying: ‘even if there is some defect in the contract on which I rely, I have nevertheless performed services at your request, and it is not fair that you benefit from my services without paying me for them.’ In principle, this is not an altogether unreasonable fall-back position. But what if it is your only position? What if youhave not taken steps to formalise your expectations for payment through a written contract? How are you going to prove what the value of your services amounts to? The recent ACT Supreme Court case of Beagle v ACT & Southern NSW Rugby Union Limited  ACTSC 71, in which the ACT Brumbies successfully defended a quantum meruit claim, considered these issues.
Mr Beagle – a retired gaming industry consultant – approached the ACT Brumbies in December 2014, at a time when the organisation was publically known to be without a major sponsor heading into the 2015 Super Rugby competition. In a meeting with the Brumbies’ then CEO on 4 December 2014, Mr Beagle asserted that he knew of a possible sponsor but, for confidentiality reasons, he could not disclose who. Whilst the Brumbies were interested in being introduced to the unidentified sponsor – at least, generally, given the uncertainty as who they were talking about, or to – no terms were agreed as to what, precisely, Mr Beagle would do, or how he would be paid (if at all). Rather, only vague comments were said, along the lines that Mr Beagle would expect a “finder’s fee” or that the Brumbies would “look after him” if Mr Beagle “pulled it off”.
It was not, however, discussed or agreed what was meant by a “finder’s fee”, or how Mr Beagle expected to be “looked after”. More importantly, the meeting ended without any clear certainty as to what Mr Beagle was tasked to “pull off”.
On 15 December 2014, Mr Beagle met with a Hong Kong group (‘Aquis’), who had arrived in Canberra as part of their purchase of the Canberra Casino. Prior to the meeting, Mr Beagle provided Aquis’ executive director with a Brumbies sponsorship proposal document. However, Aquis agreed to meet with Mr Beagle before receiving the sponsorship document, with a view to gaining insight into the workings of ACT Government. When it became apparent to Aquis that Mr Beagle was of no assistance to that end, the meeting was concluded. Aquis’s executive director gave evidence that she could not recall the extent – if any – that the Brumbies may have been discussed at that meeting.
In early 2015, with Aquis having completed its purchase of the Canberra Casino, it sought advice from its public relations advisors as to strategies to engage with the ACT community. The advice was to sponsor the Brumbies. When a sponsorship deal was subsequently completed, Mr Beagle surfaced to claim his “finder’s fee” for his part in the transaction. The Brumbies, unaware of what approaches Mr Beagle made to Aquis (keeping in mind that Mr Beagle had declined to identify his contact for “confidentiality reasons”), and having identified and approached Aquis independently through their publicly reported purchase of the Canberra Casino, refused to pay any such fee.
In the absence of a contract setting out (a) what he was tasked with doing, or (b) how he would be remunerated, Mr Beagle commenced proceedings against the Brumbies exclusively through a claim in quantum meruit. In doing so, Mr Beagle likened his services to that of a sports agent, and sought a reasonable compensation, comparable to a commission, in the sum of $587,000.
Applying the Quantum Meruit principles
Even in the absence of a contract, the law may impose an obligation to make restitution, or pay reasonable compensation, on a quantum meruit basis where a plaintiff can prove that:
In the Beagle case, it was accepted by the Brumbies that a ‘request’ was made for Mr Beagle to deliver their sponsorship proposal to an unidentified potential sponsor. Whilst not known to the Brumbies at the time, through the legal proceedings, it was evident that Mr Beagle did so – such that the elements (1) and (2) above were satisfied.
However, where Mr Beagle’s claim came unstuck was his failure to prove the Brumbies were aware of his expectation for payment. To the extent that the Brumbies had acknowledged an entitlement, it was conditional upon Mr Beagle “pulling it off”, which imported a requirement that he have some causal influence over Aquis’ eventual decision to enter the sponsorship was required – Mr Beagle was unable to make this out on the evidence.
The court also did not accept any ‘benefit’ was conferred upon the Brumbies which would render their refusal to compensate Mr Beagle for the services carried out by him (largely outside of their knowledge or control) as being unjust. Accordingly, neither element (4) nor (5) above was satisfied.
The simplest way to minimise disputes is to formalise your agreements in writing. Where practicable and possible, legal advice should be obtained. Had Mr Beagle made it clear that he expected to be paid such a significant “finder’s fee”, notwithstanding the steps taken by him would be minimal, the Brumbies no doubt would have instructed him not to carry out any services and no dispute would have arisen.
Equally, if you do have a contract on foot, do not assume that pleading an alternative quantum meruit claim will solve any technical deficiencies in your contractual claim. As the High Court held in a leading quantum meruit authority, Pavey & Matthews Pty Ltd v Paul, ‘An inability to sue on a contract provides no ground for imposing a quasi-contractual obligation inconsistent with the contractual obligation to pay remuneration.’
For example, if your contract fails to clearly set out the remuneration payable, you may encounter the same difficulties as Mr Beagle in establishing your opponent’s knowledge of your expectation to payment. Alternatively, the compensation payable under quantum meruit may see your remuneration assessed in line with industry standards or conditions which you had not intended your contract to be limited by.
After all, and returning finally to the Beagle decision, in many respects it is easy to argue that there was an enforceable contract in place. That contract, however, would have required Mr Beagle to “pull it off” (that is, arrange the Aquis sponsorship), such that his entitlements under contract would have been ‘nil’. In sum, then, the Beagle case demonstrates that relying on quantum meruit, whether exclusively or as a fall-back position, is a risky bet. For Mr Beagle, his gamble failed to pay off in the ACT Supreme Court.
Disclaimer: Bradley Allen Love acted for the Brumbies in their successful defence of Mr Beagle’s claim. Please note this case is currently subject to appeal. Further updates will be provided as they become available.Read more
Costs, it might be said, are an unsexy topic. Amidst the cut and thrust of high stakes litigation, questions of costs can be easily overlooked. Yet that does not diminish their importance. Many a courtroom victory has been soured by an unfavourable costs order.
In the employment context, costs take on additional importance. The financial stakes in employment disputes are often lower than in commercial litigation, such that costs can quickly surpass any damages awarded. Almost all employment grievances involve at least one individual party, who ordinarily will be far less able to absorb an adverse costs order than a corporate litigator. The diverse variety of costs regimes governing workplace-related litigation, which in turn often have complex and uncertain exceptions, only amplifies the necessity for employment lawyers to be attuned to the law in this area.
The following article intends to provide practitioners with an accessible guide to costs in employment disputes. It will begin by considering the costs protections offered by the Fair Work Act 2009 (Cth) and Public Interest Disclosure Act 2013 (Cth), before identifying other prominent employment related claims which lack beneficial costs regimes. It then concludes by highlighting an important yet often overlooked issue — the application of inconsistent costs regimes to litigation where multiple causes of actions are pleaded.
Fair Work Act
The general position in disputes under the Fair Work Act, which account for the bulk of employment litigation, is that parties bear their own costs. Thus, in unfair dismissal and general protection claims, among others, the costs result is the same — win, lose or draw. This default position gives effect to a desirable policy objective: encouraging the resolution of employment disputes in a cheap and efficient manner. When neither party can be awarded costs, there is — in most circumstances — a common interest in avoiding protracted litigation. Although there are nuances to the costs treatment of different sections of the Fair Work Act, and slight deviations depending on the chosen forum (whether the Fair Work Commission or a court exercising federal jurisdiction), generally the exceptions to this no costs principle are limited to three. Read More.
First published in Ethos: Journal of the ACT Law Society.Read more
These days, information is can be the most valuable asset a business can own – so how do you protect it when entering into a new business partnership? Confidentiality or Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDA) are used in a wide variety of business relationships, where protection of one or both sides’ confidential information is essential, whether it’s customer and contact lists, design concepts or logo material, employee data or the protection of non-patented inventions being presented to a manufacturer or new investor.
Here are four quick tips to keep in mind when crafting an NDA for your business.
1. Define the confidential information appropriately
Your first question should be what information needs to be protected? The key to a successful and enforceable NDA is an accurate and comprehensive definition of what information is confidential and covered by the agreement. If you are intending to “open your books” then it should be an exhaustive definition that covers all business information disclosed in the course of negotiations, the relationship or for the purpose of the collaboration. Without a definition, you may have difficulty enforcing the parameters of the NDA in a later dispute.
2. Permitted purpose
You should specify the purpose for which the confidential information is being disclosed and can be used. This will limit the recipient’s use of the confidential information to that prescribed purpose. Any other use for any ulterior purpose will be a breach of the agreement, with liability consequences.
3. Disclosure to employees
If you are disclosing information to a company or entity, then the information will often need to be shared with the directors and/or employees of that entity. An NDA can ensure that the original recipient is held responsible for the actions of their employees and others in possession of the confidential information and place limits on who can receive the information, minimising the potential distribution of your confidential information.
4. End of the agreement
Consider the “end-game” – NDAs should make clear what happens to the information at the end of the business relationship, whether this occurs upon the expiry of a fixed term on a certain date, or when certain conditions are met. Details to cover here include the return or destruction of any confidential information still in the possession of the recipient and a continuing obligation to not disclose.
The above tips are designed to minimise the risk of your confidential information being released to the general public and to give certainty to the contracting parties. If you are considering a business collaboration or commercial joint venture, we recommend that you seek professional advice on whether an NDA is an appropriate mechanism to protect your information.Read more
When is it OK to discipline an employee for swearing in the workplace?
Everyone has done it. Whether in a fit of rage, while watching a close sports game or experiencing pain, the occasional expletive is part of a standard vocabulary. But what happens when such language is uttered in the workplace? At what point does friendly banter or light-hearted self-criticism become a breach of the public service code of conduct?
The answer is no longer as simple as it might once have been; coarse language has become increasingly commonplace in society. As a fair work commission explained last year, “there is no doubt that workplaces are more robust in 2015, as they relate to the use of swearing, than they were in the 1940s”. Drawing the line between acceptable and unacceptable conduct is increasingly difficult.
Two recent private sector cases highlight this uncertainty. In Sayers v CUB Pty Ltd, a Carlton & United Breweries employee told a colleague “you are nothing but a dirty gringo c—” and “any place, any time, you name it, you are going down”. After he was sacked on the ground of serious misconduct, Mark Sayers applied for unfair-dismissal relief.
Despite a rather creative application, which asserted that “gringo” was not intended as a racist slur because the target of the comment was South American, and the term is traditionally used by South Americans to disparage North Americans, Sayers’ claim failed. Fair Work Commission deputy president Richard Clancy observed that “there is no place for behaviour in the workplace that combines threats of violence, racial slurs of such an offensive and degrading nature, and such inappropriate abuse and offensive language”.
In contrast, in Goodall v Mt Arthur Coal Pty Ltd, a mining truck operator won reinstatement after his dismissal from BHP Billiton’s Hunter Valley coal mine. Jodie Goodall had engaged in “banter and chat” over a radio system “as a means of dealing with fatigue” towards the end of a 12½-hour night shift. This “banter” included comments that a colleague was…Read more.
First published in the Canberra Times, July 2016.Read more
The statistics regarding drugs in Australia are overwhelming. Nearly one in two Australians have used an illicit substance in their lifetime; 15% have used an illicit substance in the last 12 months; and 93,148 were arrested for “dealing” an illicit substance in 2010/11. But what should you do if a property you manage is tenanted by a drug dealer?
This situation came up in the recent NSW Case of Davis v NSW Land and Housing Corporation  NSWSC 1025. The landlord tried to kick out a tenant because the tenant’s husband had been using her unit and common property to sell heroin.
The Court ruled that the tenant, by allowing her husband to sell heroin from the premises, had permitted the use of the premises for the purposes of the sale of a prohibited substance (in contravention of section 91 of the Residential Tenancies Act 2010). This meant the landlord’s successful application to the Tribunal to terminate the tenancy agreement was valid.
In the ACT the Residential Tenancies Act 1997, unlike its NSW counterpart, does not have specific provision allowing ACAT to terminate a residential tenancy if the premises are used in the cultivation or supply of a prohibited drug.
However, the Residential Tenancies Act 1997 does insert into all residential tenancy agreements a clause prohibiting the tenant from using the premises, or permitting them to be used for an illegal purpose. If the tenant does use or permit the premises to be used for an illegal purpose, the landlord can seek to have the tenancy terminated by taking the following steps:
If ACAT is satisfied that the breach justifies a termination, it will order the termination of the tenancy.
Although issues such as a tenant selling illicit substances or drugs do not arise every day, residential property managers should still be aware of the terms of the Residential Tenancies Act 1997 allowing termination of a tenancy agreement.
The Property team of BAL Lawyers, a Corporate Partner of REIACT, can assist agencies with tricky situations. If you find your agency or your landlord clients in a tricky situation please give us a call.
 Statistics from http://www.druginfo.adf.org.au/topics/statistics-trends#illicit and http://aic.gov.au/media_library/publications/facts/2013/facts_and_figures_2013.pdf.
 Residential Tenancies Act 2010 (NSW) s 91(1).
 Residential Tenancies Act 1997 (ACT) s 70(a).
This article was first published in REIACT newsletter, September 2016.Read more
The recent case of Chamberlain Group Pty Ltd v Kids for Life Academy Pty Ltd  NSWCA 241 (Chamberlain Group) demonstrates that landlords should tread carefully when requests for consent to assignment of leases are made by tenants. Lease documents will generally set out the requirements necessary for consent to assignment of a lease, however the conduct of the parties may also be taken into account when determining whether or not consent to assignment of a lease has been obtained.
In Chamberlain Group, the Court ruled that the landlord’s conduct supported a conclusion that “consent” had been provided to the request for assignment of the lease regardless of the fact that no formal documentation had been executed by the parties. The following factors were relevant to this determination:
The Court held that the conduct of the landlord in this case amounted to the landlord providing the necessary “consent” set out in the lease and this was despite the fact that no assignment documentation had been formalised and no transfer of lease had ever been registered.
The terms of the lease in this case stated simply that landlord “consent” was the necessary pre-condition to assignment, not that an agreement regarding landlord “consent” be obtained first.
The Court confirmed that whilst there was no registered lease to the assignee on the title to the land, there was nonetheless an enforceable unregistered leasehold interest in the Premises and the caveats lodged on the title to the land by the assignee to protect its interests were upheld.
It is important to remember that not all leases will be drafted in the same manner and that conduct can amount to consent in certain circumstances. If you require advice and assistance in a matter involving an assignment of lease, please contact a member of our experienced Leasing Team.
Changes to mandatory energy efficiency disclosure for office premises:
From 1 July 2017 premises capable of being used as an office which are offered for lease will require a Building Energy Efficiency Certificate (BEEC) in accordance with the Building Energy Efficiency Disclosure Act 2010 if the area of the premises is greater than 1000m2 (this reduces the threshold from 2000m2). After 1 July 2017 owners of premises with a lettable area over 1000m2 but under 2000m2 must ensure compliance with the obligation to have a BEEC before offering to lease the premises. Significant financial penalties may be imposed for noncompliance.
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .
 Chamberlain Group  NSWCA 241 paragraph .Read more
The recent case of Spuds Surf Chatswood Pty Ltd v PT Ltd (No 4)  NSWCATAP 11 (the Spuds Surf Case) demonstrates that landlords should be aware of their conduct and the impact of new tenancies on existing tenancies when making a new deal.
Lease documents will not always refer to sightlines or guaranteed views, contain height restrictions or refer to a proposed new tenancy that was not considered at the time of entering into the Lease.
The relevant facts of the Spuds Surf Case are:
The relevant findings from the Spuds Surf Case are:
In ordering the rent relief, the NSW Civil and Administrative Tribunal noted the “ongoing nature” of the Landlord’s unconscionable conduct “may well” have contributed to the tenant’s reduced turnover and subsequent financial difficulties.
The emphasis of the decision in the Spuds Surf Case focused on the actions of the Landlord and whether the Landlord acted unconscionably.
When considering new tenancies which may affect current tenants’ sightlines or views, irrespective of what is contained in the lease documents, it is recommended that landlord’s maintain an open dialogue with tenants. There are also notification requirements within the Leases (Commercial and Retail) Act 2001 (ACT) which may apply.
It is important to remember that not all leases will be drafted in the same manner and that conduct can be unconscionable in certain circumstances. If you require advice and assistance in a matter involving a new kiosk tenant, please contact a member of our experienced Leasing Team.
Changes to mandatory energy efficiency disclosure for office premises:
From 1 July 2017 premises capable of being used as an office which are offered for lease will require a Building Energy Efficiency Certificate (BEEC) in accordance with the Building Energy Efficiency Disclosure Act 2010 if the area of the premises is greater than 1000m2 (this reduces the threshold from 2000m2). After 1 July 2017 owners of premises with a lettable area over 1000m2 but under 2000m2 must ensure compliance with the obligation to have a BEEC before offering to lease the premises. Significant financial penalties may be imposed for noncompliance.
 Spuds Surf Case, paragraph .Read more
The recent Land and Environment Court of New South Wales decision in Tanious v Georges River Council  NSWLEC 1330 is a timely reminder of the utility of a local orders policy for NSW councils in relation to controlling the number of animals at a residential property.
Mr Tanious kept 3 roosters, 30 chickens, 1 turkey rooster, 1 female turkey and between 130 and 150 Japanese quail at his residential premises. Georges River Council (formerly Hurstville City Council) considered that the keeping of this number of birds was excessive for the site and had the potential to cause unhealthy conditions.
On 18 January 2016 the Council issued an order to Mr Tanious under section 124 of the Local Government Act 1993 which required him to remove all poultry from the property with the exception of 10 birds (including all roosters but excluding offspring to three months of age), and required the remaining birds to be kept in a paved poultry house 15.2 metres from a dwelling. Mr Tanious appealed the Council’s order and sought to set it aside or alternatively, to increase the number of birds that may be kept at his premises.
The Council relied upon its ‘Local Orders Policy – Keeping Animals’ (Policy) for the purposes of assessing the number of, and manner in which, birds could be kept at the premises. In the case of domestic poultry and guinea fowl, the Policy permitted a maximum number of 10 birds with poultry houses to be 4.5 metres from buildings. In the case of other poultry (including ducks, geese, turkeys, peafowl and other pheasants), the maximum number of birds permitted was 5 and the poultry housing was required to be at least 30 metres from a dwelling. The Policy also noted that a greater separation distance may be required in particular cases; hard paving must be provided under roosts if within 15.2 metres of a dwelling and roosters were prohibited where crowing will cause offensive noise.
The Court was guided by the Policy in coming to its decision. It noted that the Policy sought to regulate an appropriate number of animals that can be kept in a residential property within the community, had been the subject of public consultation and had recently been reviewed.
Unsurprisingly, the Court considered that the number of birds kept by Mr Tanious at his premises needed to be reduced. However, it found that the Policy permitted up to 15 poultry birds (including the Japanese quail, but excluding offspring to 3 months of age) to be kept and that it only required a separation distance of 4.5 metres between a paved poultry house and the dwelling house. It therefore applied the Policy and varied the terms of Council’s order so it was consistent with these requirements.
The Court supported the Council’s position in relation to the keeping of the roosters. It found that, having regard to the proximity of nearby residential properties and the manner in which the birds were housed, the keeping of a rooster was likely to result in ‘offensive noise’ (as defined in the Protection of Environment Operations Act 1997) and required them all to be removed.
What can your Council learn from this case?
The Court’s reliance upon the publicly exhibited policy as a guiding factor to determine the number of birds and the manner in which they are kept demonstrates the value of a clearly stated local orders policy for the keeping of animals.
The decision also illustrates that the Court will hold a Council accountable to the terms of its orders policy unless there are clear reasons not to do so.Read more
When drafting your Will it is important to be aware that many words do not carry what would seem to be their everyday meaning. If a document could have a side-view mirror it would read: “Warning: words in Will carry greater legal baggage than appears.”
Take the word “survive.” If you leave something in your Will to grandchildren who “survive” you, what do you mean? Do you intend to benefit only those grandchildren who were born during your lifetime? Or do you intend to benefit all the children your children may have, even if they were born after your death?
There have been cases that have turned on just this question. Lawyers and judges alike have debated the sense in which “survive” should be construed, calling on dictionaries, Shakespeare, and “intuition” in the process. Overwhelmingly, the interpretation has been this: to “survive” is to “outlive” – someone survives you if they live both during and after your lifetime.
It is an interpretation that is not without a catch, or two (or three). One such catch is known as the 30-day rule.[i] It applies in all Australian jurisdictions, and it means that even if a beneficiary survives you, they are presumed to have died before you unless they lived for a full 30 days after your death.
Another catch in the word “survive” could be that you unwittingly enable impatient beneficiaries to access their inheritance earlier than you wanted them to. Imagine you leave your estate to your two children, Bill and Ben, provided they attain the age of 30. If either die before you, you leave everything to any children that they have “who survive [you].” This means that if you die and Bill and Ben have no children, there are never going to be any grandchildren who could be considered to “survive” you. There is no-one else your estate could possibly go to except for Bill and Ben. So, Bill and Ben say, “why can’t we take the money now? Why should we have to wait til we’re 30?” From a legal perspective, it is a good question.
Finally, does a child “survive” you if they were not yet born but were conceived and anticipated while you were alive?[ii] What about frozen embryos that are created during your lifetime but only implanted and carried to term after your death?[iii] The normal meaning of the word “survive” does not adequately cover these cases and therefore may not align with your intentions.
To survive is not merely to live after, and it is not merely to outlive: terms and conditions attach.
Ultimately, the best way to guard against your testamentary intentions being misconstrued is to seek the advice of specialised estate planners who are aware of these language minefields and can navigate the drafting of your Will through them.
[i] See, for example, Wills Act 1968 (ACT), section 31C.
[ii] See, for example, Knight v Knight (1912) 14 CLR 86.
[iii] See, for example, Krstic v State Trustees Ltd  VSC 344.Read more
The recent NSW Court of Appeal decision in De Angelis v Wingecarribee Shire Council  NSWCA189 has significant implications for development applications which are made but not determined before an amendment to a Local Environmental Plan (LEP) comes into force.
In De Angelis v Wingecarribee Shire Council  NSWLEC 1, a case decided by the Land and Environment Court in February this year, the Court found that the standard instrument savings provision, clause 1.8A, applied to an application which was made but not determined before an amendment to the Wingecarribee LEP commenced. In this case Wingecarribee Shire Council delayed determining a development application it had received for mixed use development and amended its LEP by rezoning the land the subject of the application so that the proposed development was prohibited rather than permissible with consent. When the deemed refusal of the application came before the Court the Council asserted that the Court had no power to grant consent to the application on the basis that the development was prohibited by the amended LEP. The Land and Environment Court did not agree and applied clause 1.8A to ‘save’ the operation of the unamended LEP. The Court’s interpretation would then have enabled it to go on to determine the development application on its merits and did not require the application to be refused.
However, the application of clause 1.8A in this context was comprehensively rejected by the Court of Appeal. The Court of Appeal found that clause 1.8A only applied to development applications which were made before the commencement of an original LEP and did not ‘save’ development applications which were made but not determined before an amendment to a LEP came into force. The Court noted that savings provisions are generally not ambulatory in their operation, but instead deal with a precise point in time, being when the new legal instrument commences. In the words of the Court, to give clause 1.8A any additional operation is ‘inconsistent with its purpose, as well as its language’. It followed that, in this case, clause 1.8A did not apply and the proposed development was prohibited by the time the matter came to be determined by the Court.
The Court of Appeal’s decision has two key implications:
A married couple have been ordered to pay more than $1.1 million in damages to a friend who fell from a ladder while working with friends on their roof.
The accident occurred after the couple engaged their friend as a paid contractor to replace the roof of their home. The husband provided and erected the ladder in the “A position” in front of the carport roof. The top of the ladder was about 40cms lower than the roofline. Their friend fell from the ladder while descending it frontwards, hitting his head and suffering other injuries.
In a decision of Hendrex v Keating  Tas SC 20 (13 April 2016), the Tasmanian Supreme Court found that the husband failed to eliminate the foreseeable risk of a person falling from the ladder in failing to erect the ladder in an extended position instead of the A position or secure it with a rope to the carport roof. The couple breached their duty of care to their injured friend as they had a duty to protect him from harm while travelling up and down from the carport roof; that his capacity to take care for his own safety did not alter this duty; and that the accident was reasonably foreseeable.
The case is a timely reminder of the problems that a householder can encounter when a group of friends are engaged to work on their home. Here, the husband arranged to pay the friend for his work; the other friends volunteered to work without payment. The husband provided a ladder and was present at all times controlling the work project.
There was a finding of contributory negligence against the friend as he increased the level of danger to himself by using the ladder when it was not in the extended position, using the ladder when it was not secured, and coming down the ladder frontwards with nothing to hold onto. The Court considered that the friend’s negligence was greater than the husband’s and the damages ($2.6 million) were reduced by 60% because of contributory negligence. The Court regarded the friend as an experienced tradesman working irregularly, mainly doing tiling and roofing work and was engaged, at the time of the accident, as an independent contractor.
It is important that a householder is aware of the liability risks when friends are engaged to perform work on their home. The householder should always consider the risks associated with the work when making decisions about who will undertake the work. A risk assessment should be conducted in relation to all facets of a work project so a decision can be made whether to engage experienced or licensed professionals to undertake specific work. Only involve friends if the overall health and safety risk is very low and, if in doubt, always seek assistance from a licensed professional. When you engage a tradesman, your home should become their workplace. These tradesmen should provide their equipment to perform the work and be responsible for their own occupational health and safety issues.
If you engage a domestic worker such as gardener or cleaner, you could be liable to pay compensation if they are injured. While your home and contents insurance may have public liability cover, this does not necessarily mean that this will include cover should a worker be injured on your property.
This is because public liability insurance does not normally apply if the person injured is considered an “employee” under the terms of the policy or generally at law. It does not matter if you believed you had engaged your gardener or cleaner as an independent contractor and not as an employee – if the terms and conditions of their engagement indicate that they are an “employee” at law, then they will be entitled to bring a workers’ compensation claim and possibly sue for common law damages for their injury.
Although there is no national code for workers compensation, each state and territory has a Fund that will meet such claims under workers’ compensation legislation. The Fund will have the right to seek recovery of those claim costs from you, having a devastating impact on you and your family.
There are three key factors to be considered, although individually each one would not be definitive:
As a contractor, the onus is on this individual to have insurance, although if you were found to be negligent, then you might want to have extra cover to protect yourself against this risk.
If you are planning on having a worker on your property to undertake some work, then in the first instance you should ask them whether they have their own insurance – ask to see proof. The insurance should cover:
It can be expensive for a worker to obtain this contractor liability insurance – this will be reflected in the invoice for their work. If an uninsured worker hurts themself on your property, you’ll find a lawyer’s hand in your pocket pretty quickly.
While it may not be necessary for you to take out insurance to cover domestic help in your home, it is certainly worth your while to check the policy. If you are uncertain, you should approach your insurer to see if you are covered through your home and contents insurance policy.
Remember that insurance is an essential protection.Read more
This month, the Estates team donated their time and expertise to the Salvation Army Wills Day.
The Wills Day has been initiated by The Salvation Army to help relieve some of the confusion and anxiety associated with making Wills, while raising funds for their extensive work with the needy.
For recognition of their pro-bono work, the team were awarded a certificate of thanks.
To see more of the great work the Salvation Army does, or to see dates and locations for their upcoming will days, see their website.Read more
Directors are not the only decision makers regarding the operation and direction of a company’s business; shareholders also have a lot of power. By being entitled to vote on key resolution affecting the company’s future, its directors and strategic goals, shareholders can be crucial to a company’s success and expansion. Shareholders exercise their powers through general meetings – but who has the right to call these meetings, and what resolutions can be considered by the shareholders?
Under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), such meetings can be called by either a company’s director(s) or its member(s), where the shareholders hold at least 5% of the eligible votes and make the appropriate meeting request to the directors.
Before a meeting can be held, a notice must be issued to shareholders, detailing the proposed resolutions. Share holders can also propose ordinary resolutions from the floor, if they meet the minimum threshold requirements (5% or 100 members). Ordinary resolutions require 50% majority support to be adopted. Generally, these resolutions relate to the day to-day business of the company, such as the appointment of directors or auditors. Special resolutions require a higher threshold of 75% support which is reflective of their importance.
Generally share holders cannot overrule a Board decision, but in extreme circumstances they can apply to a Court to prevent the Board from carrying out a decision if deemed ‘oppressive conduct’. This occurs where the conduct of the company’s affairs is either:
1. contrary to the interests of the members as a whole; or
2. oppressive to, unfairly prejudicial to, or unfairly discriminatory against, a member.
First published in B2B Magazine.Read more
In 2012, barrister Mark Irving commenced the section on good faith in employment contracts in his text with that pithy summary of the uncertain legal position. He continued: “The following description of the law will be completely outdated once the High Court has resolved these issues.”
When Mr Irving appeared before Australia’s apex judiciary two years later, for the respondent in Commonwealth Bank of Australia v Barker, he must have wondered whether those words would prove prophetic.
Unfortunately for Australian employment lawyers, the occasion has not yet arisen for Mr Irving to wholly revise his consideration of the implied term of good faith. While the High Court in Barker definitively rejected the implication of a term of mutual trust and confidence in employment contracts, they refused to consider its ‘sibling’, good faith.
The plurality of French CJ, Bell and Keane JJ observed: “The above conclusion [regarding mutual trust and confidence] should not be taken as reflecting upon the question whether there is a general obligation to act in good faith in the performance of contracts. Nor does it reflect upon the related question whether contractual powers and discretions may be limited by good faith and rationality requirements analogous to those applicable in the sphere of public law. Those questions were not before the Court in this appeal.”
Kiefel J provided a slightly lengthier consideration, pondering that ‘in some legal systems good faith is regarded as a vitally important ingredient for a modern general law of contract … This raises the question how other legal systems cope without it.’
Yet she too refused to delve further. Despite admitting that the question had not been resolved in Australia, as it was not raised in argument she concluded: “It is therefore neither necessary nor appropriate to discuss good faith further, particularly having regard to the wider importance of the topic.”. Read more.
First published in Ethos.Read more
Councils and developers are continuing to grapple with the process of amending development standards under clause 4.6 of the standard instrument local environmental plans. However, the trend in recent cases, including the recent decision in Zhang v Council of the City of Ryde , has been towards taking a more liberal approach to allowing variations to development standards.
Clause 4.6 allows a consent authority to grant consent for development, even though the development would contravene a development standard imposed by an environmental planning instrument, where the following requirements are met;
1. the consent authority has considered a written request from the applicant that seeks to justify the contravention of the development standard by demonstrating:
a. that compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances of the case, and
b. that there are sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard.
2. the consent authority is satisfied that:
a. the applicant’s written request has adequately addressed the matters required to be demonstrated by subclause (3), and
b. the proposed development will be in the public interest because it is consistent with the objectives of the particular standard and the objectives for development within the zone in which the development is proposed to be carried out, and
3. the concurrence of the Secretary has been obtained.
Four2five Pty Ltd v Ashfield Council  NSWLEC 9 was one of the first appeal cases to consider clause 4.6. In this case, the Court refused to vary the relevant development standards for two primary reasons:
1. the written request failed to demonstrate that the grounds for departing from the standard were particular to the circumstances of the proposed development on the subject site; and
2. the applicant had not demonstrated that compliance with the development standard was unreasonable or unnecessary, in addition to demonstrating that the proposal was consistent with the objectives of the standard.
The Four2five case, other recent cases demonstrate a trend towards allowing variations where these two elements are not necessarily met. This is facilitated by the broad discretion given to the consent authority under clause 4.6.
Zhang v Council of the City of Ryde is the latest in a series of cases to apply clause 4.6. The case involved an application for the construction of in-fill affordable housing (multi-dwelling housing) in the low density residential zone (R2). The proposed development exceeded the 5m height requirement which applied and also exceeded the density controls for the zone.
The applicant had prepared a written request to vary the relevant height and density controls. He argued that strict compliance with the standards was unnecessary, in part, because the proposed development would not have any unreasonable adverse impacts and would facilitate the provision of an additional dwelling house to be dedicated as affordable rental housing for a period of 10 years. Similar reasons were put forward to justify departure from controls on environmental planning grounds. The Council did not support the written request.
Commissioner Brown reiterated that clause 4.6 imposes three preconditions which must be satisfied before the application could be approved:
1. The consent authority must be satisfied that the proposed development will be consistent with the objectives of the zone;
2. The consent authority must be satisfied that the proposed development will be consistent with the objects of the standard which is not met; and
3. The consent authority must be satisfied that the written request demonstrates that compliance with the development standard is unreasonable or unnecessary in the circumstances and there are sufficient environmental planning grounds to justify contravening the development standard.
It is only if all of these conditions are met that consent can be granted to the application, subject to an assessment of the merits of the application.
The Commissioner applied the now familiar approach to determining consistency with zone objectives by considering whether the development was antipathetic to the objectives. Like most zone objectives, the R2 zone objectives were relatively general. They did not specifically relate to building height and, although the objectives referred to the provision of housing within a low density residential environment, that term was not defined. The Commissioner accepted that the proposed development was consistent with the zone objectives.
The Commissioner was also satisfied that the proposed development was consistent with the relevant objectives of the height controls, accepting that the development was both compatible with the character of the local area and would avoid any overshadowing impacts. The LEP did not include any specific objectives for the density standards and, although the development control plan did contain provisions which addressed density, these were in conflict with the density controls in the local environmental plan and were of limited assistance.
The Commissioner went on to find that there were sufficient grounds to justify contravening both development standards in this case and approved the application on its merits. However, in contrast to four2five, the reasons relied on to justify the departure from the standards in this case were not necessarily site specific.
The decision in Zhang follows another recent case, Randwick City Council v Micaul Holdings , in which the Court allowed a departure from development standards in comparable circumstances. Provided the processes required by clause 4.6 are followed, it therefore seems that a consent authority has a broad discretion as to whether to allow a departure from development standards under clause 4.6, even where the variation is not justified for site or development specific reasons.Read more
Small businesses will soon enjoy the benefits of protection against unfair contract terms, previously available only to consumers, following Royal Assent given to the Treasury Legislation Amendment (Small Business and Unfair Contract Terms) Bill 2015 on 12 November 2015. The Legislation will apply from 12 November 2016, giving businesses nearly 10 months to make sure their contracts are compliant.
Currently protection from ‘unfair contracts’ is only available to consumers who enter into standard form contracts under Part 2-3, Schedule 2 of the Competition & Consumer Act (2010) (Cth). Yet, small business can be just as vulnerable to unfair terms and standard form contracts as consumers. Small businesses can lack the bargaining power to successfully negotiate changes to the terms of contracts or may simply lack the resources to identify unfair terms and understand their legal and practical risks. The Government has described the amendments as one which will “level the playing field in commercial transactions”.
Under the Legislation, a small business will be able to seek relief with the courts being able to strike out terms considered unfair. The protection would apply to businesses with fewer than 20 employees at the time of the transaction and the upfront price payable under the contract is either:
The Legislation does not propose to amend what an unfair contract term is, but simply extend the right to claim that there is an unfair term by small business.
Pursuant to section 24 of the Act, a term is unfair if:
However, all three limbs of the test must be made out, and the court must consider the contract as a whole before a term will be deemed ‘unfair’. Unfair terms can include terms permitting unilateral changes by one party, terms limiting the rights of one party, terms which penalise a party for breach and terms which permit the assignment of a contract to the detriment of the other without their consent.
Standard form contracts are usually template documents produced by one party and offered on a “take it or leave it” basis. Sometimes, but not often, standard form contracts can be one-sided and contain rights that go beyond the requirements to legitimately protect the drafter’s business interests and may, in fact, cause detriment to the other party.
In determining whether a contract is a standard form Courts will consider:
The Legislation will affect all contracts made on or after 12 November 2016, and will also apply to existing contracts that are renewed after this date. Businesses have a one year grace period to review and amend their existing standard form contracts to ensure compliance.
Obviously we recommend seeking advice on your contract terms if you are unsure about the legal or practical implications however the extension of the unfair contracts regime will provide comfort to small businesses that cannot afford to negotiate or seek such advice on its contracts.
On 5 May 2016in EPA v Terrace Earthmoving PL (No 3)  NSWLEC 50 (Terrace No 3) the Land and Environment Court (LEC) found Terrance Earthmoving Pty Ltd and its sole director guilty of four related offences under the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (Act) of transporting building waste material to a place that cannot lawfully be used as a waste facility even though the material was ultimately being reused in road construction. This decision is noteworthy for those seeking to reuse, recycle or recover scrap demolition material in New South Wales.
The case concerned the actions of Terrace Earthmoving who carried out demolition and excavation work to various buildings. The company removed unwanted by-products, consisting of crushed rock, broken bricks, tiles and concrete and then transported them for use in the construction of a road on private land. Despite the materials being reused, the finding of guilt was based on the Court’s finding that the demolished building materials were waste because they were unwanted by the original owners of the demolished buildings.
The outcome follows earlier decisions of the LEC and NSW Court of Criminal Appeal in the case. The earlier decisions concerned whether the material removed and transported should properly be considered ‘waste’ within the meaning of the Act. In the first instance, the LEC considered that the material was not waste because, amongst other things, the material was not unwanted or surplus as it was intended to be reused for road construction. However, the NSW Court of Criminal Appeal overturned that decision and held that it is immaterial whether the end user or transporter had a use for the material. Rather, the Court of Criminal Appeal determined that transported material will be waste for the purposes of the Act if the original owner of the material had no continuing use for it at the time of the material is transported.
In Terrace No. 3, the LEC applied the findings of the Court of Criminal Appeal to the evidence that was presented by the EPA. It found that the transported material was waste because it was clearly unwanted by the original owners of the buildings being demolished, regardless of whether the material was sorted or crushed onsite prior to transportation to be used for other purposes. It then went on to consider whether the land where the road was being constructed by Terrace Earthmoving could, at the time the waste was deposited, be lawfully used as a waste facility for that waste. In finding that it could not, the LEC noted that there was no licence under the Act or development consent under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 to use the property as a ‘waste facility’ and that both of these authorities were required.
The matter has now been listed for a sentencing hearing where Terrace Earthmoving and the director of the company face maximum penalties of $1 Million and the $250,000 respectively.
This decision is an important reminder of how broad the concept of waste is – and the potentially serious consequences for persons who transport or source waste material for reuse, recovery or recycling waste from or into New South Wales without obtaining the necessary approvals.Read more
Bradley Allen Love Legal Director John Wilson was recently interviewed on the Privacy of Public Servants by ABC Radio National for their Background Briefing program.
The Fair Work Commission has ruled that Centrelink’s decision to sack an employee for anonymous posts critical of the department on a discussion group was a “gross intrusion on the private lives of public servants”.
The Department is now appealing. What a public servant is free to say is now being fought in the courts.
Legal Director John Wilson says Daniel Starr’s case is important for a couple of reasons, mainly because the Commission makes a distinction between senior and lower level public servants, and spells out how admin workers are unlikely to derail government policy, no matter how critical they are online. Listen to the full interview below.
Interview conducted by ABC, more information available here.Read more
It’s a common scenario: you’re owed money and your debtor is refusing to pay. Surely the next step is to protect your debt by lodging a caveat over the land they’re sitting on, right? Wrong. The mere existence of a debt is no basis for lodging a caveat. If you lodge a caveat without reasonable cause, then you could end up compensating your debtor for your actions.
A caveat is a form of statutory injunction; a ‘notice to beware’ that flags to the world that someone other than the property owner holds an equitable interest in the land. Where properly lodged and recorded on the property title, a caveat will thwart registration of any other interests, and prevent the property from being transferred or otherwise dealt with until the caveat is removed; it effectively freezes all dealings with that property.
However, before you can properly lodge a caveat, you must have a “caveatable interest”. Whilst there is no comprehensive definition of that term under ACT law, it must always constitute an “interest in the land”. This could be a purchaser protecting their interest pursuant to a sale contract before the purchase is settled, a trustee registering an interest held pursuant to a trust deed, a charge granted over your property as part of a guarantee, or a formal or informal mortgage. The mere existence of a debt will not be sufficient. A debt does not give the creditor any proprietary interest in the land, being merely a contractual right to sue for the return of the money. A debt is not a caveatable interest.
If you register a caveat without a valid caveatable interest, the Land Titles Act 1925 (Act) confirms that you could be liable to pay “just compensation” to the owner. Such compensation could extend to the owner’s legal costs or far more where a sale or lease of the property is lost or delayed. If you’re considering extending credit or entering a credit arrangement with a customer or client, and want to ensure you have a “caveatable interest”, then make sure you get security over the land at the outset, upfront and in writing. Such security is much more likely to be granted at the time the credit, goods or services are provided, than later on when things go wrong. If you’ve got developing concerns about an existing debtor, ask for additional security before granting further credit. Be proactive and protect yourself early; if you wait until the money runs out, then you could be out of luck.
First published in B2B Magazine.Read more
The right to criticise government should be protected, not punished, in a liberal democracy.
The Fair Work Commission’s recent reinstatement of a long-serving Centrelink officer is a blow to the federal government in its ongoing battle over its ability to regulate the private lives of APS employees. Yet the Department of Human Services’ decision to appeal suggests it will not give up without a fight.
Over the past decade, frontline Centrelink employee Daniel Starr had anonymously posted work-related comments on internet forums out of hours. Most were of a helpful nature, advising benefit applicants of likely processing times, although some were undoubtedly objectionable: at one point Starr labelled clients “spastics and junkies” and on another occasion he said he was “embarrassed to work” at Centrelink.
Starr’s troubles began when he began contradicting a departmental social media officer who posted on the same forum. The officer repeatedly said that the estimated processing time for certain applications was 21 days, while Starr explained that the target had in fact been changed to 42 days. Although his posts were forthright – “Please Flick, you need to stop giving this incorrect information” – they were hardly rude. Read the full article here.Read more
It has now been over four years since the Personal Properties Securities Act 2009 (Cth) (PPSA) took substantive effect on 30 January 2012.However, many businesses remain oblivious to the PPSA register and the serious consequences that can follow its oversight. So what is the PPSA and what is the risk in ignoring it?
The PPSA established a new, national system for managing and recording all secured lending over personal property. For businesses, it applies to stock and inventory, plant and equipment and vehicles. If your business sends out or receives ‘property’ on consignment, allows suppliers to take goods on credit or accepts such property as security for outstanding debts, then you need to understand the PPSA. If you ignore the PPSA on the basis that “it doesn’t affect me” or “this is how I’ve done business all my life, I’m not going to change”– then you’re likely to lose.
The PPSA created a system of priority for secured and unsecured creditors. It is effectively a ‘first registered, best dressed’ policy, whereby the first creditor to register generally takes primacy over later creditors (registered or unregistered). This means that if your business hasn’t registered its “security interests” on the Personal Property Securities Register (PPSR), then you could miss out when it comes to reclaiming the property you have title to or security over.
A basic example will help to illustrate this concept:
Your company imports and assembles bicycles. You sell some to “Bike Co” on credit. Your terms and conditions state that “We retain all title to the bicycles until invoices are paid in full” but you do not register a security interest on the PPSR. You have transferred possession but not ownership of the bicycles to Bike Co.
Bike Co goes under and appoints a liquidator. You try to get your bicycles back but the liquidator claims they are now owned by them.
Under the old system, if your invoice asserted ownership until goods are fully paid, you could probably get your bicycles back. But under the PPSA, you lose ownership because you failed to protect your ownership rights and obtain “secured creditor” status by registering a security interest. Any Bike Co property which is unencumbered by a perfected (registered) security interest now vests with the liquidator (Corporations Act 2001, section 588FL). If you had registered, then you would likely take priority over the liquidator and recover your property.
The danger for businesses which ignore the PPSR is clear: if you fail to register, you may get nothing, not even your own property. If you’re still saying “Huh?” to the term ‘security interest’, PPSA or PPSR, then seek advice and get your interests registered soon to help protect your business and your livelihood.
First published in B2B Magazine.Read more
Bradley Allen Love are pleased to announce that four of its Legal Directors have been recognised for their legal excellence in the latest edition of Best Lawyers. Produced by a peer review company and published by the Australian Financial Review, the list is compiled following an extensive evaluation process.
For the seventh consecutive year Alan Bradbury (Government Practice and Planning and Environment Law) has been acknowledged for his expertise. Managing Legal Director John Wilson makes his fourth appearance in the list (Labour and Employment Law, Occupational Health and Safety Law), while Mark Love (Commercial Law, Insolvency and Reorganisation Law) and John Bradley (Leasing Law, Real Property Law) were again recognised for their respective practices.
Wilson congratulated his fellow Legal Directors on their achievements.
“A listing in Best Lawyers is a considerable honour, reflecting as it does the praise of fellow practitioners in each speciality,” he said. “For three of my colleagues and I to be included speaks highly to the calibre of our team at Bradley Allen Love.”
Best Lawyers is the oldest and most respected peer-review publication in the legal profession. A listing in Best Lawyers is widely regarded by both clients and legal professionals as a significant honour, conferred on a lawyer by his or her peers. For more than three decades, Best Lawyers lists have earned the respect of the profession, the media, and the public, as the most reliable, unbiased source of legal referrals anywhere.Read more
‘The statutory regime that governs the realm of corporate insolvency and personal bankruptcy has long been a point of contention between the business community and regulators, a balancing act that each side felt too often erred in favour of the other. The recently published recommended changes to Insolvency Laws, introduced as part of the Commonwealth’s National Innovation & Science Agenda, foreshadow a ‘cultural shift’ in this regard, but gave scant detail as to what the Government is actually proposing to do.¹ At this stage, all we know is that it wants to strike “a better balance between encouraging entrepreneurship and protecting creditors by:
• Reducing the current default bankruptcy period from three years to one year;
• Introducing a ‘safe harbour’ for directors from personal liability for insolvent trading if they appoint a restructuring adviser to develop a turn around plan for the company;
• Making ‘ipso facto’ clauses [allowing contract termination for insolvency] unenforceable if a company is undertaking a restructure.” ²
A proposal paper will be released in the first half of 2016 with legislation to follow by mid-2017; and so we are, for the present, left to anticipate what will be offered.
Whether or not the changes are retrospective, it will be the existing contractual arrangements and structures that you have in place when these laws come into effect which will determine the degree to which you, as a creditor, are affected and to what extent you “lose” as a consequence of any “loosening” of the rules.
The core answers to mitigating potential loss when dealing with persons or corporations facing insolvency remain unchanged:
1. Know who you are trading with;
2. Make sure any credit terms are tight, tidy and capable of enforcement;
3. Take security – hold guarantees, charges and make sure those interests are registered; and
4. Keep your debtor balances within a manageable range – overextending credit increases your problem and postpones theirs.
The unforeseen losses suffered by traders whose clients fail to pay a debt have a flow on effect and, as the economy tightens, the effect becomes more so. Pre-empting risk is what good “innovators” do, and steps should be taken to protect your valuable cash flow.
It is encouraging that the Government might introduce changes that allow corporate restructures before that step into the great unknown of “Administration” or “Liquidation”, but for most of us, we need to remain vigilant in reducing the risk we might otherwise unwittingly assume through our associates’ risk taking behaviours.
First published in B2B Magazine.
1 http://www.innovation.gov.au/page/agenda (released 8 December 2015).
The key benefit of a company structure is the separate legal personality that the company has from its controllers (directors) and its owners (shareholders) and the protection given to those individuals if the worst occurs and the business goes bust; but if you think that a director therefore has no liability, you are mistaken.
We often hear about instances of director liability for breaches of directors’ duties (trading whilst insolvent for example). However there are more obvious (although less talked about) instances of personal liability that directors may overlook; consider personal guarantees and incorrectly signed contracts.
Where suppliers or financiers are concerned about a company’s ability to repay its debts, they may request personal guarantees. These can expose a director’s personal assets. For multiple directors, the guarantees could be joint and several. So whilst a director may believe she/he is ‘equally liable’ with fellow directors, nothing prevents a creditor pursuing only some (or even one) of the guarantors. In such cases, creditors are inclined to pursue the guarantor with the greatest apparent wealth.
There are two particularly dangerous aspects of personal guarantees:
Ceasing to act as a director may not and typically does not release you from your guarantees. It requires active steps to achieve the release of a guarantee. A guarantee is a separate contractual assurance.
Directors should also be wary about signing contracts incorrectly, where the danger of personal liability again looms overhead. In the recent decision of Knight Frank Australia Pty Ltd v Paley Properties Pty Ltd  SASCFC 103, the Court made it clear that an agent incorrectly purporting to have authority to contract on behalf of their principal will be personally liable. If a director executes a contract as “company agent”, rather than signing as the company itself, that director warrants that they have the appropriate authority to enter that contract. The Knight decision highlights that directors could be liable if that authority proves faulty and the company fails to adopt the contract.
For directors, the scope of personal liability extends beyond a breach of director’s duties. Signing a personal guarantee or incorrectly signing a contract can be just as dangerous. Ensuring you’re appropriately released from obligations and have proper authority to deal on behalf of the company can help you steer clear of that road to (personal) ruin. If you have concerns as to your personal exposure as a director, seeking professional advice early can help mitigate the risks.
First published in B2B Magazine.Read more
Debt and debt management seems to conjure up images of dread and sometimes this is for good reason.
Dun & Bradstreet have recorded that invoice payments are reaching a record pace in 2015, with average payment dates being 50.4 days Australia-wide and 53.3 days in the ACT1. That is a significant amount of time for businesses to be exposed to a reduced cash flow and reduced profit margins while seeking to maintain a strong financial position and grow their business.
There are three aspects of debt and debt management – the good, the bad and the ugly. The discerning business owner should understand and develop a healthy respect for all three, from proactive debtor management to the risks of insolvency and ‘stick’ of director liability.
Two of the statistics by Dun & Bradstreet’s recent report are particularly revealing:
…46 per cent of businesses would choose to miss a payment to a trader supplier if without enough money to cover all of their expenses. …34 per cent of businesses have had a customer or supplier become insolvent or otherwise unable to pay them during the past year.
A person or entity is insolvent if they are unable to pay all of their debts, as and when they become due and payable2. With 44%3 of commercial invoices in Australia being paid late, a large number of businesses are at risk.
Bad debt management can cause your business to suffer financial constraints which, if not dealt with early and effectively, can also lead to its demise. Worse still, if a business owner ignores those constraints, continuing to trade without implementing strategies to reduce their debt and exposure, then they risk engaging in “insolvent trading”, which puts personal assets on the line to satisfy creditors, chief amongst them the ATO.
Implementing efficient business systems to better manage these debts through early identification and prompt collection of overdue accounts can lead to improved cash flow and stronger financial positions.Read more
Bradley Allen Love Lawyers recently assisted a client to resolve a dispute at the earliest stage with the minimum of fuss. There is nothing unique about that achievement, which accords with the aim to facilitate the just resolution of the real issues in civil proceedings with minimum delay and expense. What this matter highlighted, though, is that it is essential to use lawyers that know how to recognise when a fight is worth having and have the capability to meet that challenge.
The client was starting up his small business. He had previously been employed in a similar franchised business and decided to go into the industry himself. His start up business was a significant family investment and he wanted to ensure that it was successful. He initially made the mistake of giving his business a similar name to that of the franchised name of his former employer. This brought him to the attention of the franchisor, who demanded that he change the name of his business.
Realising his error, the client changed his business name and proceeded with his business. Despite the change of business name, the franchisor then sued him for breach of a purported restraint of trade provision and also alleged that he was passing off his goods as though they were the franchisor’s goods.
The franchisor had legal representation. In contrast, the client initially did not have representation because he was aware of the significant cost involved. The client did his best to conduct the matter; however, it was a distraction from his business and caused him great concern for his family’s investment. Eventually his son persuaded him to seek professional advice in relation to the claim, which by now had a hearing date set. The client realised his limitations and made an appointment to see Bradley Allen Love.
Here was a new business operator who was facing a significant claim that threatened to ruin his business and his family investment.
After reviewing the claim and the supporting documents, it was immediately apparent to Bradley Allen Love that the franchisor’s claims were all fundamentally flawed. It was time to resolve the matter before the costs began to mount for either party.
After filing a defence that refuted each of the franchisor’s allegations, the client made a settlement offer to resolve the dispute. The settlement offer explained the client’s position and utterly dismantled each of the franchisor’s allegations. The franchisor accepted the offer. Fortunately, both parties are now able to put the matter behind them and get on with their respective business.
If you have a commercial dispute, seek professional help at an early stage. Make sure you seek that help from a suitably experienced lawyer. Ideally, seek advice from an Accredited Specialist in Business Law; better still, if that specialist has access to an Accredited Specialist in Commercial Litigation.
Bradley Allen Love has both.Read more
Sutherland Shire Council v Sud  NSWLEC 44 (24 August 2015)
The Land and Environment Court’s decision in Sutherland Shire Council v Sud serves as a useful reminder of the underlying principles, and key differences, between criminal prosecution and civil enforcement proceedings available under the Environment Planning and Assessment Act 1979.
A key feature of this case was the Council’s decision to utilise both mechanisms against the Respondents in relation to development that had been carried out otherwise than in accordance with the development consent. The Court ultimately endorsed the Council’s approach as it acknowledged that the consequence of one action was to punish the offender, while the other was aimed at remedying the environmental harm caused by the breach. The order in which criminal and civil proceedings are taken is, however, of fundamental importance in achieving these desired outcomes.
Before the Council commenced civil enforcement proceedings in the Land and Environment Court it had prosecuted Mr Sud in the Local Court in relation to the unauthorised development. Mr Sud entered a plea of guilty and the Local Court convicted him and ordered him to pay a fine in the sum of $30,000.00 as well as the Council’s legal costs in the sum of $9,634.00.
In responding to the Council’s civil enforcement action, the respondent argued that bringing civil enforcement proceedings under section 123 of the Act was an abuse of process because the statutory scheme required the council to elect to either prosecute for an offence or to seek civil enforcement, but not both. To find otherwise, it was argued, would result in a “double punishment”.
The respondents’ argument was based on their construction of section 127(7) of the Act. That provision is in the following terms:
(7) A person shall not be convicted of an offence against this Act or the regulations where the matter constituting the offence is, at the date upon which the conviction would, but for this subsection, be made:
(a) the subject of proceedings under section 123, which proceedings have not been concluded, or
(b) the subject of an order made under section 124.
Proceedings taken under section 123 and orders made under section 124 are civil enforcement proceedings.
The Court rejected the respondents’ argument and held that section 127(7) does not require a council to make an election between criminal prosecution or civil enforcement proceedings. However, the Court confirmed that a council needs to think carefully about whether, and when, to commence civil enforcement proceedings because the commencement of civil enforcement proceedings under section 123 or the making by the Court of an order remedying or restraining a breach of the Act under section 124 will prevent a council from subsequently taking criminal action for an offence based on the same breach. The Court explained that the basis for this restriction is enshrined in the procedural fairness principles applicable to a criminal prosecution, such as the right to silence. Procedural fairness precludes a criminal prosecution (which must be proved to the criminal standard of “beyond reasonable doubt”) taking place if the issues have already been aired and decided in a civil case (where the relevant standard is lower: “on the balance of probabilities”).
In coming to this decision, the Court discussed the different purposes of criminal proceedings and civil enforcement proceedings. The Court explained that criminal proceedings are intended to punish the offender, to deter both the offender and others from engaging in similar conduct in the future, to publicly denounce the offender’s behaviour and to recognise the relative harm caused by the offence in the sentence imposed.
By contrast, the Court observed that civil enforcement proceedings are intended to remedy or restrain breaches of the Act and do not involve any element of punishment. This led the Court to conclude that the statutory scheme did not expose a person to “double punishment” and that the commencement of civil enforcement proceedings following a successful prosecution did not amount to an abuse of process. It was open to the council to take both criminal proceedings and civil enforcement proceedings in relation to the same incident provided the criminal proceedings were dealt with first.
Manly Council v Leech  NSWLEC 149 (17 September 2015)
This case is yet another in which the poor drafting of an order has led to the Court holding it to be invalid. The order in this case was an order given under section 121B of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979; however, the Court’s findings apply with equal force to orders given under section 124 of the Local Government Act 1993.
When giving notice of a proposed order and also when giving an order, it is very tempting to cut and paste from earlier notices and orders given by the council. As this case demonstrates, this can be dangerous. It is very important to make sure that the information contained in a notice of proposed order is the information required to be included in such a notice and that the recipient is being given an opportunity to make representations about whether the order should be given and, if so, in what terms. Likewise, it is essential that the information contained in any subsequent order is clear and unambiguous and does not create any confusion about whether it constitutes an order that must be complied with or is simply notice of an order that the Council is intending to give in the future.
The order the subject of the Court’s decision in Manly Council v Leech was a “stop work” order given pursuant to item 19(a) of the Table to section 121B. While it is open to a council to give notice of a proposed order pursuant to item 19 of the Table to section 121B (and it will often be good practice to do so), the Act does not require notice to be given of such an order: section 121D(a).
The “order” the subject of the proceedings was in the following terms:
ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING & ASSESSMENT ACT 1979
SECTION 121 B
TAKE NOTICE that Manly Council (“Council”) intends to give to you an Order in terms of Order No 19(a) in the Table to Section 121B of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (“the Act”) in the terms set out below on the grounds that building works are being carried out unlawfully in contravention of the Act. [emphasis added]
Below that there followed a page and a half of words under the headings: Schedule of Works, Time Period for Compliance with Orders, Reasons for Order, Offence, Penalty, Execution of Order by Council, Right of Appeal Against Order, and Orders that Make or are Likely to Make Residents Homeless.
The Court observed that a statutory order requiring someone to do, or not do, something that is subject to penal consequences will be strictly construed. Consequently, the validity of such an order depends on strict compliance with the statutory conditions governing its issue, and it will not be enforced by the Courts unless the order is expressed in clear and unambiguous language.
In the present case, the Court pointed out that the document began by stating that the Council “intends” to give an order. It was framed in terms of an order the council intended to give in the future and the Court found that this led to confusion about whether the Council required immediate compliance with the order or whether it was merely giving some sort of warning notice. In those circumstances the Court held that the order was invalid.
This case serves as a timely reminder for councils to review the template documents they use for the giving of notice of proposed orders and for giving orders to ensure that, if challenged, they will stand up to scrutiny by the Court.Read more
Then put together your team/s and start training now to compete in Sweatworking ® – our physical challenge networking event. With a new date, new venue and new charity partner – Duo Services – this event is set to be bigger than ever!
Your organisation’s team of 4 will complete 10 fitness stations – each with its own unique challenge. Our fitness partner Ignite Nutrition and Fitness have devised a gruelling circuit style program – the more reps, the more points! All of your team registration fee will be donated to DUO, our 2015 Charity Partner.
We hope to see you there!
ActewAGL | Beames and Associates | Bradley Allen Love | Canberra Labor Club Limited | Cataldos | Colliers International | Commonwealth Bank of Australia | Construction Control | Deloitte | Godfrey Pembroke | Kazar Slaven | KPMG | Land Development Agency | Lifeline Canberra | Ray White | RSM Bird Cameron | Schiavello (ACT) Pty Ltd | The Vikings Group | Trilogy Funding | University of CanberraRead more
Christmas in July has come and gone, marking the end of another round of workplace celebrations, and the slow march back from solstice to silly season. During this intervening period of calm it is perhaps timely to remind employers and employees alike of the perils and pitfalls of the infamous work Christmas party.
Such events are intended to allow staff to mix and mingle while celebrating all that was achieved over the course of the year. Yet often it is also used as an excuse to take advantage of a bottomless bar tab, and an excess of social lubricant has been known to cause some slip-ups.
The recent case of Keenan v Leighton Boral Amey Joint Venture provides a stark illustration of what can happen when an employer fails to take the proper precautions before, during, or after a Christmas work party. Some may also learn lessons from Mr Keenan’s conduct.
The Keenan case involves an employee who helped himself to the unlimited supply of alcohol at a staff Christmas function before embarking on what could be described as a “rampage” of misconduct, swearing at managers and making overt sexual advances to female colleagues. The employer dismissed Mr Keenan in the New Year, but the Fair Work Commission (FWC) ordered his reinstatement on the basis that much of the conduct occurred “out of hours”.
Mr Keenan was a ‘Team Leader’ for his employer, Leighton Boral Amey Joint Venture (LBAJV), a company which carries out road maintenance work in Sydney under a contract with the NSW Roads and Maritime Services. LBAJV held a Christmas Party at a hotel between 6pm and 10pm in December 2014. Before the party, the employees were warned that LBAJV’s policies and procedures were to apply during the function.
During the party (which was not supervised by any LBAJV manager), the hotel staff were obliged to serve alcohol in compliance with their responsible service of alcohol requirements. However, in practice, the service of alcohol was not appropriately restrained or regulated, to the point where later in the night the attendees were simply left to help themselves.
Mr Keenan certainly did “help himself”, downing around ten beers and one vodka and coke between the hours of 7pm and around 11:15pm. Read More.
First published in Ethos, the ACT Law Society’s journal.Read more
The wait is over – amendments to the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 which confer significantly improved investigation powers on Councils commenced on 31 July 2015. The amendments also create new offences and establish a new hierarchy of offences which attract higher penalties and distinguish between offences committed by individuals and corporations.
The amendments to the Act are supported by amendments to the Environmental Planning and Assessment Regulation 2000 (Amended Regulations) which also came into force on 31 July 2015. The Amended Regulations contains important transitional provisions and a revised schedule of penalty notice offences including higher penalties.
The new provisions expand the powers of an “investigation officer” bringing them in line with the powers of an “authorised officer” under the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997. Relevantly, the new provisions enable an investigation officer to:
These provisions allow councils significantly greater scope to obtain information and evidence in relation to investigations into possible breaches of the Act.
The amendments also provide that an investigation officer is now able to commence criminal proceeding within, but not later than, 2 years after the date on which evidence of the alleged offence first came to the attention of that investigation officer: section 127(5A). Prior to the amendments, this provision had only applied to authorised officers of the Department.
The new provisions have moved away from the terms “a person authorised” and “authorised officer” and instead confer powers of investigation on an “investigation officer”. That term refers to both departmental officers and council officers, unless otherwise specified.
An “investigation officer” is a person appointed in accordance with s.119B. The requirements for appointment vary depending on whether the appointment relates to an individual or a class of persons. Relevantly:
To date the Minister has not authorised a class of persons as “investigation officers” for the purpose of s.119B of the Act. As such, in order for council officers to rely on the new investigative powers of the Act, councils must ensure that relevant council officers are formally appointed, in writing, as an investigation officer.
However, the Amended Regulations provide that Council officers who were authorised by a council under s.118A(1) of the Act, being an authorisation to enter any premises, immediately before the commencement of the new provisions will be taken to be a “council investigation officer” for the purposes of the amended Act.
While this assists existing council staff who were authorised persons under the unamended Act, as the Council’s power to appoint an investigation officer under the Act did not previously exist, Councils will need to delegate the new power to their general managers before general managers will be able to make new appointments to the position of investigation officer.
The new provisions also create new offences. It is now an offence to:
The introduction of this new offence allows councils to take action against persons who are indirectly involved in a contravention of the Act or Regulations, rather than just a person who was directly responsible for an offence. A person aiding, abetting etc an offence will be subject to the same penalty as the person who directly committed the offence.
A further new offence is to be created in relation to the provision of false or misleading information in connection with a planning matter but that offence will not commence until 30 September 2015. The new offence will be contained within section 148B and will apply to both applicants and consultants.
The new provisions of the Act are backed up by significantly higher maximum penalties which vary depending on the seriousness of the offence. In this respect the Act now lists three categories of offences. The hierarchy this creates provides clear guidance to councils, the courts and the community about which offences are deemed to be more serious than others.
The Act now also imposes higher penalties for offences committed by corporations than those for individuals.
The Amended Regulations include a revised schedule of penalty notice offences which is consistent with the new penalty regime of the Act (Schedule 5). The new schedule introduces additional items to the list of penalty notice offences and increases the penalty amount for most offences. The most serious offences are now subject a penalty notice amount of $6,000 for corporations and $3,000 for individuals, e.g carrying out designated development without consent. The changes to the penalty notice provisions commenced operation on 14 August 2015.
Please contact Alan Bradbury if you have any queries about the application or effect of the new provisions of Act or Amended Regulations.Read more
The oppressive conduct regime in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the Corporations Act) is designed to provide protection and extensive remedies for oppressed minority shareholders. It is one of a number of means to ensure Directors conduct the company’s affairs in good faith and in a manner which is in the interests of all shareholders.
Sections 232 and 233 of the Corporations Act allow shareholders to seek relief against oppressive conduct in circumstances where the conduct of the company’s affairs is alleged to be:
The Court has broad powers under section 233 to grant relief to oppressed shareholders, including the power to wind up the company, appoint a receiver/manager, grant injunctions and, importantly, providing for the buy-out of shareholders.
The question considered here is whether “unitholders” of a unit trust can seek the same relief as “shareholders” under those provisions. The law in this respect is uncertain; hence the importance of having a Unitholders Agreement or equivalent right in the unit trust deed. The uncertainty arises because the jurisdictions of NSW and VIC have taken different positions on whether unitholders can seek relief under the oppressive conduct provisions of the Corporations Act, even where there is a corporate trustee.
The NSW approach is that claims of oppression and entitlement to relief under the Corporations Act are limited to the company only, and does not apply to its capacity as a trustee in the course of administering the trust. This is so, notwithstanding that the sole purpose of the company may be to act as trustee. Even where oppression has occurred against a trust beneficiary in a company which holds all its assets on trust, there is no diminution in value of the complainant’s share in the company (the shares in the company being valued at nil or the nominal amount of $1) and therefore no prejudice or unfairness occurs.
Plainly, the NSW position is that “oppression” against a beneficiary of a trust is a matter to be raised as “a breach of trust” not a Corporations Act cause.
Victoria has departed from the NSW approach in that Courts will look at the conduct of the majority unitholders “as a whole” regardless of whether the conduct relates to their position as a shareholder or as a unitholder or both. The Courts have considered the application of section 53 of the Corporations Act in the interpretation of the oppression provisions.
For conduct to be oppressive it must be in relation to the “conduct of a company’s affairs’. Section 53 provides that “affairs of a body corporate” include:
It has been held that section 53 is broad enough to extend to the oppression remedy where the oppression relates to the operation of the trust which has a corporate trustee and potentially extends oppression of a member to include their interests and associated interests as a “unitholder”. Even if that was so, it nevertheless may be that in many cases it is possible to separate the affairs of the company from those of a trust. Whether that can be done depends on the facts.
Unfortunately the ACT approach is unclear as the issue appears untested. In our view the NSW approach is likely to prevail for reason that a corporate trustee is bound to act in accordance with the Trust Deed and if the Trust Deed does not set out conduct which (if reached) could be unconscionable, then the corporate trustee cannot be engaging in unconscionable or oppressive conduct separately. Our view is that the rights of a beneficiary under a trust are determined according to the terms of the trust and the law of trusts.
Whether the laws of oppression reliant on the Corporations Act 2001 apply or don’t apply should be an academic question. The advantage in having a Unitholders Agreement is that if the document is well prepared, there will be clear rights and obligations on each of the parties to identify what conduct is or is not acceptable, reducing or even removing the possibility of claims of oppression and providing unit holders with a clear path out of the unit trust. If a business is designed to be an investment it should also be designed to be realised.
This article is intended to provide a summary of the subject matter only. It does not purport to be comprehensive or to render legal advice. No one should act on the basis of any matter contained in this article without first obtaining specific professional advice.Read more
The making or amendment of an environmental planning instrument will sometimes affect the value of land owned by a councillor, giving rise to a “pecuniary interest” for the purposes of the Local Government Act.
When this happens, the Act requires the councillor:
a) to disclose the nature of the interest to any meeting of the council or committee at which the matter is being considered (section 451(1)); and
b) to not be present at, or in sight of, the meeting at any time during which the matter is being considered or discussed or voted on (section 451(2)).
These obligations are in addition to the obligations relating to the preparation and submission of written returns of interests under section 449.
When the making or amendment of an environmental planning instrument will affect the value of land owned by a number of councillors, there is the potential for the council to be unable to obtain a quorum for a council or committee meeting convened to consider the instrument. To deal with this issue, section 451(4) provides that the obligations imposed by section 451(1) and (2) do not apply if:
a) the environmental planning instrument applies “to the whole or a significant part of the council’s area”; and
b) the councillor makes a special disclosure prior to the meeting.
The provisions of section 451(4) came under the spotlight in the recent decision of the NSW Civil and Administrative Tribunal in Office of Local Government v Petty  NSWCATOD 46.
The issue in that case was whether Cr Petty, a councillor on the Wollongong City Council, had breached the pecuniary interests provisions of the Act.
The Council held an extraordinary meeting to consider a number of rezoning proposals for land at Helensburgh and Stanwell Tops. Although there were a number of such proposals, each one was listed separately in the Council’s business paper. One of those proposals, item 8 in the business paper, related to a property known as “the Blackwells” which was across the road from Cr Petty’s home. The proposal was to rezone part of the Blackwells property from E2 Environmental Conservation to IN2 Light Industrial. Evidence before the Tribunal indicated that, if approved, the rezoning proposal would have a detrimental impact on Cr Petty’s property and would result in the value of his land decreasing by some $175,000.
Cr Petty attended the council meeting at which the proposal was considered. At the commencement of the meeting he read from a statement prepared by his solicitors. He acknowledged in the statement that he owned land that would be affected by the proposal and that he may have an appreciable financial gain or loss depending on what decision the Council made. However, he then said that, because the proposal was part of a much larger overall rezoning proposal for a significant part of the Council’s area, he had decided to make a special disclosure and to take part in the meeting.
The councillor remained in the meeting and argued against the approval of the proposal. He then voted against the proposal.
In the Tribunal Cr Petty argued that he was not required to absent himself from the Council meeting because the matter being considered fell within the exception contained in section 451(4). He argued that the whole of the business before the Council that night related to zoning proposals for a significant part of the Council’s area.
However, the Tribunal found that the specific agenda item relating to the Blackwells related to an area of land that made up only 2.33% of the Council’s area and that this was not a “significant” part of the Council’s area for the purposes of section 451(4). It was this agenda item and not the whole of the business before the Council meeting, that gave rise to the councillor’s pecuniary interest.
Cr Petty also argued that he had obtained legal advice from a solicitor who was an accredited specialist in local government and planning law and relied on that advice in dealing with his pecuniary interest in the way he did. That advice was to the effect that, when all of the various rezoning proposals were taken together, they did affect a significant part of the Council’s area and this was sufficient to bring the circumstances with section 451(4).
The Tribunal disagreed with the councillor’s legal advice, noting that the rezoning proposal in which Cr Petty had a pecuniary interest was a separate agenda item, requiring separate consideration and to be voted upon separately. It did not come within section 451(4) because the specific proposal did not relate to the whole or a significant part of the Council’s area: it related only to the zoning of the Blackwells.
The Tribunal also found that the fact that the councillor had obtained and relied on legal advice was not an answer to the complaint against him. The Tribunal said that Cr Petty was not bound by the legal advice he obtained and it was a matter for him whether he relied upon it. The Tribunal concluded that regardless of the legal advice it was open to the councillor to give careful consideration to whether the specific proposal relating to the Blackwells was a “proposal relating to the whole or a significant part of the Council’s area” and, if there was some doubt about that, whether it would be prudent or more ethical for him to refrain from participating in the consideration of that item. The councillor was criticised by the Tribunal for adopting the legal advice as “an unqualified shield”.
Another issue relied on by the Tribunal was the technical point that the special disclosure had not been signed. Section 451(4) provides that a special disclosure must be in the form prescribed by, and must contain the information required by, the regulations. Regulation 195A of the Local Government (General) Regulation 2005 requires a special disclosure to be in the form set out in schedule 3A and to contain the information required by that form. The prescribed form requires, as part of that information, the signature of the councillor. The Tribunal also noted that the councillor’s legal advice also pointed out that the special disclosure needed to be signed to become effective. So even if the rezoning proposal had applied to the whole or a significant part of the Council’s area, Cr Petty would still not have been entitled to the protection of section 451(4) because he had not made the special disclosure required by that provision.
In the circumstances the Tribunal ordered that Cr Petty be reprimanded and suspended and that his right to be paid any fee or remuneration also be suspended for a period of 3 months.
In a decision handed down on Monday of this week, the Court of Appeal has found that councils must comply with the public notice requirements for the setting of fees for service in the Local Government Act even when the fees are paid pursuant to a contract and have been arrived at following commercial negotiation between the council and the other party to the contract.
The Local Government Act 1993 contains elaborate provisions regulating the financial management and accountability of local councils. Chapter 13, “How are councils made accountable for their actions”, requires the preparation of a delivery program and draft operational plan (including a statement of the council’s revenue policy for the year) and imposes an obligation on councils to exhibit and receive and consider submissions before a final operational plan is adopted.
A council’s revenue comes from a number of sources. One of those sources is the charging of fees for services.
The Local Government Act differentiates between fees for business activities and fees for non-business activities.
The fees for services provided in relation to any of a council’s business activities must be charged in accordance with a pricing methodology adopted by the council in its operational plan prepared under Part 2 of Chapter 13 or in accordance with a resolution passed at an open meeting of the Council: section 610B.
The fees for any non-business activity must be set by the council after considering the factors set out in section 610D. These include:
The transparency of the fee setting process is ensured by the requirements of section 610F. That section requires that a council must not determine the amount of a fee until it has given public notice of the fee in accordance with that section and until it has considered any submissions duly made to it during the period of public notice. The section also requires that public notice of the amount of a proposed fee must be given in the draft operational plan for the year in which the fee is to be made.
In a decision handed down on Monday 11 May 2015, the New South Wales Court of Appeal has held that the restrictions imposed on a council in charging a fee for a non-business related service apply to the grant of a licence for the use of council land, even where the fee has been arrived at by negotiation between the council and the licensee.
In Adrenaline Pty Ltd v Bathurst Regional Council  NSWCA 123 the council had entered into a five year agreement with Adrenaline under which Adrenaline agreed to pay the council an annual fee in the order of $250,000 for the use of the Mt Panorama motor racing circuit for 5 days each December. When negotiations for the renewal of the agreement collapsed, Adrenaline brought proceedings seeking to recover the fees it had paid over the five year term, arguing that it had paid the amounts in the mistaken belief that the Council had been authorised to enter into the agreement.
The council accepted that if the requirement to give public notice of a proposed fee for service in section 610F of the Act applied to the fees set by the agreement, public notice of the fees had not been given. The council argued, however, that it had a general power to enter into a contract in connection with the exercise of its functions and that this general power was not constrained by the public notice requirements contained in the Local Government Act.
The Court of Appeal rejected the council’s argument.
Leeming JA (with whom MacFarlan and Ward JJA agreed) held that the council was still required to comply with the public notice requirements of the Local Government Act in setting the fee payable under the agreement even though the fee had been the subject of commercial negotiations between the council and Adrenaline. He cited a number of reasons for coming to this conclusion:
The Court therefore found that the council had entered into the contract in breach of its obligations in relation to the charging of a fee for a service contained in section 610F of the Act.
Fortunately for the Council, however, the Court stopped short of ordering it to refund the licence fees it had been paid under the contract. This was for two reasons.
One was that the Court held that the fees were an “impost” for the purposes of the Recovery of Imposts Act 1963 so that the fees could only be recovered in an action brought within a period of 12 months from the date of payment. In this case the proceedings had been commenced after that period had already expired.
The second was that the Court found that Adrenaline had in fact received good consideration for the fees it had paid and, in fact, had received precisely what it had bargained for: the use of the racetrack for a 5 day period for each of the five years of the contract’s duration. The Court held that this precluded Adrenaline from recovering the amounts it had paid, even though they had been imposed contrary to the provisions of the Local Government Act.
The Court’s decision means that councils will need to review contracts they have entered into that involve the provision of a service (including licences for the use of council land) to ensure that the fees payable have been imposed in accordance with the public notice requirement of the Local Government Act. In this regard it does not matter that the fees may have been arrived at by negotiation with the other party – public notice of the fee is still required.Read more
On Tuesday 7 April 2015, Justice Nye Perram of the Federal Court of Australia handed down a landmark judgment which could change enforcement of copyright privacy forever. His Honour has compelled a number of internet service providers, including iiNet (the ISPs), to release the names and postal addresses of 4,726 of their customers whose IP addresses were used to illegally download the film Dallas Buyers Club. If the ISPs do not appeal the decision and the judgment stands, it will set a precedent that may encourage copyright holders to seek similar orders when looking to sue consumers for similar copyright infringement.
Dallas Buyers LLC and their parent company Voltage Productions LLC (together, Dallas Buyers), who own the copyright in the film, used software called ‘Maverik Monitor’ to trace the IP addresses of individuals who used BitTorrent networks to download the film. Dallas Buyers then applied to the Federal Court to compel the release of personal information of the account holders attached to those IP addresses.
Overseas, Dallas Buyers and other production companies have used such personal information to deliver what are known as ‘speculative invoices’ – threatening letters to the account holder, asserting that they are liable for a significant amount, but offering to settle for a much smaller amount (although still arguably more than what would be recoverable if they actually sued). In the United States, such “settlement fees” were known to reach up to US$7,000.
In this case, Perram J rejected the ISPs’ long litany of arguments and ultimately allowed Dallas Buyers’ application, albeit on two important conditions:
Those two checks are critical safeguards against Dallas Buyers’ ability to pursue the account holders for compensation in any way they see fit. The first was a matter of privacy; the second was to prevent speculative invoicing. With respect to the latter condition, Perram J followed the examples set by his peers in the UK and Canadian courts. His express purpose in doing so was to minimise the possibility of vulnerable individuals being frightened into paying a large settlement fee, after having received a menacing letter apparently resulting from court orders.
It is yet to be seen what form the Dallas Buyers correspondence might take, however under Perram J’s supervision they may only be permitted to seek compensation for their actual loss, which could be as little as the cost of the DVD or legal online purchase.
Moreover, if the letters do demand some sort of monetary compensation, if the account holder refuses to pay and if Dallas Buyers elect to sue, they will need to overcome a further and perhaps more significant hurdle: they will need to prove that the account holder of the IP address is the same person that illegally downloaded the film.
There are of course a number of possible scenarios in which they would not be the same person, and at that point the ‘Maverik Monitor’ software ceases to assist because it only traced the IP address of the account holder, and not the device onto which it was downloaded.
The expense that Dallas Buyers would incur in attempting to prove that fact in the course of litigation would far outstrip the amount they could potentially recover. Nevertheless that might not prevent them from making an example of someone as a deterrent for the wider public.
The judgement narrowly preceded the Communications Alliance, a lobby group for the telecommunication industry, submitting its Copyright Notice Scheme Code 2015 (the Code) to the Australian Communications and Media Authority for approval on Wednesday afternoon. The Code creates a ‘three-strikes’ system whereby copyright holders can trace illegal downloading using similar methods to Dallas Buyers, then compel the ISPs to issue warning letters to the relevant account holders. Three strikes in any twelve month period will allow the copyright holders to obtain the account holder’s personal information from the ISPs so that they can identify them for potential legal action. It is currently unknown if or when the Code will be approved.
If you receive an infringement letter from an ISP or production company, we strongly urge you to seek independent legal advice. At this juncture, steps must be taken with the utmost caution – the law in this regard is untested in Australia, and the courts are yet to determine how to appropriately balance the rights the copyright owners against the rights of individual consumers.
To read the full judgment click here.Read more
The Court is demonstrating its willingness to crack down on planning offences. In the recent decision Cowra Shire Council v Fuller  NSWLEC 13, in which Bradley Allen Love Lawyers acted for Cowra Shire Council, the Court imposed a penalty of $175,000 on the Defendant for carrying out unlawful development and demolition of a heritage homestead. This is understood to be the highest penalty given to an individual for the offence of carrying out development without consent.
The offence involved the deliberate and wilful demolition of Shiel Homestead, a building with heritage value, in the Cowra Local Government Area. The homestead was demolished on the Easter weekend in 2012, immediately prior to the Council considering a proposal to include the homestead as a heritage item in its local environmental plan. In considering what an appropriate penalty would be, the Court noted the importance of maintaining the integrity of the planning system and that the failure to obtain development consent potentially undermines that system. The deliberate and wilful demolition of the building, and the irreversible nature of the offence, led the Court to describe the offence as objectively serious and deserving of a $250,000 penalty, which was then reduced by 30% to $175,000 due to mitigating factors, including an early plea of guilty. The Court also ordered the Defendant to pay the costs incurred by the Council in the proceedings.
While prosecuting someone for carrying out unlawful development can seem daunting, a successful prosecution can have a substantial deterrent effect and sends an important message to the broader community that the law is being fairly and consistently applied. The incoming changes to the EPA Act support local councils in undertaking strategic prosecutions as part of the tools available to councils to achieve the orderly and economic use and development of land.Read more
The NSW Parliament has recently passed amendments to the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EPA Act)to substantially increase the maximum penalty that can be imposed by the Court when a person commits an offence under the EPA Act. These new provisions have not yet taken effect – they will commence on a day to be appointed by proclamation – but it is only a matter of time.
The Amendment will see the Court switch from its “one size fits all” approach of having one maximum fine for all offences to a tiered offence system similar to that used for offences against the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997. Like that Act, three new classes of offences have been created, being:
Tier one offences are the most serious category of offences. An offence is be a Tier One offence if it is deliberate and causes, or is likely to cause, significant harm to the environment or caused the death of, or serious injury or illness to, a person. The maximum penalty for a tier one offence is $5 million for corporations and $1 million for individuals.
Tier two offences are those offences that do not fall within Tier One or Tier Three. The maximum penalty that can be imposed for a Tier Two offence is $2 million for corporations and $500,000 for individuals.
These are the least serious offences and include “certificate-related offences”. A certificate related offence is defined in the EPA Act and is an offence which arises in relation to the issue of a construction, compliance, subdivision or occupation certificate (including the procedures for, and restrictions on, issuing such certificates and the notification requirements of a principal certifying authority). An example of a certificate related offence would be where an occupation certificate is issued and the preconditions to the issue of the certificate that are specified in the development consent, complying development certificate or planning agreement have not been met (s190H EPA Act).The maximum penalty that can be imposed for a Tier Three offence is $1 million for corporations and $250,000 for individuals.
The three tier structure will assist councils to assess the seriousness of an offence upfront and enable strategic decisions to be made about which matters to prosecute.
The Amendment also creates new offences under the EPA Act, including the offence of providing false or misleading information in connection with planning matters. Significantly, the new offence will apply to applicants for an approval, development or certificate and consultants that provide information as part of a development or certificate application, including statements of environmental effects. These changes reflect the important role that consultants play in providing professional and objective information that can be relied on by a consent authority when assessing an application.Read more
Open justice lies at the heart of the Australian court system. The principle has been variously described as ‘immutable’, an ‘essential aspect’ of judicial character and ‘the best security for the pure, impartial and efficient administration of justice’.
Unsurprisingly, the concept has a variety of meanings. At base, it requires that court proceedings and associated documents be physically accessible to the general public. Yet perhaps more importantly, especially as most people rarely, if ever, are inclined to attend court as spectators, open justice entails media access to courtroom hearings so that such reporting can be disseminated to a larger audience.
This principle is not, however, absolute. As with many fundamental legal principles, open justice is often at tension with well-meaning exceptions. Just as the administration of justice normally requires litigation to occur in the open, so may it occasionally necessitate closed hearings in cases of confidential information, child-related matters and where issues of national security arise. While these exceptions are ‘strictly defined’, common law and statute make allowances for private proceedings or the issuance of various orders to a similar effect.
For example, s 37AG of the Federal Court of Australia Act 1976 (Cth) provides several grounds for the Court to make non-publication or suppression orders. While it ‘must take into account that a primary objective of the administration of justice is to safeguard the public interest in open justice’, orders can be made when necessary, among other things, to prevent prejudice to the administration of justice, to protect national security related government interests and to protect the safety of any person. Similar powers exist at common law, and the legislation expressly does not affect those powers.
Although the Federal Court Act provides little guidance as to determining between these various competing principles, case law offers ‘necessity’ as a tool. This test prescribes that a departure from open justice will only be permitted if it is ‘really necessary to secure the proper administration of justice’. In Hogan v Australian Crime Commission, a decision dealing with the previous incarnation of the Federal Court’s suppression powers, the High Court added that it must be more than ‘convenient, reasonable or sensible, or to serve some notion of the public interest’. As the Victorian bench book bluntly puts it, ‘necessity is a high threshold’. Read more.
First published in Ethos, the ACT Law Society’s journal.Read more
The law governing employment contracts has become significantly more black and white in recent months, following the High Court’s pronouncement in Commonwealth Bank of Australia v Barker that the implied term of mutual trust and confidence is, under the common law of Australia, dead
In doing so, the Court conclusively settled “one of the most contentious questions in Australian employment law,” and provided relief for nervous employers already concerned about their employment-related liability following Richardson v Oracle Corporation of Australia. Yet the Court’s reluctance to consider the associated implied term of good faith leaves another area of uncertainty awaiting further litigation.
Barker arose following the Commonwealth Bank’s decision in 2009 to make a senior and long-serving employee redundant as the result of restructuring. While the Bank attempted to find redeployment opportunities for Mr Barker, he had been stripped of access to his work email and so the Bank’s messages about such attempts did not reach him until just prior to the date of termination.
Before Besanko J of the Federal Court, Mr Barker claimed that the Bank “had failed to conduct the termination or redundancy process in a bona fide and/or proper manner.” This failure, he claimed, amounted to a breach of two of the Bank’s policies — its redundancy policy and its equal employment opportunity policy. Mr Barker founded his claim in contract on three alternative propositions — the policies were expressly incorporated into his employment contract; the policies were incorporated by practice and usage into his employment contract; or ‘his contract of employment included an implied term of mutual trust and confidence and that a serious breach of the policies was a breach of that implied term.’
Besanko J was not persuaded by the first two propositions, particularly as the Bank’s employment manual bluntly stated that it was “not in any way incorporated as part of any industrial award or agreement entered into by the Bank, nor does it form any part of an employee’s contract of employment.” However, after considering English cases and judicial recognition of the term in Australia, Besanko J found that “there is an implied term of mutual trust and confidence in the contract of employment between Mr Barker and the Bank.” Read More.
First published in Ethos, the ACT Law Society’s journal.Read more
Bradley Allen Love Lawyers can help protect you and your company by providing a range of policies and policy packages drafted by our team of employment law experts and customised to suit the individual workplace.
Drafting workplace policies can be challenging. They need to comply with a diverse range of legislation, should be directive to employees yet not contractually binding on employers, and may have to withstand judicial scrutiny if relied upon in a workplace dispute.
The cost of poorly worded policies has increased significantly following recent court decisions. In Richardson v Oracle, the employer was found vicariously liable for an employee’s sexual harassment of a colleague. The judge held that Oracle’s policies were not sufficient to provide a ‘reasonable steps’ defence, and awarded damages of $130,000. In another case, an employee subjected to persistent sexual harassment from her manager received $733,723 in compensation.
To assist organisations protect themselves from these risks, Bradley Allen Love has drafted customisable policies aimed at fulfilling legal requirements and explaining the obligations of employers and employees.
Bullying, Harassment & Discrimination Policy ($750 inc GST)
Designed to be compliant with a range of legislation,this policy forms an essential part of a prospective ‘reasonable steps’ defence against vicarious liability for sexual harassment. It explains the legal responsibilities of employees, and outlines what constitutes bullying, sexual harassment and unlawful discrimination. It also includes clauses on complaints procedures, privacy and disciplinary sanctions.
Work Health and Safety Policy ($750 inc GST)
Drafted to meet obligations arising under the Work Health and Safety Act 2011 and Workers Compensation Act 1951, this policy aims to foster a safe workplace and provide protection from liability when incidents occur. It describes the relevant responsibilities, includes work safety concern and inspection templates, and highlights the duty to notify of incidents obligation. It also provides for the creation of a workplace health and safety committee – the most practical way to satisfy the consultation requirement.
Complete Workplace Policies Suite ($2,000 inc GST)
Bradley Allen Love Lawyers can provide an extensive suite of legislatively compliant policies. Aimed at protecting your organisation from a range of potential workplace issues, the suite includes:
To talk about the policies that will best suit your business, or to order a package, please call us on 02 6274 0842.Read more
The ACT recently brought itself into line with most other Australian jurisdictions when the Legislative Assembly enacted legislation giving certain people the right to access a copy of a deceased’s will. As of 17 November 2014, section 126 was inserted into the Administration and Probate Act 1929. It gives an ‘interested person’ the right to inspect, or be provided with, copies of a will, even if the holder only has a copy of the will themselves. A will is defined to include a revoked will, an informal will, or a codicil to any will. The inclusive definition means that the Act does not limit the documents which may be accessed.
Before this law was passed, there was little recourse available to force someone to provide a copy of the will of a deceased person. As a result, in some circumstances it was difficult to hold an executor to account or know whether to challenge the will.
There is a range of reasons why a person might need to look at a will or former will of a deceased person. In a claim for family provision, for instance, one of the factors considered by the court is the testamentary intentions of the deceased person. Examining a former will is one way to shed light on these intentions. It may also be necessary to confirm whether or not the deceased had testamentary capacity at the time they gave instructions for their will. Further, former wills may be evidence of the authenticity of the testator’s signature on their last will.
In practice, firms could previously ask the Supreme Court to permit access to the will once the executor applied for probate. However, this only helped where the executor needs to apply for probate (which is not always necessary) and the costs of accessing the will in this manner were significant.
Under the amended legislation, an ‘interested person’ is defined with reference to nine broad categories and includes:
A person does not necessarily need to be specifically identified in a will. A person will have the right to request a copy of a will if he or she meets the description of a class of people in the will such as ‘brothers and sisters’.
The only formalities contained the new legislation are that the interested person must make the request in writing, and, to the extent that there are any costs associated with furnishing or copying the will, the interested person must personally bear those costs.
The Act places a positive obligation on any person with ‘possession or control’ of a will to grant access to an interested person. The executor, law firms, and other institutions that employ safe custody procedures cannot refuse access to a copy of a will or former will if the person making the request is an interested person.
So, provided a person can demonstrate that they fall into one of the categories of an ‘interested person’, a request made pursuant to section 126 creates an unqualified obligation to provide copies or access. No additional documentation is required, and access is not dependent on obtaining the consent of any client, or executor or administrator of an estate.
This change to the Act is a positive development. The legal right to access a will is a measure which is designed to save time and, consequently, lower costs. It should simplify the process of estate administration and limit associated potential litigation.
If you would like more information, Bradley Allen Love can provide you with advice on your responsibilities as an executor and your rights as a beneficiary.Read more
The High Court has delivered their landmark judgment in Commonwealth Bank of Australia v Barker, definitively rejecting the implication of a mutual trust and confidence term in Australian employment contracts.
In a judgment that will relieve employers and that clarifies a previously unsettled area of law, the Court broke from British legal developments in a decision cautious about the possibility of encroaching on legislative territory.
Mr Barker, a senior and long-serving employee of the Commonwealth Bank, was made redundant in 2009 as the result of restructuring. Although the Bank made attempts to offer Mr Barker redeployment opportunities, he had been stripped of access to his work email and consequently these messages did not reach him until just before the date of termination.
At first instance, Mr Barker alleged, amongst other things, that the Bank ‘had failed to conduct the termination or redundancy process in a bona fide and/or proper manner’, which represented a breach of both the redundancy policy and equal employment opportunity policy. While these policies expressly stated that they did not form part of the employment contract, Mr Barker alleged his contract contained an implied term of mutual trust and confidence, and the Bank’s actions had breached this term.
Drawing on extensive British jurisprudence, both Besanko J of the Federal Court and Jacobson and Lander JJ of the Full Federal Court agreed with Mr Barker. They noted the implied term was necessary to ‘prevent the enjoyment of rights conferred by contract being rendered nugatory, worthless, or seriously undermined’, before quoting another case to the effect that its development ‘can be seen as consistent with the contemporary view of the employment relationship as involving elements of common interest and partnership, rather than of conflict and subordination.’ Mr Barker was awarded damages in the sum of $317,500.
These decisions represented a significant shift in Australian workplace law, potentially finding an implied term of mutual trust and confidence in every employment contract across the country. However, relying on Jessup J’s strong dissenting judgment, the Bank appealed to the High Court.
Across three concurring judgments, the Court upheld the appeal. Having quoted Brennan J’s statement that ‘there must be constraints on the exercise of the power, else the courts would cross “the Rubicon that divides the judicial and the legislative powers”’, the Court found that such an implied term was ‘a matter more appropriate for the legislature than for the courts to determine’.
Mixing historical metaphors, and having witnessed the Full Federal Court march on Rome, the High Court felt compelled to beat a hasty retreat across the Rubicon lest the implied term ‘act as a Trojan horse’ in employment contracts across Australia.
The take-home message for employers, already apprehensive after the recent Richardson decision, is that they can breathe easy – for now. The Court’s principle-based as opposed to factually-driven rationale in Barker was such that distinguishing the judgment in a later case would prove difficult and thus, barring (unlikely) legislative intervention, the implied term of mutual trust and confidence appears to be no more.
However, the Court left open the possible existence of an implied term of good faith in employment contracts, refusing to be drawn into a consideration of the merits of such an argument. Until another matter brings that question squarely before the Court, it seems the familiar “mutual trust and confidence” pleading will simply be replaced by that of the equally vague “good faith”.Read more
At Bradley Allen Love we understand that being the Executor or Administrator of an estate, particularly of a recently deceased loved one, can be both stressful and challenging. To simplify the process as much as possible we’ve developed the following guide, which explains the key terms and outlines several steps that the Executor or Administrator should follow.
Role of the Executor and Administrator
An “Executor” is a person appointed by a will to manage the deceased’s estate and carry out their wishes as set out in the will.
If the deceased left no will, an invalid will, or an incomplete will, an “Administrator” is appointed by the Court to manage the deceased’s estate and distribute according to law.
Although a willmaker can choose whomever they want to be the executor, it is standard practice to appoint someone who is going to be a major beneficiary under the will. If, on the other hand, the Court appoints an administrator, they have complete discretion in selecting their appointee.
Being the Executor or Administrator is a position of trust and responsibility, and comes with duties and obligations that can be quite time-consuming. The Executor or Administrator is entitled to seek legal advice in the course of carrying out their duties, with such advice paid for by the estate. Accordingly, you should not be personally out-of-pocket as a result of being the Executor or Administrator. If you have any concerns about your rights and obligations as an Executor or Administrator, please seek legal advice.
What to do before receiving the Death Certificate
A Death Certificate is typically issued approximately two weeks after the funeral and will be posted to the person who completed the death notification for the funeral director. This period of time can be particularly frustrating for many executors and the family, because little progress can be made while waiting for the Death Certificate. However, the executor or proposed administrator can take some preliminary steps, such as:
You should also consider obtaining legal advice during this time.
How long is this all going to take?
Completing the estate administration is likely to take until the end of the current financial year, though can take until the end of the next financial year in some circumstances. This is because the executor or administrator is obliged to file the deceased’s last tax return covering the period from that financial year until date of death and, possibly, an estate tax return from date of death to the end of the financial year as well.
You can expect to complete the estate administration, with prompt professional advice and assistance, within six to twelve months.
It is entirely possible for it to take longer, but this is usually the result of litigation, delays on the part of banks or other financial institutions, or difficulty selling a property.
Is there anything else I need to know?
There are a few key terms that you may not understand. An explanatory document with definitions of such terms can be found here.
You should also be aware that no estate is the same. Applying for Grants of Probate or Letters of Administration, properly attending to the estate administration and dealing with the tax issues that flow from it, dealing with estate litigation, and dealing with the beneficiaries is a difficult and time-consuming task.
Our point is that you should not take these things lightly, nor should you rely on advice from anyone other than specialist estate lawyers. Our team of expert estate lawyers are able to answer all your estate inquiries.Read more
On 5 June 2014 the ACT Government introduced the Payroll Tax Amendment Bill 2014 that will remove the ‘genuine employer’ payroll tax exemption on wages paid to subcontractors by employment agents and payroll agencies (collectively ‘agencies’). The bill was originally slated to commence on 1 July 2014, however the Commissioner for ACT Revenue acknowledged this date would have been challenging for the industry and the commencement date has been delayed until 1 October 2014.
The genuine employer exemption is currently relied on by a majority of local employment agencies, payroll companies and subcontractors (ICT contractors in particular). Its removal effectively imposes a new tax on an industry locally evolved to meet the Commonwealth’s ad hoc labour needs. Someone in the employment agent/subcontractor chain will end up wearing that 6.85% cost.
That 6.85% cost may well represent a considerable part of an agency’s revenue, threatening its very viability. Without provisions to increase the contracted ‘spend’, this cost will represent a significant loss of income for a subcontractor or risk the agency’s business. Who will bear that cost will depend upon the contractual arrangements in place.
Contracts that have not yet been executed should address the payroll tax cost from 1 October 2014; if agencies are to avoid this imposition, they need the indemnities to be clear. Where contracts had already been negotiated and executed, the question of who will bear the payroll tax cost will turn on the specific terms of those contracts.
Well drafted contracts should have anticipated the possible removal of the exemption and should clearly set out how any increase in tax liability will be assigned. Poorly drafted contracts may be unclear and those uncertainties may result in parties attempting to pass on costs that they are not entitled to pass on, parties refusing liability for costs that they are liable to bear, breaches or terminations of contracts that are no longer profitable and possible insolvencies within the industry.
This issue is further complicated by the $1.85m tax free threshold for payroll tax. Employment agencies do not have to pay the tax on their first $1.85m of payroll in the ACT. If agencies simply withhold a flat 6.85% from all contractors’ wages in order to meet the payroll tax obligations, what happens to that first $126,725.00 they withhold but do not have to pay in tax? Some agencies may pocket the money; others may hold the money on trust for the subcontractors and return it at the end of the financial year on a pro-rata basis.
If you are involved in the industry then it is imperative that you review your contracts to ensure your position is protected.Read more
This month, Bradley Allen Love Lawyers has much to celebrate with staff and clients. The firm has completed renovations of its premises, which now includes the 8th and 9th floors of the iconic Canberra House at the heart of Canberra’s legal and financial precinct. The firm also celebrates the promotion of seven of its lawyers as they take on new responsibilities.
“Bradley Allen Love Lawyers has gone from strength to strength since the merger of well-known firms Williams Love & Nicol Lawyers and Bradley Allen Lawyers in September 2012,” Managing Legal Director, John Wilson said.
Bradley Allen Love Lawyers – A Time to Celebrate “To support the firm’s continued success and growth in operations, we’re pleased to be able to accommodate our eighty staff within one location in the city with some great new facilities for our clients,” he said.
Bradley Allen Love Lawyers’ stylish renovations at 40 Marcus Clarke Street include client seminar room facilities, additional conference rooms, a large project area and a staff breakout area.
“It’s important to acknowledge and celebrate success and we look forward to doing this with our staff, clients and community partners at the renovation opening,” he said.
“The Directors are very proud of the team at Bradley Allen Love Lawyers and that it continues to be a city firm in the heart of Canberra.”
This year’s promotion of seven of the firm’s lawyers is recognition of their hard work and determination to establish their reputations in their chosen field, and acknowledgement of their commitment to client service excellence.
“As a local firm, we invest in our staff and provide them with a rewarding career path so they are proud ambassadors for our firm and an integral part of the Canberra community, whether for work or in their social lives,” John said.
“The Directors congratulate each of the team members on their promotion.”Read more
A statutory demand notice is a formal, attested demand, which if correctly issued and served, gives the debtor company 21 days from the date of service to pay or compromise the debt to the creditor’s satisfaction. If the company fails to do so, then it is presumed to be “insolvent”.
If a debtor company takes issue with the claim in the statutory demand, its form or its service, then the debtor company only has 21 days within which it must file and serve an application before the Court to have the statutory demand set aside; the Court cannot allow more time in which to bring that application and the application must be served with all the evidence on which the debtor company intends to rely.
If the debtor company responds promptly, and has creditable proof that there is a genuine dispute regarding the debt claimed, then it should immediately state that case to the party making the demand, inviting the creditor to withdraw the statutory demand. A “genuine dispute” about the debt is a very low threshold. If the creditor does not heed that, then the creditor risks losing such an application, with a costs order to bear for the creditor’s trouble.
With time being of the essence, the worst thing you can do in relation to a statutory demand is to ignore it.
Where there is proper basis for belief that no genuine dispute exists, a statutory demand puts the creditor in a strong position.